Panel Builders
Complete solutions for LV Panels and MV Switchgears manufacturing2024

se.comwww.se.com

About our Company
Sustainability is at the core of our purpose, culture and business as we
accelerate our contributions to a sustainable and inclusive world.

Schneider Electricin figures€34 bn2022 revenues

128.000
employees in 100+countries

We empower our
650,000+ strong partner
ecosystem to expand ourcoverage, and we arm
our 4,200+ EcoXpert
program partners
to drive new digitalbusiness opportunities.

We provide end-point to cloud intergration connecting products, controls,
software and services.
Our mission is to be your digital partner for sustainability and efficiency.

Targets by 2025

80%

green revenue

800

1,000

net-zero byof CO2 emissions
savings for ourcustomers (since 2018)

to reduce CO2 emissions
by 50%

2030

million tons

top suppliers

On our way to

Back

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

3

www.se.com

Pioneering the future ofintelligent buildings andthe iot for shared customers+2.5B
Urban population
growth by 2050

Building digitizationx3

in 6 years+60%

Electricity consumption
planned for 2035

Back

4

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

One program.
One network.
Endless opportunities.

Certified by

A global program withlocal support no matter
where you are:3,000

certified parteners

By becoming an EcoXpert business partner,
you gain the strength behind our global
brand, our expertise in building control,
power management, and energy efficiency,
as well as exclusive benefits that include
competency development, favorable rewards,
and continuous coaching on cutting-edge
technology and solutions.

40

countries

Growyour business
Collaborate with Schneider Electric andthe EcoXpert network for innovative
solutions that win new opportunities andimprove your hit rate.

Maximise
your margin
Gain a competitive edge withtested, validated, and documented
technologies and solutions.

Rise above the competition with co-branding
and co-marketing initiatives for business
partners.

Save time

Capture newmarket share

Improve
employee talent
Increase retention rates and decrease
the time it takes to onboard new hires
through a comprehensive training andcertification process.

Differentiate
yourself

Access the tools you need to optimize
the integration of third-party systems
and minimize engineering andcommissioning time.

Rely on the support of Schneider Electricat every turn of your expansion as abusiness partner.

More information on se.com

Discover the EcoXpert Certifications
Power Distribution and Management
Power UpgradePower Upgrade
Certified by

Proven expertise indigital commissioningof connected panels
and perform essential
level of maintenanceservice.

Power Automation
Power Automation
Certified byPower Management
Power Management
Certified by

Proven expertisein integration andcommissioning ofelectrical systems todrive energy management& operational efficiency
using on-premise or
cloud-based solutions.

Proven expertise in deploying
high- and medium-voltage
substation automation
systems using LEDs andsoftware tools, EPAS or PowerOperation SCADA system
to improve observability,
controllability, and reliabilityof the customer's ED.

Power Distribution

Proven expertise inpower distribution
and motor control,
manufacturing certified
and smart ready,low-voltage or mediumvoltage switchboards.

Power Distribution
Certified byPower Services
Power Services
Certified by

Proven expertise inmaintaining the availability
and durability of electrical
distribution installations
with field and digital
services.

Back

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

5

www.se.com

Giving you more to get more donewith our software and tools
Search and selectConfigure, quote and build

Discover our products, software and services.
Select the offer that best suits you.

Get your quote and find your contract

Explore our products for panel builders

SEE Electrical 3D Panel+

mySchneider Panel Builder program

EcoStruxure Power Build - Rapsody

Find your sustainability solution

EcoStruxure Power Build - Medium voltage

mySchneider App

EcoStruxure Motor Control Configuration

The program designed to help you accessthe resources and training you need

Temperature under control

Configuration and quotation software for PrismaSeT switchboards

All-in-one online configuration and quotation software dedicatedto MV switchgear

Access our catalog online and offline,
personalize your service and talk to ourexperts directly with the mySchneider app.

Build your complete motor control solution for protection and controlof your motors

Schneider Electric Exchange

Custom Enclosure Configurator

Find digital solutions for solving energy andautomation challenges

ProClima

Design and manufacture electrical panels in 3D

Thermal Management - ProClima

Find the best thermal solution for yourenclosure
Select and calculate your thermal
management requirements according to theenvironment and the electrical/electronic
devices installed in the enclosure.

Get your enclosure pre-engineered for your special needs
The Custom Enclosure Configurator software gives you total autonomy toconfigure and quote enclosures with services (cut-outs, painting, accessory
mounting) in less than 3 minutes. Custom Enclosure Configurator is designed
to create orders quickly and conveniently, without any errors.

CanBrass

Design and quotation software for Canalis busbar trunking system

Where to buy ?

Find a distributor in your location

Check price and availability at mySE
Back

6

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

Discover our program benefits, resources for your business,digital tools to help you design and build best in classequipment, and learn about our innovative offers.
Operate and maintain

Optimize

Find anything you need for the maintenanceof your products

Stay connected to Schneider Electric

EcoStruxure Power Device app

EcoStruxure Power

EcoStruxure Power Monitoring Expert

Facility management software

Single app to operate and maintain MV and LV
connected devices from your mobile

Power monitoring software for reliable
electrical networks

EcoStruxure Energy Hub

Discover the benefits of digitized power
distribution

Our comprehensive solutions to help carryout timely maintenance, manage building
systems, supervise power supply systems,
and optimize energy consumption.

Software and app to help you deliver
valuable services to optimize operation,comply to energy codes and monitor energy
remotely in single or multi-site buildings with
fast setup and end-to end security and scale

EcoStruxure Power Advisor

MORE DETAILS ON PAGE 15

Cybersecurity services

Optimize power system performance withanalytics and expertise

Holistic cybersecurity programs to help maintainyour defenses over time at your location

Back

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

7

www.se.com

Software

Improve your Engineering & Production efficiency
A dedicated software for each step
Project lifecycle

Preliminary
design &budgetDetailed
designEnergy intensity profile

Critical andElectrointensive
segments

Large andmid-size
CIB

Switchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation• EPB Okken / Blokset• EPB MV• EPB Rapsody• LayoutFAST / SE Advantage• EPD Ecodial• ProClima

SEEelectricalsuite• Power
Commission(EPC)• Electrical Calculation Tools• PME(monitor)• Energy HUB(monitor)• Asset
Advisor(maintain)

Small andextra-smallbuildings• eDesign XS

Back

8

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

SoftwareDesign Optimization
Caneco BT is a software for automated calculations, sizing,and diagrams of low voltage electrical installations.

Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Design optimization for Competitive
alternatives

Save > 2h engineering per panel!

Challenge the Specs to optimize your panels and win
your projects.

• Tendering Software: direct link to EPB Okken/
Blokset/MV

Operate &maintaininstallation

To transfer pre-design to your:• Schematics/Detailed design: direct link to SEE
Electrical Expert.

Service opportunities for your Customers!
Propose dimensioning Services to your customers ina hurry with a professional / Multi brand tool.

FeaturesCalculations and sizing

Automated diagrams• Caneco BT performs all the calculations (Ik, du, If, ...) in compliance with theapplicable standards and the electrical constraints of your installation• Caneco BT automatically produces the diagrams of the electricalinstallation based on 3 dynamic data entry interfaces: network single-line
diagram, board single-line diagram and spreadsheet• It also determines the most economical equipment to protect the installationand the individuals

Effective data exchange

Discrimination and backup• Caneco BT allows data import/export from an Excel file• Caneco BT provides a diagnosis based on tripping curves, calculation andmanufacturer tables• The electrical data recovered from Revit®, is used for the automatedproduction of the diagrams and the integration of the circuit data into
Caneco BT• It takes into account the currents, as well as the chronometrical and differential
aspects to ensure discrimination that can also be reinforced by coordination

Click here for more information

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO• Caneco BT converts the diagrams and the technical documentation of the
project into a dxf file (an AutoCAD® file)

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

9

www.se.com

SoftwareSwitchboard configuration and quotation Efficiency
EcoStruxure Power Build Rapsody
Configuration and quotation software for Schneider Electric
LV & MV cubicles
Software supporting panel builders and electrical contractors, all acrossconfiguration and quotation of power distribution switchboard

Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation

EcoStruxure Power Build Rapsody

Reduce your quotation time!

Professional tendering documents• <1h per panel thanks to intuitive interface andproject libraries• Realistic 2D Front/Side/Top views• Direct links to your pricing software.

Reduce quotation risks!
> 95% accuracy.

• Main Electrical & Mechanical BOM.

Save > 2h engineering per panel !
To transfer tendering data to your Schematics/
Detailed design:• Direct link EPB MV/LV V SEE Electrical Expert.

Features
You can find different version depending of the Switchboard offer or Country of commercialization as.
• EcoStruxure Power Build – Rapsody for PrismaSeT Low Voltage Switchboard
in Western Europe• EcoStruxure Power Build – Okken/Blokset for Okken & Blokset Low Voltage
Switchboard• EcoStruxure Power Build – MV for all Medium Voltage Swtichboard• EcoStruxure Power Build – easyprisma for PrismaSeT international Low
Voltage Switchboards.

Click here for more information

10

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

SoftwareSwitchboard configuration and quotation Efficiency
EcoStruxure Power Build MV
Online Configuration and quotation software for Schneider Electric MV
switchboards, dedicated to EcoXpert Panel Builders (Master and Certified)
Software supporting EcoXpert Panel Builders to save time, reduce effort and do morebusiness, across configuration and quotation of primary and secondary distribution
switchboards and components (transformer, protection relays)
Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation

EcoStruxure Power Build MV

Quick configuration
Save, re-use and customize project, optimize
configuration with a guided interface,last minute changes.

Peace of mind
Get always updated offers, accurate and error
free assets.

Easy and accurate ordering
Access all the documents needed for ordering,
ready to export.

Integrated Offers• Switchboard ranges PIX Easy FR, PIX Easy MR,
PIX 24, MCSet 1-2-3 et MCSet Marine,
GM AirSeT (2024)• Circuit breakers: SF, LF, Evolis, SF1 kit• Contactors & Switch Disconnectors: Rollarc, LBS kit• Protection relays: Micom, Sepam,
PowerLogic P3 & P5 (previously Easergy P3 & P5),
Easergy T300, VAMP.

Features• Configuration & Quotation: Automatically generate a Bill of Material withNet Prices from Front-Office• Generation of documents: Access & Export documents for Management
Software• Import & export of documents for Management Software

Click here for more information

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO• Prepare Ordering:- Bill of Material (BOM): Entire Project BoM and each Cubicle BoM, BoM for
Assembly, BoM for Quotation, BoM for Purchasing- Technical Bid- Single Line, Diagram (SLD), Global layout, Cubicle layout one by one

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

11

www.se.com

SoftwareEngineering Efficiency
SEE ElectricalElectrical CAD software for creating wiring diagrams in a few clicks

Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation

SEE Electrical

Reduce drastically your engineering time!
>50% vs mechanical CAD (AutoCAD,…) thanks toelectrical functions automation (cross refs, checks,…).

Quality - Error-free design
Eliminate many of the errors caused by repetitive
manual tasks.

Saving set-up time
With >1 Million Multi-brand database:• Schneider Electric LV/MV full databasewith >100k articles.

Forget dedicated workers for label
production!
Direct export from Schematics to printers andengraving machines• To cancel typing errors• To save drastically time to prepare stickers, labels,etc.

Exports to Production process madeso easy!
Fully customizable reports for production available ina mouse-click• Cables lists with connection information• Material lists with label information•…

Features• Editable hardware database (manually or via file imports) with over 1 million
references• Real-time editing of material lists• Synchronisation of PLC card attributes in real time

Click here for more information

12• Increase the legibility and quality of your documents (generation of graphic
terminal block plans, automatic wire numbering according to different
formats, orientation of connections, hierarchisation of folders according to
the functions and locations of your components, etc.)• Reduction in the number of errors

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

SoftwareProduction Efficiency to next level
SEE Electrical 3D Panel + / SEE Electrical 3D Shop Floor
3D Panel+ bridges the gap between the schematic and the manufacturing of the electrical cabinet.
SEE Electrical 3D Shop Floor: a mounting and wiring assistant dedicated to shop floors.

Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation

SEE Electrical 3D Panel

Anticipate collisions with 3D

80% cabling time reduced!

Doors, Busbars, …, on complex panels.

Thanks to automatic wire routing and wirecalculation in 3D & direct import in Cable
preparation machines (Komax, …).

Save time & errors for doors,
plates and busbars
Drillings & cuttings• Export perfect plans to to CNC machines(Steinhauer,..).

Mounting & wiring learned in no morethan 15 min!
Fully guided step by step mounting & wiring
instructions on a 3D digital twin.

Features: 3D panel +Features: 3D panel Shop Floor

Electrically enabled 3D Engine• Clear view on devices which need to be mounted and on their position• Intelligent snapping system for components and enclosures• Wire list provides clear information on involved devices and route to take• Wire, net, cable routing and optimal length management algorithm• Selected devices are highlighted and user can validate the mounting with afinger touch• Mechanical collision and Channel filling check• STEP import/export with mechanical CAD software• User can select wire in the list with mouse, finger or even by flashingbarcodes engraved on wires

Ready for manufacturing• Possible to filter by device, color, wire size, etc.

• Mechanical processing data export• Wire processing data export

Click here for more information

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

13

www.se.com

Software
Efficient Tests & Easy to build Digital Twin
EcoStruxure Power Commission

Preliminary
design & budget

Detailed
designSwitchboard
configuration

BOM ordering

Engineering& Build

Test &
commission,
first operation

Operate &maintaininstallation

EcoStruxure Power
Commission

Reduce your Communication testing time!
Automatic devices recognition & test report generated
automatically.

One tool for all devices settings!
Breakers & communication settings easily done &stored.

Service opportunities to End User troughDigital Twin!
• Create your full panel document on-line in a few
mouse-clicks

Easy access & update of panel technicaldata through a digital logbook
Easy access & update on the field for the
maintenance teams.

EcoStruxure

FeaturesEasy setup

Fast commissioning• Discover all the smart devices in your electrical panel• Generate a comprehensive project report that lists your switchboard andrelated devices, firmware version, and serial numbers.

• Easily check firmware compatibility to install upgrades as required• View communication architecture to adjust communication settings• Get the complete list of devices in the switchboard to configure electricalsettings for breakers and meters
Reliable testing• Easily test the communication wiring, troubleshoot issues, and generatereports as part of the Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) or Site Acceptance
Tests (SAT)• Test Low voltage circuit breakers and their trip curve behavior during
installation and maintenance and generate a report (paid feature).

Click here for more information

14• Use batch operations feature to speed up settings configuration for several
devices at the same time (paid feature)
Digital collaboration• Create a unique QR code for your switchboard and upload relevant
documentation, including important CAD drawings, user guides, bills ofmaterials, single line diagrams, and photos, to our secure cloud repository.
• Effortlessly initiate preventive maintenance plans by simply exporting yourdata to the digital logbook feature in EcoStruxure Facility Expert, our cloudbased software for facility and building management.
• The digital logbook functionality simplifies the project handover, enables
faster and easier access to historical information and collaboration with all
project partners

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

Software
EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub
Cloud-based building energy management software
Achieve your business and sustainability goals with energy management software
uniquely designed for buildings. Simply connect your energy systems and gain insights
to conserve energy, reduce costs, and increase.
Energy management made simple
EcoStruxure Energy Hub is a cloud-based energy management software-asa-service that is easy to implement and requires minimal up-front investment.
Whether you need to monitor a single building or a portfolio of buildings,
it enables you to instantly access your data from anywhere. Designed forcommercial, industrial, and intuitional buildings, it simplifies energy management
across the operational lifecycle and helps you achieve your sustainability goals.

Benefits of EcoStruxure
Energy Hub

SimpleSmart

IT-friendly

Cyber-resilient

SEE THE VIDEO

Features

Monitor energy
according tobuilding codes

Analyze energy
usage and reduce
waste

Configure andgenerate tenant
energy bills

Monitor the statusof electricalequipment

Building codes are now
mandating energy usage
be measured, stored,
and visualized.

Gain energy awarenessand analyze usage todrive building energy
performance.

See how your electricalsystem is performing andget live power equipment
status.

Use EcoStruxure Energy
Hub to:Use EcoStruxure Energy
Hub to:Compare energy usage
across a portfolio ofbuildings and prioritizeenergy conservation
measures.

• Monitor and reporton energy usage bybuilding energy codesand standards• Track usage by loadtype (HVAC, lighting,and plug loads)• Collect energy data byload type• Store energy data for
36 months or more

• Aggregate andbenchmark energy
by site, building, floor,area, and zones• Report energy usage
monthly, daily, and hourly• Energy usage
comparison andanalytics for common
energy drivers(building area, periodover-period, outdoor
temperature, and more)

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTROUse EcoStruxure Energy
Hub to:• Configure simple
energy rates tocalculate internalenergy costs• Allocate energy usage
and costs to building
tenants or departments• Generate energy bills
and export to PDF foreasy tenant invoicing

Use EcoStruxure Energy
Hub to:• View the status of theelectrical network on
the single-line diagram• View, investigate andacknowledge alarmswith native iOS andAndroid apps
• Receive alarm
notifications by mobile
app or email

Learn more

Back

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

15

www.se.com

Software
Zeigo™ Activate
Carbon reduction software simplified
An intuitive decarbonization solution to help you set goals,
track your progress, and reduce emissions

Small and medium-sized enterprises

Large corporate enterprises

Track, analyze, and reduce yourcarbon emissions

Reduce Scope 3 emissions byengaging your supply chain

Our carbon reduction software gives you access toresources for calculating and tracking energy-related
emissions so you can put your sustainability ambitions
into action. Receive a customizable decarbonization
roadmap. Connect to a network of regional solution
providers in energy efficiency, renewable energy,
and carbon offsets.

Resources that empower your value chain to track
and reduce their carbon emissions. Tools that enable
your supply chain to drive their own decarbonization
program. Follow progress using Zeigo Hub, adecarbonization program designed to support supply
chains in their decarbonization journey.

MeasureStreamline

Connect

ReportCalculate, measure,and analyze
Our guided setup will
help you calculate,measure, and analyze
your organization’s
emissions from all
possible sources to see
your current carbon
footprint.

Calculate, measure,and analyze
Our guided setup will
help you calculate,measure, and analyze
your organization’s
emissions from all
possible sources to see
your current carbon
footprint.

Calculate, measure,and analyze
Our guided setup will
help you calculate,measure, and analyze
your organization’s
emissions from all
possible sources to see
your current carbon
footprint.

Calculate, measure,and analyze
Our guided setup will
help you calculate,measure, and analyze
your organization’s
emissions from all
possible sources to see
your current carbon
footprint.

Back

16

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

Software
Zeigo™ Activate

Solution providers

Join our marketplace to connect
with customers in your area
Zeigo Activate is looking for solution providers,electrical contractors, system integrators, panelbuilders, and more to become a part of our open
marketplace. When you join the Zeigo Activate
marketplace, you’ll receive access to potential
customers who are ready to take on their next project.

Join the Zeigo Activate
Marketplace

Join

Connect

Share

Become a member ofour marketplace
Get in touch withcustomers in your areaby becoming a memberof our open marketplace.

Meet with customers
who are looking forexperts
Find new business
opportunities withpotential customers whoneed help reaching theirtargets.

Display your expertise
Showcase your skillset
with companies looking
for ways to become more
efficient and reduce
emissions.

Back

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

17

www.se.com

About mySchneider app
Discover our new mySchneider app which offers tailoredservices, 24/7 self-service, and easy access to expert supportand information. Download and register now to get access torecommended services and more.
Top features at a glance
Access the Schneider Electric catalog
on your device to see our complete range

Register in the app to receive real-time
notifications on updated technicalFind product information by using the built-

Bypass long automated prompts: accesskey contact numbers through a call menu with
one, simple tap.

of offers, including public prices, FAQs,
documents and more.

in barcode/QR code scanner to save time.

documents, product news, and more.

Find the nearest distributor to help you get
Schneider Electric product right away.

Download mySchneider
for iOS >Download mySchneider
for Android >Scan orclick onQR codeBack

18

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

Green PremiumTM

An industry leading portfolio of offers delivering sustainable value

The Green Premium program stands for our commitment to delivercustomer valued sustainable performance. It has been upgradedwith recognized environmental claims and extended to cover all
offers including Products, Services and Solutions.
CO2 and P&L impact through… Resource Performance
More than 75% of our
product sales offer superiortransparency on the material
content, regulatory informationand environmental impact ofour products:••••

RoHS compliance
REACh substance information
Industry leading # of PEP’s*
Circularity instructions

Green Premium brings improved resource efficiency throughout an asset’s
lifecycle. This includes efficient use of energy and natural resources, alongwith the minimization of CO2 emissions.

Cost of ownership optimization through… Circular Performance
We’re helping our customers optimize the total cost of ownership of theirassets. To do this, we provide IoT-enabled solutions, as well as upgrade,
repair, retrofit, and remanufacture services.

Peace of mind through… Well-being Performance
Green Premium products are RoHS and REACh compliant. We’re going
beyond regulatory compliance with step-by-step substitution of certain
materials and substances from our products.

Improved sales through… Differentiation
Discover what wemean by green
Check your products!

Green Premium delivers strong value propositions through third-party
labels and services. By collaborating with third-party organizations we can
support our customers in meeting their sustainability goals such as green
building certifications.

*PEP: Product Environmental Profile (i.e. Environmental Product Declaration)

Contents

Okken

Okken Lean

BlokSeTPrismaSeT G & P

PrismaSeT XS & S

Universal enclosures andThermal Management

Power circuit breakers and switches

MasterPact MTZ & Active

EasyPact MVSCComPacT NS, NSX & NSXmF

Panel Server

HeatTag

EasyLogic Power Meters

EasyLogic PFC

EasyLogic™ APF

Motor control

Tesys Control

Tesys Protect

Tesys Active

Variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar 12

Altivar ATV320

Altivar ATV340

Altivar 212

Altivar ATV600

Altivar ATV900

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Altistart 22

Altistart 01

Control and signaling, Automation relays & Power supply

Push buttons

20

TransferPacTPower monitoring and power quality

Tesys PowerE

ComPacT INS & INV

EasyPact EZC & CVS

PowerLogic™ range

D

BlokSeT Lean﻿

B

Switchboards and Enclosures﻿A

www.se.com

Cam switches

Tower lights

Control and time relays

Modicon Power supply

Linergy-TR

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

G

Electrical protection and control

Acti9 Active

H

MCBs

Auxiliaries - Accessories

Easy9

Medium Voltage Switchgears components

SF6 Circuit breakers

Contactors

Switches and Disconnectors

CradleFuses

Incoming Protection

PowerLogic P1

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

iTL

Easy UPS Series

Vaccum Circuit breakers

J

iCT

Critical Power

Galaxy™ V Series

I

Acti9 AFDD SPDs

PowerLogic P3

PowerLogic P5

PowerLogic A1 & A3

PowerLogic T300

21www.se.com

Back

22

Previous Table ofPage
Contents

Next
Page

PNBCONTR0223EN_INTRO

www.se.com

Switchboards and Enclosures

A

Okken

General overview...................................................................... A-24
General characteristics............................................................. A-31

Okken Lean

General overview...................................................................... A-34
General characteristics............................................................. A-42

BlokSeT

General overview...................................................................... A-44
General characteristics............................................................. A-50

BlokSeT Lean

General overview...................................................................... A-52
General characteristics............................................................. A-60

PrismaSeT G and P

General overview...................................................................... A-62
Technical characteristics - PrismaSeT G.................................. A-68
Technical characteristics - PrismaSeT P................................... A-70

PrismaSet XS & S

General overview - PrismaSeT XS............................................ A-75
General overview - PrismaSeT S.............................................. A-77

Universal enclosures

General overview...................................................................... A-80
Selection Tools.......................................................................... A-89

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

23

General overview

www.se.com

Okken

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Okken:
intelligent switchboard solutions
With safety and reliability within reach,why settle for less?
Embodying decades of expertise, OkkenTM solutions
are complete and customized low-voltage (LV) power
distribution, motor control, and integrated power
control centres. Okken switchboards contribute toanswer the need for operational safety in today’shigh-performance LV power applications. Versatileand durable, Okken switchboards have thecomprehensive capabilities and intelligence you needto keep your business competitive.
Industry-leading features, design, and support
make implementation and operation quick, easy, andreliable, so you can lower costs and realize a faster
return on investment.

A global player with local capabilities
Schneider Electric is present in more than
100 countries, delivering reliable products andsolutions around the world. Our global reach helps
us ensure high quality and local project and service
capabilities, no matter your location.

Smart grid readyOur broad expertise in electrical network
management makes us a partner who knows
what the smart grid means for your business, andhow best to keep you at the forefrontof technology.

15%

Okken solutions canprovide up to 15%
energy savings[*]

200 k

More than 200,000
cubicles installed.
Customers worldwide
trust Okken LV
switchboard solutions

Okken solutions combine high level of safety andreliability with an optimized footprint, modular
architecture, and smart devices.

J[*] Based on previous data, 2015. This is not a guarantee of future performance or performance in your particular circumstances.

24

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken
Electrical safety for personnel

A

Tested and certified by independent ASEFA and LOVAG labs
With Okken, protection is never left tochanceInternal arc withstand and short-circuit
protection

With high modularity and total insulation, safety isengineered into every Okken switchboard, fromconception, through design, installation, andeveryday operation.

• Fully type tested in compliance with
IEC TR 61641 edition 3

Network management applications• Active optical arc-flash detection with
VAMP system• Internal arc withstand up to 100 kA/0.5 s- Horizontal and vertical busbars• Forms of internal separation up to 4b- Outgoing cable connections• Embedded interlock systems to secure on-loaddisconnection• Internal arc risk reduction thanks to our unique
PolyfastTM system• Live-part protection up to IPxxD• Partitioned terminals for electrical insulation between
the upstream circuit breaker and the double contact
clamps on the main busbar• Padlockable with three different locks• Protection with optional doors and accessories• Closed door racking drawers for extra operator
protection in all drawer positions, particularly incase of internal short-circuit or arc event, and evenduring connecting and disconnecting.

C• Arc-free zone with encapsulated active parts inthe whole switchboard: incomer, horizontal busbar,
withdrawable cubicle

Full type tests as per IEC 61439-1&2 confirm highlevel of electrical installation and operational safety.
Insulation and provided screening of all live parts
enhance service life and provide outstanding
protection.

• Fully insulated busbars

B• Operator protection at three levels:D- Functional units on all three positions ofwithdrawable drawers

E• Rated conditional short-circuit current (Isc)up to 150 kA.

F
G
H
I
J

Note: In working environment, full operator safety measures should always be adopted.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

25

General overview

www.se.com

Okken

A

Reliability and continuity of service
An "install-and-forget" level of dependability

Tough enough for Oil& Gas applications

B
C

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSCLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Thermalmonitoring

D
Resistance to corrosive environment

E
F

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSCLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Optimized formarine installations
Durability for seismic areas

G
H
I

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSCLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Customized solutions for any
application and severe environmentJ
26

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken

A
B

Oil & GasC

Offshore Platforms

D

Mining, Metals, Minerals

E

MarineF

Nuclear

G

Water and Wastewater Treatment

H

Healthcare

I

Data CentresJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

27

General overview

www.se.com

Okken

A

High performance and superior efficiency
Compact, modular design - the right fit for your organization

B

Industry-leading capabilities• Maximum busbar rating up to 7300 A• Maximum rating of Power Control Centre (PCC),
up to 6300 A

C• Maximum rating of Motor Control Centre (MCC),
up to 250 kW• Upgradeable energized equipment.

Motor control
MCC including protection, starters, and drives:• Conventional starters up to 250 kW• Soft starters up to 315 kW

A disconnectable design for power
distribution

E

Compact and powerful Okken switchboards answer
the needs of the most demanding motor control andpower distribution applications. Combining continuityof supply and performant operational services.

• Smart communicating devices for connectedswitchboards• Compact design for higher stacking density andoptimized footprintD

A flexible, withdrawable design for motor
control and power distribution• Drives up to 160 kW.

The Polyfast system reinforces the electrical isolationof power distribution switchboard.

Power distribution
PCC including protection and power factor correction:F• Main busbar up to 7300 A• Incomers up to 6300 A (MasterpactTM
circuit breakers)• Feeders up to 6300 A (Masterpact circuit breakers),
and up to 630 A (CompactTM circuit breakers)• Power factor correction up to 540 kVAR.

GH> Electrical distribution up to 7300 A.
> Incomer and feeder up to 6300 A.
> Motor control up to 250 kW.

IJ
28

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken
Improved versatility and flexibilityA

24/7 visibility of energy use and power quality
A compact and modular design for every
function
Okken is a simple and modular solution that is easy tochoose, intuitive to use, cost effective, and simple toinstall or upgrade.

Fast, easy installation, upgrading,and maintenanceB

Upgrade Okken while under load
Easily modify and upgrade your Okken solution andadd new functions as your needs change: scalability
while under load, equipping of additional slots
in reserved spaces, association of cubicles, fastinterchangeability without special tools.

C• Degree of protection up to IPxxD on busbar with
automatic shutters, and on connections on busbar
by plug-in clamps• Customer connection separate from the functional
unit (form up to 4b).

D

Single front or double front access thanks to backto-back configuration, top or bottom direct power
connections, rear or side power connections foreasy installation. Plus, standardized dimensions andan optimized footprint save time and money during
installation.
• Fixed, disconnectable, or withdrawable functional
units

E

• Withdrawable drawer size optimization: full andhalf-widths, different heights from 100 to 600 mm• Direct power plug connection to the vertical busbar(50 mm pitch)• Drawer position indicators on front faces
and drawer stopF

• Withdrawable Masterpact and plug-in• Compact circuit breaker modules• Current transformers inside.

GHIJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

29

General overview

www.se.com

Okken

A

iPMCC by Okken: built-in intelligence
Our digital solution for power distribution and motor control

B
C
D
E
F

The intelligent Power and Motor Control Centre (iPMCC) by Okken is a highly capable and advanced smart
solution for application fault prevention, protection, and automatic restart in continuous and critical processes.
It helps you boost productivity and optimize the energy management and efficiency of your assets while
enhancing continuity of service, and reducing downtime.

Energy savings up to 15%

Enhanced control and monitoring• Integration of all your equipment to lower electricalenergy consumption• Better traceability and control• Synchronizing motors to loads with progressive
starters and variable speed drives and reducing
peak consumption by 50% or more[*]• Motor operating status and time monitoring (alarms
and tripping)• Managing reactive power compensation(capacitors) and thermal withstand control toreduce costs and increase energy availability.

• Local or remote real-time information access• Parameter monitoring and management of status,
measurements, diagnostics, trends,
and energy consumption.

Optimized motor performance

Smart-grid integration• Motor monitoring and protection in accordance withIEC / EN 60947-7-1• Motor and protection device configuration
accessible at all times• Pretested communication architectures offering
leading industry protocols engineered to optimize
asset energy efficiency (Ethernet/IP, Profibus®-DP,
Modbus, TCP/IP)• Associated with TeSys T, iPMCC by Okken enables
the detection of electrical loads faults like no-load
running, shaft bearing seizure, abnormal starting or
heating, pump cavitations, and pulsating torque.

• Complete range of design assistance tools.

• Seamless integration with energy management
and control systems and process automation
management systems

G
H
I
J
30

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral characteristics

www.se.com

Okken
A complete range to match your toughest needs

A

230
Very high-power incomers
and feeders up to 6300 A

PCC/MCC

Enhanced efficiency andproductivity

PCC[1]

For power distribution and motor control including variable
speed drives, motor starters, power factor correction,and harmonic filtering

115

Single incomer or feeder(width 450 mm)

70-F
Fixed feeders

CD

MCC and PCC

70-2
Polyfast plug-in feeders
Disconnectable mounting plate

VSD[3]
MCC[2]

Single Masterpact MTZ-NT-NS

Mixed incomers and feeders

Withdrawable feeders

PFC[4]

Single incomer or feeder(width 650 mm)

115 / 70-2

70-M

High-power incomers andfeeders up to 4000 A

Single Masterpact MTZ-NW

B

E
F

Variable speed drives andsoft startersG

PFC[4]
Capacitors

H[1] PCC = Power Control Centre

185[2] MCC = Motor Control Centre

Fixed feeders[3] VSD = Variable Speed Drive[4] PFC = Power Factor Correction and harmonic filteringI
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

31

General characteristics

www.se.com

Okken

A

Okken intelligent switchboard specifications
General data

B
C

Applications

Power distribution, motor control

MCC (Motor Control Centre)

Up to 250 kW

VSD (Variable Speed Drive)

Up to 160 kW

PCC (Power Control Centre)

Incomer & feeder up to 6300 A

PFC (Power Factor Correction)

Up to 690 kVAR

Standards

IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529

Certifications

EAC (Gost), CCC, AS

Electrical data

D

VoltageUp to 690 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Main busbar rating

Up to 7300 A

Distribution busbar rating

Up to 2100 A

Rated short-time current (lcw)

E

Horizontal main busbar

Up to 150 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 330 kA)

Vertical distribution busbar

Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Conditional short-circuit current (lsc)

Up to 150 kA

Internal arc withstand current

100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system

TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Communication

F
G
H

Protocols

Ethernet/IP, Modbus, TCP/IP, Profibus DP

Mechanical dataForm

2b/3b/4a/4b

Withdrawability

FFF/WFD/WFW/WWW

Seismic withstandIBC 2006/AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only), IEC68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up
to level 9), AS1170, EAK-2000, ENDESA-1986, GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic
intensity, up to installation level 2), IEEE 693-1997, EDF CRT 91 C 112 00 (Okken 5G only for
nuclear applications)

Installation

Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection

IP20, IP31, IP41, IP54

Operating temperature-5°C to 35°C/50°C

I
Learn more about
Okken
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

32

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

33

General overview

www.se.com

Okken Lean

A
B
C
D
E
Innovative & Sustainable LV Switchboard

F

Okken LV Switchboards
More than 200 000 cubicles installed
Trusted by customers worldwide

G

Innovative Architecture in Low-voltage
switchboard• Main busbar at the rear middle low position, canprovide max. flexibility for customer connectionH• Single run of main busbar up to 6600 A thanks tounique architecture• Flexible shipping unit single or multi columns

Innovative design of Busbar support and fishplate connection
Provide customer easier connection/access from the front side, minimize the labor
cost from installation/maintenance time saving.
• HBB ends inside cubicle and two cubicle connection by fishplates• Fishplate for Easy connection/access from the front side

Enhanced safety and reliability within your reach
Embodying decades of expertise, Okken Lean solutions are engineered to becomplete and personalized low voltage switchboards for power distribution. Okken
Lean switchboards answer the need for superior operational safety in today’s highperformance LV power applications.
Versatile and durable, Okken Lean switchboards have the comprehensive
capabilities and intelligence you need to keep your business competitive.

I

Greater reliability, flexibility, and intelligence
Okken Lean solutions combine industry-leading features and designs with
Schneider Electric™ support to make implementation and operation quicker
and more reliable so that you can lower costs and realize a faster return on yourinvestment. A fully functional switchboard with built-in intelligence for energy
efficiency, Okken Lean is a simple and modular solution. It is easy to choose,
intuitive to use, cost effective and simple to install and upgrade.

J
34

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken Lean

DecarbonizationA

Schneider Electric™ is helping our customers and partners to decarbonize is at
the core of Energy Management strategy. Okken Lean provides the fastest path
to Net Zero and we need more experts who understand the complexities andbest practices of decarbonization to help our customers reach their sustainability
ambitions faster.

B

Decarbonization

30%

Up to
CO2 reduction
Material saving & power loss reduction

C

Material saving & Power loss reduction
Okken Lean reduce carbon and frame footprints, help you to meet thesustainability goals. The product is also simplified and streamline power
distribution system, making you easier to install, commission, and maintain.
Additionally, the real-time thermal monitoring solution, advanced wirelessconnection, and predictive maintenance features ensure the reliable and efficient
operation of power distribution systems, minimizing energy waste and reducing
emissions.
Investing in sustainable Okken Lean solution can also help future-proof operations
by ensuring that power distribution systems can adapt to changes in energy
efficiency regulations, energy costs, and other factors that may affect operations.
Okken Lean is promising solutions for the low-carbon future of LV power distribution. As more companies prioritize sustainability,
these products can help to a more sustainable and environmentally responsible future. By adopting lowcarbon power distribution solutions,these industries can reduce their carbon footprint, improve their operational efficiency, and enhance the reputation as environmentally
responsible companies.

D
E
F

Scope 3
Upstream

Downstream

Mechanical parts

Power Consumption

Material saving

Power consumption saving

Scope3U CO2 reduction

Scope3D CO2 reduction

Up to

30%

G
H
I

CO2 reductionJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

35

General overview

www.se.com

Okken Lean

A

Compact design
Horizontal busbar system

B
C

Okken Lean is redesigned the architecture with innovation. The horizontal busbar
system is arranged in the rear middle low position of the switchboard.
This compact design brings the benefits for framework and total footprint of a setsof switchboards.
No additional holes are required for connection, make manufacturing andassembly simplify.

Compact Design

30%

Up to
footprint reduction
thanks to new busbar architecture

The innovation main busbar system reserved the maximum space between theoperators and the busbar for easy installation and maintenance.

Incomers Air Circuit Breakers up to 6300 A
High design quality provides high performance, the rated current of ACB provide
up to 6300 A performance.

D

Vertical busbar system
Optimized Vertical busbar system & link bar system, no need additional space for
VBB arrangement. Okken Lean offer more size of vertical busbar options.

E
230 Lean
6300/5000 A

F

115 Lean
Breaker up to 4000A

70F / 115 Lean
Breaker up to 3200A

Front View

Side View

Front View

Side View

Front View

Side View

1150 mm600/1000 mm

650 mm1000 mm

650 mm1000 mm

G
H
I
J
36

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken Lean

From preventive to
predictive maintenanceA

Minimize downtime, increase reliability

Predictive Maintenance

24/7

How much does an hour of downtime cost? At a stock exchange, lost transactions
total €6 million. A petrochemical plant will forfeit €100,000 in productivity.
And for hospitals, the cost is human lives.

B

Minimize downtime throughthermal risk detection via real time monitoring

Connected
products

Edge
control

Apps andanalytics

C
BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeTBlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeTBlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeTD

BlockSeT

Optional apps andanalytics cloud services

Optional apps andanalytics cloud services

Optional SCADA
connection

Connected to SCADA

E

24/7 local
condition monitoring
Easergy Thermal
Connect

Vijeo
design’Air
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

ENABLED+ENABLED

Thermal andenvironmental
monitoring

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

Nearby monitoring

Thermal andenvironmental
monitoring

Nearby, local, and remote monitoring

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

37

General overview

www.se.com

Okken LeanA

Wireless Okken Lean
thermal monitoring solution

B
Main Busbar jointC
ACB terminal

D
E

CustomerConnection busbar

F
Function Unit

G
H

Okken Lean thermal monitoring minimizes downtime and increase safety while
reducing insurance premiums related to fire risks. To keep critical equipment up
and running is a priority in Data centers and Semiconductors worldwide.
The objectives are three-fold:• Maintain operational uptime and business continuity

I
J• Reduce operational expenses and total cost of ownership• Protect building occupants and electrical distribution equipment
The Okken Lean Thermal Monitoring design combines a robust and provenarchitecture, standardized modules, and Schneider Electric devices.
Permanently installed sensors on busbar connections, cable Environmental sensor
compartments, and breaker contacts provide continuous monitoring performpredictive maintenance. While IR inspections may miss critical conditions that
happen between scheduled scans.

Easergy TH110
Wireless Thermal
sensor• Temperature

Easergy CL110
Wireless Environmental
sensor• Temperature• Hudmidity

Okken Lean Thermal Monitoring not only detects potential hazards but immediately
sends alerts to operations and maintenance teams, allowing them to respond
before any unsafe or damaging conditions occur.

38

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

39

General overview

www.se.com

Okken LeanA

The future of electrical solutions incorporating the Sustainable, digital proficiency, innovative compact
design, and with predictive maintenance products and systems from Schneider Electric™.

B

Innovative horizontal busbar architecture

IEC 61439-1/2
IEC TR 61641 edition 3

C

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSFishplate

D

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

E

VBB

F

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Integrated horizontal busbar support

G

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSHHigh performance

I

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

SafetyFlexible transportationJ

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

40

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Okken Lean

Internal arc containment 100 kA/0.5 s

AB

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Wireless LV thermal monitoringC
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSD
Full compliance with IEC standards

E
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSF

Designed for difficult environment

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSG
Flexibility

H
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSI

An ‘install-and-forget’ level of dependability

J
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

41

General characteristics

www.se.com

Okken Lean

A

Technical specification
General data

B
C
D
E

Applications

Power distribution

PCC (Power Control Centre)

Incomer & feeder up to 6300 A

Standards

IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529, IEC60947-1&2

Certification

ASTA

Electrical data
VoltageUp to 480 Vac (50/60 Hz)

Main busbar rating

Up to 6600 A

Distribution busbar rating

Up to 2100 A

Rated short-time current (lcw)

Horizontal main busbar

Up to 100 kA rms - 1s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Vertical distribution busbar

Up to 100 kA rms - 1s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Conditional short-circuit current (lsc)

Up to 100 kA

Internal arc withstand current

100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system

TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Communication
Protocols

Ethernet/IP, ModBus TCP/IP, Profibus DP

Mechanical data

F

Form

2b/3b/4a/4b

Seismic withstandUp to 2.7G

Installation

Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection

IP20, IP31, IP41, IP54

Operating temperature- 5 °C to 50 °C

G
HI
Learn more about
Okken Lean
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

42

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

43

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

BlokSeT,the switchboard solution
Enhanced safety and reliability withinyour reach

Benefits at a glance

Embodying decades of expertise, BlokSeTTM
solutions are engineered to be complete andpersonalized low-voltage (LV) switchboards for power
distribution and motor control.
BlokSeT switchboards answer the need for
operational safety in today’s high performance LV
power applications. Versatile and durable, BlokSeT
switchboards have the comprehensive capabilities
and intelligence you need to keep your businesscompetitive.

• High continuity of supply, even in severe
environments• High quality design for safety and performance• Smart solutions for energy savings andoptimized operation

700 k

More than 500,000
cubicles installed.
BlokSeT LV switchboards
are trusted by customers
worldwide• Pre-engineered modular architecture for easy
implementation• Quick return on investment• Localized support and services for ease ofownership.

Greater reliability, flexibility, andintelligenceI
J

BlokSeT solutions combine industry-leading featuresand designs with Schneider ElectricTM support tomake implementation and operation quick andreliable so that you can lower costs and realize afaster return on your investment. A fully functionalswitchboard with built-in intelligence for energy
efficiency, BlokSeT is a simple and modular solution.
It is easy to choose, intuitive to use, cost effective,
and simple to install and upgrade.

44

SEE THE VIDEOPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeTElectrical safety for personnel

A

Tested and certified by independent ASEFA and LOVAG labs

B

Type-tested for high electrical installationand operational safety
With IEC 61439-1&2 and full type-testing by
independent ASEFA, LOVAG and ASTA certified
laboratories, you can have the peace of mind thatsafety is engineered into every BlokSeT switchboard.

CWith BlokSeT,
protection is never left to chanceD

From conception through design, installation,and everyday operation, you can count on ourcommitment to maximize safety
Withdrawable drawers have three interlocked
positions - connected, test, and disconnected,
plus drawer stop - to improve operator safety whenconnecting and testing.

Smart engineering and user-friendly
operation• Built-in intelligence for energy efficiency andcontinuity of service• Smart-grid ready for enhanced control andmonitoring

E
Note: In working environment, full operator safety measures should always be adopted.

F

Improved safety measures• Forms of internal separation up to 4b• Fully interoperable switchboards, functional units,
and devices• Embedded interlock systems to secure on-load disconnection• Compact footprint allows more equipment andfunctions• Fully insulated bus bars (optional)• Withdrawable functional units for high availability
and continuous processes• Protection with optional doors and accessories.

• Live-part protection up to IP xxB

G• Padlockable with three different locks• Fixed functional units for economical applications.

Internal arc withstand• Fully type-tested in compliance with IEC 61641 (internal arc)
to increase safety for personnel and equipment

H• Internal arc containment up to 100 kA/0.4 s• Operator protection at three levels:- Horizontal and vertical busbars- Functional units, including withdrawable drawers

I- Outgoing cable connections.

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

45

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeTA
B
C

Superior reliability and high performance

Outstanding safety
and personalized solutions
for diverse applications
Trusted worldwide for diverse industrial andinfrastructural applications, BlokSeT solutions are
personalized to fully satisfy different performance andharsh environmental requirements.

Durability in difficult environments• Anti-corrosion: surface treatments on metallic sheets against corrosion and salt-spray• Tin or nickel busbar coating on copper conductive parts for H2S and SO2
atmosphere withstand• 2G version for seismic or high vibration environment.

DE
F
Subway and railway systems

Schneider Electric inside:
quality and compatibilityG

A robust architecture,type-tested, standardized
modules devices work together to improvefunctionality, safety, continuity of supply andinstallation reliability even in the most difficult
conditions.
• All components and accessories are designed
by Schneider Electric and manufactured to rigorous
quality standards

H• Compatibility between switchboards, functional
units, and built-in devices is tested and validated• Schneider Electric components have outstanding
electrical and mechanical consistency andelectromagnetic compatibility (EMC).

I
Mining, metals and minerals industry

J
46

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeTA
B
C
Mining, metals, minerals industry

Petrochemicals

DE

AirportF

Data centers

G
H
Healthcare facilities

Commercial buildings

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

47

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeTA

High performance and superior efficiency
Compact, modular design - the right fit for your organization

B

Industry-leading capabilities• Maximum busbar rating up to 7000 A• Maximum rating of Power Control Center (PCC)
up to 6300 A

C• Maximum rating of Motor Control Center (MCC)
up to 250 kW• Smart communicating devices for connectedswitchboards• Compact design for higher stacking density
and optimized footprintD• Upgradeable energized equipment.

Compact and powerful switchboards answer theneeds of the very demanding motor control andpower distribution applications. Combining continuityof supply and reliable operational services.

Motor control
Motor Control Center (MCC) including protection,
starters, and drives:• Conventional starters up to 250 kW

A disconnectable design for power
distributionE

A flexible, withdrawable design for motor
control and power distribution• Soft starters up to 250 kW• Drives up to 160 kW.

The high-security power distribution switchboard
offers maximum reinforced electrical isolation.

Power distribution

F

Power Control Center (PCC) including protection andpower factor correction:• Incomers up to 6300 A (MastePactTM circuit
breakers)• Feeders up to 6300 A (MasterPactTM circuit breakers)
and 630 A (ComPacTTM circuit breakers)• Power factor correction up to 646 kVAR.

G
H

7000 AElectrical distribution
up to 7000 A

6300 A
Incomer and feeder
up to 6300 A

250 kW
Motor control
up to 250 kW

I
J
48

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT
iPMCC by BlokSeT

A

Smart panel - built-in intelligence for efficient control
and monitoring

B
Greater efficiency and enhanced
productivity

Enhance control and monitoring

iPMCC (intelligent Power and Motor Control Center)
is a highly capable and advanced smart solution for
fault prevention, protection, and automatic restart.
It helps improve energy efficiency and reduce downtime for continuous and critical processes.

• Better traceability and control

Optimize motor performance
Motor monitoring and protection with failure activities
in accordance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1• Motor and protection device configuration
accessible at all times• Associated with TeSys T, iPMCC by BlokSeT
enables the detection of faults like no-load running,
shaft bearing seizure, abnormal starting or heating,pump cavitations, and pulsating torque.

Easy access to real-time informationC• Local or remote real-time information access• Motor operating status and time monitoring(alarms and tripping)• Parameter monitoring and management of status,
measurements, diagnostics, trends,
and energy consumption.

D

Boost smart-grid integration
Pretested communication architectures offering
leading industry protocols engineered to
optimize asset energy efficiency (Ethernet TCP/IP,
Ethernet/IP, Profibus®-DP, DeviceNetTM, Modbus,
CANopen®, etc.)

E• Seamless integration with energy management
and control systems, and process automation
management systems

F• Complete range of design assistance tools.

G
HIJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

49

General characteristics

www.se.com

BlokSeTA
B

A complete range for diverse applications
For power distribution and motor control including variable
speed drives, motor starters, power factor correction,and harmonic filteringC
PCC[1]D

MCC / PCC

D

High-power incomers and feeders up to 6300 A
Withdrawable, disconnectable, fixed

Mw2
Power and Motor feeders
Withdrawable

MCC[2]E
F

Mf
Motor feeders
Fixed

MCC

Ms

PFC[3]G
H

Variable speed drives and soft starters
Fixed/ Withdrawable

Dc
Capacitors/ Harmonic Filters
Fixed[1] PCC = Power Control Centre[2] MCC = Motor Control CentreI[3] PFC = Power Factor Correction and harmonic filtering

J
50

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral characteristics

www.se.com

BlokSeT
BlokSeT switchboard specifications

A

Genaral data
Standards

IEC 61439-1/-2, IEC 61921, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529, IEC 60068-2-11, IEC 60721-3-3 &IEC 61000-x-x

Certificate

Certified by recognized certification bodies ASEFA, ASTA, Dekra, and tested byB

independent laboratories

Electrical data
Rated insulation voltae Ui

1000 V 3~

Rated operating voltage Ue

690 V 3~

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

Up to 12 kV

Overvoltage category

Up to IV

Degree of pollution

3

Rated frequency

50/60 HzC

Main Busbar:
Rated current Ie

Up to 7000 A

Rated peak withstand current Ipk

Up to 220 kA

Rated short-time withstand current Icw

Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s [1]D

Distribution busbar:
Rated current Ie

Up to 3200 A

Rated peak withstand current Ipk

Up to 220 kA

Rated short-time withstand current Icw

Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s [2]E

Arc fault containment:
Prospective short-circuit current

Up to 100 kA

Duration

0.4 s

Criteria (IEC TR 61641)

1 to 7

Earthing system

F

TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Mechanical data
Form of separation

Up to Form 4b

Withdrawability

FFF/WWW

Seismic

UBC 97, IBC 2006 / AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only),G

IEC 68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up to level 9) / IEEE 693,
GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic intensity, up to installation level 2)
2G, zone 4
Installation

Indoor - environment type 2, EMC – Type A as per IEC 61439

Degree of protection

Up to IP54

Operating temperature-5°C to 50°C

Vibration

IACS E10

H

0.7G
Corrosive atmosphere

H2S and SO2 (IEC 60721-3-3)
Up to 3C2

I

[1] For Main Busbar Icw = 150 kA rms - 1S and 86 kA rms - 3 s contact Schneider Electric[2] For VBB Icw = 65 kA rms - 3 s contact Schneider Electric

Learn more about
BlokSeTrange here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

51

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

A
B
C
D
E
Innovative & Sustainable LV Switchboard

F

A global success leading to alarge installed base of more than
700 000 cubicles

G

Benefits at an glance• Sustainable: saving material and reducing power loss by innovative busbar
architecture

H• Reliable: Minimize downtime through 24/7 thermal-risk detection by Predictive
Maintenance• Safe: Up to form 4 separation, up to IP54 and internal arc compliance• High Performance: Full in-panel rating, and lcw up to 100kA/1s• Compliant: IEC 61439 -1/2 & IEC TR 61641 & IEC 60068-3-3

I

In addition to our overall offering and expertise, Schneider Electric is atrusted advisor.
Our capabilities include designing and delivering high quality, end-to-end solutions
for excellent power quality and energy efficiency, continuous availability ofequipment and utilities, increased power availability of tools and utilities,
and environmental compliance.
SEE THE VIDEO

J

Discover the future ofelectrical solutions with
BlokSeT Lean

52

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

Innovation on BlokSeT Lean

A
B
C
D
E

Innovative Architecture in Low-voltage switchboard• Main busbar at the rear middle low/high position, can provide maximum flexibility for customer connection• Single run of main busbar up to 5000 A thanks to unique architecture• Flexible shipping unit single or multi columns.

F

Innovative design of Busbar support and fishplate connection
Provide customer easier connection/access from the front side, minimize the labor cost from installation/maintenance time saving• HBB ends inside cubicle and two cubicle connection by fishplates• Fishplate for Easy connection/access from the front side.

G

Enhanced safety and reliability within your reachGreater reliability, flexibility, and intelligence

Embodying decades of expertise, BlokSeT Lean solutions
are engineered to be complete and personalized low voltage
switchboards for power distribution. BlokSeT Lean switchboards
answer the need for superior operational safety in today’s highperformance LV power applications.
Versatile and durable, BlokSeT Lean switchboards have thecomprehensive capabilities and intelligence you need to keep
your business competitive.

BlokSeT Lean solutions combine industry-leading features anddesigns with Schneider Electric™ support to make implementationand operation quicker and more reliable so that you can lower costs
and realize a faster return on your investment. A fully functionalswitchboard with built-in intelligence for energy efficiency,
BlokSeT Lean is a simple and modular solution. It is easy to choose,
intuitive to use, cost effective and simple to install and upgrade.

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

53

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

A
B

Decarbonization
Schneider Electric™ is helping our customers and partners to decarbonize is at
the core of Energy Management strategy. BlokSeT Lean provides the fastest path
to Net Zero and we need more experts who understand the complexities andbest practices of decarbonization to help our customers reach their sustainability
ambitions faster.
Decarbonization

30%

Up to
CO2 reduction
Material saving & power loss reduction

C

Material saving & Power loss reduction
BlokSeT Lean reduce carbon and frame footprints, help you to meet thesustainability goals. The product is also simplified and streamline power
distribution system, making you easier to install, commission, and maintain.
Additionally, the real-time thermal monitoring solution, advanced wirelessconnection, and predictive maintenance features ensure the reliable and efficient
operation of power distribution systems, minimizing energy waste and reducing
emissions.

D
E

Investing in sustainable BlokSeT Lean solution can also help future-proof
operations by ensuring that power distribution systems can adapt to changes
in energy efficiency regulations, energy costs, and other factors that may affectoperations.
BlokSeT Lean is promising solutions for the low-carbon future of LV power distribution. As more companies prioritize sustainability,
these products can help to a more sustainable and environmentally responsible future. By adopting lowcarbon power distribution solutions,these industries can reduce their carbon footprint, improve their operational efficiency, and enhance the reputation as environmentally
responsible companies.

F
Scope 3G
H
I

Upstream

Downstream

Mechanical parts

Power Consumption

Material saving

Power consumption saving

Scope3U CO2 reduction

Scope3D CO2 reduction

Up to

30%

CO2 reduction

J
54

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

General overview

BlokSeT Lean

Compact design

A

Horizontal busbar system
BlokSeT Lean is redesigned the architecture with innovation. The horizontal busbar
system is arranged in the rear middle low/high positions of the switchboard.
This compact design brings the benefits for framework and total footprint of a setsof switchboards.
No additional holes are required for connection, make manufacturing andassembly simplify.
The innovation main busbar system reserved the maximum space between theoperators and the busbar for easy installation and maintenance.

B

Compact Design

30%

Up to
footprint reduction
thanks to new busbar architecture

C

Incomers Air Circuit Breakers up to 5000 A
High design quality provides high performance, the rated current of ACB provide
up to 5000 A performance.

D

Vertical busbar system
Optimized Vertical busbar system & link bar system, no need additional space for
VBB arrangement.

E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

55

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

A
B

From preventive to
predictive maintenance
Minimize downtime, increase reliability

Predictive Maintenance

24/7

How much does an hour of downtime cost? At a stock exchange, lost transactions
total €6 million. A petrochemical plant will forfeit €100,000 in productivity.
And for hospitals, the cost is human lives.

Minimize downtime throughthermal risk detection via real time monitoringF

Edge
controlE

Connected
products

D

Apps andanalytics

C

G

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeTBlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeTBlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

Optional apps andanalytics cloud services

Optional apps andanalytics cloud services

Optional SCADA
connection

Connected to SCADA
24/7 local
condition monitoring
Easergy Thermal
Connect

Vijeo
design’Air
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT
BlockSeT

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

ENABLED+ENABLED

Thermal andenvironmental
monitoring

BlockSeT

BlockSeT

Nearby monitoring

Thermal andenvironmental
monitoring

Nearby, local, and remote monitoring

H
I
J
56

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

Wireless BlokSeT Lean
thermal monitoring solution

A
B

Customer Connection
BusbarC
D

ACB terminal

E
Main Busbar JointF
Function UnitG
H

BlokSeT lean thermal monitoring minimizes downtime and increase safety while
reducing insurance premiums related to fire risks. To keep critical equipment up
and running is a priority in Data centers and Semiconductors worldwide.
The objectives are three-fold:• Maintain operational uptime and business continuity• Reduce operational expenses and total cost of ownershipI• Protect building occupants and electrical distribution equipment
The BlokSeT Lean Thermal Monitoring design combines a robust and provenarchitecture, standardized modules, and Schneider Electric devices. Permanently
installed sensors on busbar connections, cable Environmental sensor
compartments, and breaker contacts provide continuous monitoring performpredictive maintenance. While IR inspections may miss critical conditions that
happen betweens cheduled scans.
BlokSeT Lean Thermal Monitoring not only detects potential hazards but
immediately sends alerts to operations and maintenance teams, allowing them torespond before any unsafe or damaging conditions occur.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

Easergy TH110
Wireless Thermal
sensor• Temperature

Easergy CL110
Wireless Environmental
sensor• Temperature• Hudmidity

J
57

General overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT LeanA

The future of electrical solutions incorporating the Sustainable, digital proficiency, innovative compact
design, and with predictive maintenance products and systems from Schneider Electric™.

B

Innovative horizontal busbar architecture

IEC 61439-1/2
IEC TR 61641 edition 3

C
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSD

FishplateE
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSF

Link bar

G

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSHigh performance

H

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSI

SafetyJ
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS58

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

BlokSeT Lean

Internal arc containment 100 kA/0.5 s

AB

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Wireless LV thermal monitoringC
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSD
Full compliance with IEC standards

E
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSF

Designed for harsh environment

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSG

Flexibility

H

Schneider Electric insideI

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSJCLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

59

General characteristics

www.se.com

BlokSeT LeanA

General data
RatingIncomer & feeder up to 5000 A

Standards

IEC 61439-1 & 2, IEC TR 61641, IEC 60529

Certification

ASTA

Electrical data

B

VoltageUp to 480 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Main busbar rating

Up to 5000 A

Distribution busbar rating

Up to 1900 A

Rated short-time current (lcw)C
DE

Horizontal main busbar

Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Vertical distribution busbar

Up to 100 kA rms - 1 s (peak current lpk up to 220 kA)

Conditional short-circuit current (lsc)

Up to 100 kA

Internal arc withstand current

100 kA – 0.5 s (IEC TR 61641 edition 3)

Earthing system

TT-IT-TNS-TNC

Mechanical dataForm

2b/3b/4a/4b

Seismic withstandIBC 2006/AC 156 (site class B-C-D, floor level only),
IEC68-3-3 (equivalent to Richter scale up to level 9), AS1170, EAK-2000, ENDESA-1986,
GOST 17516.1-90 (civil market, all seismic intensity, up to installation level 2),
IEEE 693-1997, EDF CRT 91 C 112 00 (2G)

Installation

Indoor environment type 2

Degree of protection

IP20, IP31, IP42, IP54

Operating temperature-5°C to 50°C

F
G
HI
Learn more about
BlokSeT Lean
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

60

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

61

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

A
B
C
D
E
F

Panel building system for power
distribution switchboards,
up to 4000 A

PrismaSeT G

To respond to increasing building requirements

G
PrismaSeT P

HImprove thecontinuityof service

I

Ensure thesafety oflife andproperty

Controldeadlines
and costs

J
62

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

PrismaSeT:

the optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution,
for low voltage electrical distribution and control switchboards.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

PrismaSeT,

a comprehensive range of enclosures and cubiclesI• A solution based on more than 30 years of experience in low voltage switchboards.
• Integrating Schneider Electric switchgear offerings and ensuring electrical, mechanicaland communication functions complete consistency.
• Quality production, certified ISO 9001 and manufactured in Montmélian (France).

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

63

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

A

Develop your business efficiency
Switchboards that are safe…
With PrismaSeT you can be sure to build 100%
Schneider Electric switchboards that are safe,
optimised:B• All components (switchgear, distribution blocks,
prefabricated connections, etc.)
are perfectly rated and coordinatedto work together.
• All switchboard configurations, even the mostdemanding ones, have been tested.

C

You can prove that your switchboard meetsthe current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical installationand give your customers full satisfaction in terms ofdependability and safety for people and the installation.

D
E

Tested low voltage switchboard,
IEC 61439-1&2 compliant.

F
G
H> Available power.

I> Safety of people and property.
> Controlled costs and delivery times.
> Upgradeability.

J
64

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P
With our functional LV systems…optimised and upgradeable
With PrismaSeT you can build just the right switchboard for your customer,
sized precisely to fit costs and needs. With this complete, prefabricated andtested system, it’s easy to upgrade your installation and still maintain the original
performance levels.

A
Straightforward organisation
to make your job easierB

The switchboard is structured by zones dedicatedto switchgear, busbars, cables, etc.

• The cubicles combine easily with switchboards already in service.
Compact NSX• Devices can be replaced or added at any time.
Mounting plate

Verticalbusbars
Prefabricatedconnections

C

Front plate
Connection transfer
assemblies

D

The functional units are naturally stacking in the switchboard.

Each configuration is tested for improved safety.

E
F
Temperature rise test in laboratory.

G
Readily available close by
The kit concept makes handling and transport easierand you get to benefit from Schneider Electric's
efficient international logistics. Your distributor,
selected by Schneider Electric, can give you thevery best advice.

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

65

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P

A

PrismaSeT Pack 250 A enclosures
PrismaSeT G enclosures
IP30 / IP4X, IP55, up to 630 A

B
C
D
E
F
G
• Small companies

H• Buildings

630 A• Offices

160 A• Laboratories

250 A

I

• Healthcare centres• Hotels• Supermarkets• Schools• Small shops• Hotels, etc.

J
66

Pack

• Malls, etc.

PrismaSeT GPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G and P
PrismaSeT P cubicles up to 4000 A
IP30, IP31, IP55

A

The optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution, for low voltage electrical distribution
and control switchboards.

B

4000 ACD
E• Hospitals• Data centres• Logistics centres• Shopping centres• Offices buildings

F

PrismaSeT P• Medium industrial solutions

G

Energy management has never been simpler
Smart Panels connect you to energy savings in three steps.
1. Measure

Embedded and stand-alone metering &control capabilities• Embedded and stand-alone metering• Control capabilities

3. Act•••2. Connect••Integrated communication interfaces
Ready to connect to energy
management platforms

 ata-driven energy efficiency
Dactions
Real time monitoring and control
Access to energy and site
information through on-line
services

I

Tested, Validated,
Documented Smart Panels architecture
Smart Panels have been certified via
Schneider Electric’s “TVDA” quality process
Tested in performance labs by experts, in the mostcommon configuration
Validated full functional compatibility of devices
Documented, with user guide, predefined CAD
panel designs & wiring diagrams
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

H

J
67

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

PrismaSeT G

Electrical switchboards up to 630 A

A

The PrismaSeT G functional system can be used for all typesof low voltage distribution switchboards up to 630 A, in commercial
and industrial environments.

B
C
D
E
F

Switchboard design is very simple
Learn more

Assets of PrismaSeT switchboards
Learn more

G
H
I
J
68

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

Technical characteristics

PrismaSeT G

Electrical switchboards up to 630 A
System design has been validated by type tests as per standard
IEC 61439-1 & 2 and benefits from the combined experience ofSchneider Electric over many years.

A
B

Electrical characteristics
Comply with IEC 62208 and EN 62208 standards:
b rated insulation of main busbars at rear of enclosure: 1000 V
b InA: 630 A
b rated peak withstand current Ipk: 53 kAb short-circuit current Icc: 70 kAb frequency: 50/60 Hz.

C
D

Mechanical characteristics

Readily available close by
The kit concept makes handling andtransport easier and you get to benefit from
Schneider Electric’s efficient international logistics.
Your distributor, hand-picked by
Schneider Electric, can give you the very
best advice.

Electrical switchboards built using
the PrismaSeT functional system andSchneider Electric recommendations
fully comply with international standard
IEC 61439-1&2.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-Ab Steel sheet metal.
b Electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder,white colour RAL 9003.
b Enclosures supplied in kit form, totally dismountable, designed to beassembled and wired horizontally on a work station.
b Can be combined side by side and one on top of another.
b Degree of protection:v IP30: without doorv IP40: with doorv IP41: with door + canopyv IP43: with door + gasket + canopyv IP55: IP55 PrismaSeT G offer, supplied in kit form.
b degree of protection against mechanical impacts:
v IK07: without doorv IK08: with door (transparent)v IK10: with plain doorv IK10: for PrismaSeT G IP55.
b Seismic characteristics: 2.5G without accessories.
b Enclosure dimensions:v 3 widths:- W = 300: d ucts
10 modules width- W = 600: W
 all-mounted and floor-standing enclosures,
24 modules width- W = 850: F loor-standing enclosures
36 modules widthv depth with door:- enclosures G IP30: 250 mm- enclosures G IP55: 260 mm
v heights:- PrismaSeT G IP30: 12 heights: 330 mm to 1980 mm- PrismaSeT G IP55: 7 heights: 450 mm to 1750 mm.
b Inside switchboards.

69

E
F
G
H
I
J

PrismaSeT P - Reliable, Easily connectedwww.se.com

The new PrismaSeT P switchboard is the market forerunner withbuilt-in cloud connectivity, allowing instant access to smart alarmsystem, energy usage analysis, trends, and preventative maintenanceplans. Built-in cloud connectivity allows users to be notified of theround-the-clock electrical distribution as well as voltage loss if any. Thismaximizes efficiency and power availability, while creating the basis
for future innovations. The PrismaSeT P switchboard also allows easy
wireless integration of sensors.

A

Offer values

B
C

Simplicity• Deliver connectivity without any complexity

Easy installation• Simple-to-install connected solution

Robustness and Design • New design with new structure color, increased
frame and door robustnessD

Win more business• Increase the service business opportunities while
offering an affordable connected panel

Protection• Deliver greater peace of mind

E
F
G
H
I

Digital journey
Peace of mind on the Cloud• Electrical Fire Prevention• Power availability at no cost
• Energy awarenessJ70

Easy-to-install 100% wireless communication
solutions• User friendly installation instructions• Independent from customer IT

Built-in connectivity

Easy installation and commissioning• Voltage loss alert free of charge• Connection to cloud in less than 5 min without any IT skill• Less than 30 minutes for setting up thecommunication devices
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

PrismaSeT P - Reliable, Easily connected
New design with sustainable packaging

Enhance buildings with in-built connectivity and efficient design
The new design of PrismaSeT P increases the robustness of the panels, helps to gain efficiency on every
level and provides peace of mind to the panel builders, electrical contractors and facility managers.
In addition, the new 100% green packaging decreases the quantity of waste and its disposal cost byusing only cartons.

Green Packaging- Progressive cancellation ofplastic and polystyrene of
packaging.
- 100% recyclable cardboards.
- Time & money saving to sort
waste.

Reinforced Frame- Easier transportation andperception during assembly.
- Reinforcement on the lower
angle levels using additional
accessories.

A
B

Reinforced Plain Door
- 3 hinges- Sheet metal thickness 1.5 mm- 20 x 20 bar reinforcement

C

IP 30/31 Plain Door

- New cross beam in cardboard
for a more robust packaging.

D

Sheet
metal
thickness
1.5 mmE
3 HingesF
New Improved Handle

20 x 20 Bar
reinforcement

G- More robust handle.
- Keyless entry door.
- Ergonomic and Aestheticallyhandle design.

H
I

Digital Instruction Sheets- Cancellation of systematic printed instruction in each packaging.
- 1 printed ‘Super Leaflet’ with all instructions (available to order once).
- 1 systematic QR code to link to the right instruction sheets.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

04696034AJ

J
71

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

PrismaSeT P

Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A

AThe PrismaSeT P functional system can be used for all types of low-voltage
distribution switchboards (main, subdistribution and final) up to 4000 A,
in commercial and industrial environments.

B
C
D
E
F

Switchboard design is very simple
Learn more

Assets of PrismaSeT P switchboards
Learn more

G
H
I
J
72

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-ATechnical characteristics

www.se.com

PrismaSeT P

Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A
System design has been validated by type tests as perstandards IEC 61439-1 and 2 and benefits from the combined
experience of Schneider Electric customers over many years.

A
B

Electrical characteristics
Complying with standards IEC 62208 and EN 62208:
b rated insulation level of main busbars: 1000 V
b InA: 4000 Ab rated peak withstand current Ipk: 220 kÂb rated short-time withstand current Icw: 100 kA rms / 1 secondb frequency: 50/60 Hz
b voltage Ue = 690 V under conditions.

C
D

Mechanical characteristics

See "How to assemble an electricalswitchboard"
Guide DESW043EN

Electrical switchboards built using thePrismaSeT P functional system andSchneider Electric recommendations
fully comply with international
standards IEC 61439-1 and 2.

E

b Steel sheet metal.
b Cataphoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder,white colour RAL 9003.
b Can be dismantled.
b Can be combined side-by-side and back-to-back.
b Degree of protection:v IP30: with IP30 cover panels including a door or a cover framev IP31: with IP30 cover panels including a door + gasket
v IP55: with IP55 cover panels.
b Degree of protection against mechanical impacts:
v IK07: with cover framev IK08: with IP30 doorv IK10: with IP55 door.
b Framework dimensions:v four widths:- W = 300: cable compartment- W = 400: c
 able compartment or device compartment- W = 650: d evice compartment or cable compartment- W = 800: d evice compartment with busbar compartment orcable compartment
v two depths: 400, 600 mm
v height: 2000 mm.
b Indoor cubicles.

F
G
H
I

Learn more about
PrismaSeT
range here

Scan orclick onQR codePrismaSeT P offer

PrismaSeT G offer

Catalogue
PrismaSeT P

JCatalogue
PrismaSeT G

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

73

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT XS & S

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

PrismaSeT XS & S:
New enclosures for small commercial& residential applications up to 125 A and 160 A
Schneider Electric has always prioritized accompanying our customers with their businesses
and adapting efficiently to new opportunities in commercial buildings.
We prioritize quality and innovation in digital energy management and electrical distribution
solutions.
Our customers’ satisfaction and loyalty give us the privilege of being a leader in commercial
business for electricians.

H
I
Facility Expert for Small
Business
A connected solution thatminimizes downtime, assuresbusiness continuity & reduces
the risk of financial loss.

J
74

System Configurator

Simple & free tools to configureand quote for your electrical
panels.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT XS
The easy choice made for your peace of mind
up to 125 A
Ergonomy

Vertical distribution on 24 modules

PrismaSeT XS brings the comfort of cabling forElectricians & Panel Builders• Fast and simplified distribution, thanks to direct
and frontal access to the head of groups andgroups of devices• Removable chassis for all sizes and DIN rail in 24M• Adjustable DIN rail interaxes 125, 150, 175 mm

A
B• Side installation for space release on the DIN rail

• Large space for wiring and accessories included
in 24M• High reliability of cabling thanks to screwlessconnections• Terminal block easy disconnection due to nonaligned holes• Fast connection up to 16 mm

C• Push-in technology for tool-less connections​• Removable entry plate on top and bottomof the enclosure.

D

Full Plastic Enclosures’ Range• From 1 to 6 Rows, available in 13, 18, and24 modules• Available in Surface and Flush Mounted variants• Several types of Doors available:- Transparent for 24M- Smoked for 13 & 18M- Plain for 13, 18 & 24M

E• Class 2 for all PrismaSeT XS enclosures

F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

75

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT XSAWe provide you with a complete system for residential
and XS building architecture

B

Main incomer
Acti9 NG125

C

Acti9 NG125 is the
DIN Rail Modular circuit
breaker up to 125 A
that expertly combines
simplicity with reliability.

PrismaSeT XS:
PrismaSeT XS
enclosures and solutions
offering up to 125 A,
allow electricians tofind the more adapted
solution for any
installation on an XS
building with maximum
space for cabling andease of installation.

D
Technical Data
• Conformity to
IEC 61439-1, 2 & 3

E• White RAL 9003

PowerTagF
GPowerTag Energy is acompact and easy-toinstall Class 1 Wirelesscommunication energy
sensor that monitors andmeasures energy andpower in real time. It also
sends alerts in the eventof an electrical anomaly
so business owners
can count on PowerTag
Energy for operational
efficiency and uptime.

• IP30 & IK08 without
door and IP41 & IK09
with door• Metal and plastic
material Class 2
enclosure• Flush version available
for concrete and hollow
wall installation

H
Acti9 iC40

I
J

New Acti9 iC40
18 mm Phase Neutral
modular system for final
distribution provides
unmatched performance
when it comes tosimplifying installation,
speed, space-saving
as well as ease ofmaintenance andupgradation.

76

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT S
A complete system easy to choose
for a full peace of mind up to 160 A
Ergonomy

Vertical distribution

PrismaSeT S is bringing cabling comfort forElectricians & Panel Builders

The new VDIS 160 allows easiness for connecting
main incomer (like NSXm) thanks to the flexible
cables 160 A delivered with the product.

• All sides removable for the best accessibility• Removable Din Rails with adjustable interaxis• Terminal Block for SPD cabling• Cable ring includedA
B

It ensures a fast & simple distribution, thanks to a
direct and frontal access to head of groups/groupsof devices.

C
D

Lateral Duct
PrismaSeT S can be delivered with a preassembled &reversible lateral duct, available from 6 to 8 rows.
The vertical load terminal block dissociates the panel’scabling & loads, and optimizes space inside the panel.

E

The main incomer can be installed in the lateral duct.

F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

77

General overview

www.se.com

PrismaSeT S

AWe provide you with a complete system
for S building architecture

B

Main incomer:
Compact NSXm

C
D
E
F

PrismaSeT S:
PrismaSeT S
enclosures and related
solutions up to 160 A,
enable electricians’
autonomy to set theelectrical distribution
in commercial andindustrial buildings,
making its installation
similar to that ofresidential buildings.

The ComPact NSXm
is the optimized MCCBHead of group with up to
160 A. It can be mounted
at your conveniencefor better flexibility anddirectly connected
to VDIS thanks to theflexible cable.

PowerTagPowerTag Energy is acompact and easy-toinstall Class 1 Wirelesscommunication energy
sensor that monitors andmeasures energy andpower in real time. It also
sends alerts in the eventof an electrical anomaly
so business owners
can count on PowerTag
Energy for operational
efficiency and uptime.

Digital connected
solutionIs the new emergency
light, connected
wirelessly to the
Panel Server.

Technical Data

G
HI

• Conformity to
IEC 61439-1, 2 & 3• White RAL 9003
• IP30 & IK08 Without
door & IP41 & IK09
with door

Acti9 iC40
New Acti9 iC40
18 mm Phase Neutral
modular system for final
distribution provides
unmatched performance
when it comes tosimplifying installation,
speed, space-saving
as well as ease ofmaintenance andupgradation.

• Metal and plastic
material Class 2
enclosure

Learn more about
PrismaSeT
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codePrismaSeT XS offer

PrismaSeT S offer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

78

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

79

General overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A
B
C
D
E
F

PanelSeT, Spacial,
Thalassa, ClimaSys
Electrical enclosures for demanding environments

G
H

Shelter your electrical equipment in controlled, secured, qualitative, andprotected operating conditions. From small boxes to large floor-standing
cabinets, PanelSeT, Spacial and Thalassa electrical enclosures suit all
applications in industry or infrastructures. In addition, ClimaSys thermal
protections keep inside temperature and humidity under control tomaximize lifespan of all embedded electrical and electronic components.

I

Protection
Keep people, controls, andelectronic components
protected in all environments.

J
80

Flexible solutions
Wide range of products andaccessories, customisation
services to fit any need,easy-to-install system.

se.com/enclosures

Thermal management
Process reliability andoperating efficiency thanks tocontrol over temperature andhumidity inside automation andcontrol panels.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures
How to define an enclosure solution?

A

Invariables

Humidity

Switchgear and Controlgear are the cornerstone of any electricalsystem - in industry, infrastructure, building, energy, transport or any
other segment. The correct enclosure and thermal management
selection is crucial to guarantee the targeted performance.
Safeguards of equipment installed inside ensure service continuity.

Pollution
ActiveDust

Lifetime

Ice
Difficultcleaning
process

Correct selection of enclosureand thermal solution

UV
radiation

Efficiency

Heat
up

High
temperature

Many influences must be considered when defining an enclosuresystem. Three groups may be distinguished:

Chemicals
PassiveDry upLow
maintenance

Cooldown

Lowtemperature

No deratingC

Public safety
Certifications• Protection (equipment and people)

B• Thermal management• Solution profitability.

Protection

Ambient conditions and enclosure

Thermal management

The table below is only indicative and not binding. It shows, ina general concept, the optimized performance of the ranges of
Universal Enclosures according to the ambient conditions,taking into account technical andcommercial criteria:
Highly recommended
Recommended
Not suitable

Solution profitability

Ambient condition

DE

Enclosure material
Steel

Steel
Heavy-Duty

Stainless-steel
304L

Difficult cleaning process [2]--Outdoor (no public access)-Outdoor (public access)-Harsh chemicals-

Solar radiation-

Sand storms--

Salty environment

-

-

-

Sea water splashes

-

-

-

Humidity > 70% [3]-Stainless-steel
316L

Stainless-steel
316L Paint

Polyester

PolyesterHeavy-Duty

-

-

-

F

Indoor clean environment [1]

[4]

-

[4]

-

G

Temperature > 40 ºC [3]Temperature < 5 °C [3]ImpactVandalism-

Burglary-

H

Strong pollution
Vibration (marine application)-

Seismic activity

-

-

-

-

-

-

Electro-magnetic interference

-

-

-

-

-

-

[1] Not considering F&B process.
[2] e.g. F&B process.

-I[3] Always using ClimaSys solutions.
[4] Marine solar plants.

Thermal management
The thermal management system must ensure the temperature and humidity controlled inside
the enclosure.

J

The correct solution must be based on a robust process starting with the diagnosis of theambient conditions, going to the parameters calculations and defining the best architecture(enclosures + equipment installed + thermal solution).
ProClima is the calculation tool to design the optimal ClimaSys thermal management solutions.
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

81

General overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosuresA

Our ranges, solutions for each application
PanelSeT and Spacial
Steel Enclosures• PanelSeT SFN the first decarbonized steel
enclosure in the market

B• Includes enclosures ranging in size from smallboxes to large, floor-standing units

SEE THE VIDEO• Robust design for indoor industrial environments• Help protect electrical equipment from dust, oilsplashes, impacts, and moreC

• An extensive assortment of accessories available

Metal enclosures and boxesD

Spacial Stainless-Steel
Enclosures
An optimal solution for environments with hygiene
requirements, and for harsh, highly
corrosive environments, available in two alloys:

E

SEE THE VIDEO• 340L – corrosion-resistant and easy to clean,suitable for the food and pharmaceutical industries• 316L – offering the highest corrosion resistance,
designed for saline and chlorinated environments

F
Stainless-Steel enclosures and boxesG
Thalassa Insulating-Material
Enclosures

H

Designed to help protect electrical equipment fromhighly demanding environments:• Made with fiberglass-reinforced polyester foroutdoor operation (panels exposed to direct
sunlight, rain, salt mist, or extreme temperatures)• Made with ABS or polycarbonate for aggressive
industrial atmospheres (oil splashes, chemical
and corrosive agents)

I
J

SEE THE VIDEO• Made with heavy-duty polyester for public
outdoor area

Insulated enclosures

82

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A

ClimaSys
Maintaining the right temperature inside yourenclosure is vital for maximising the lifetime of yourinstalled devices.
Our ClimaSys range offers you the right solution:
airing, cooling or heating, including control units fortemperature, humidity and many other parameters.

B

SEE THE VIDEO

ProClima
Temperature under control

C
Thermal management

ProClima, control panel thermal
optimization software
Find the best thermal solution for yourenclosureD

Select and calculate your thermal management
requirements according to the environment andthe electrical/electronic devices installed in theenclosure.

E
The concept of the ClimaSys
Smart Airing System (CSVS)FThe ClimaSys Smart Airing System is a smart,closely integrated network that makes your lifeeasier.

Use corrective and predictive
maintenance of the airing system to:

SEE THE VIDEO

G• Improve CAPEX and OPEX of the installation• Improve maintenance and operation of the installation• Improve peace of mind.
Reduce maintenance cost for new and existing
installations.

H

Functions of the CSVS systems
90% savings on filter maintenance

Detect general poor health of the enclosure bymonitoring:• Input/output temperature.

I

Detect fan issues by monitoring:• Air flow temperature• Current level, consumed energy• Blade speed measurement• Used and remaining (approximate) lifespan.
Detect grid filter issues:

J• Air flow temperature• Dust level (0% clean – 100% dirty)• Number of replacements• Remaining time to next replacement.
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

83

General overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A

Thermal Management System
Thermal constraints in Enclosures
Make your manufacturing processes more dependable by reducing downtime
and production losses.

B

Evolution of the electrical switchboard
An electrical switchboard is an assembly formed of the following components:• The enclosure;• Switchgear and controlgear;• Electrical conductors; andC• Miscellaneous functions (displays, controls, information processing).
It has evolved in three directions:• Enclosures increasingly made of insulated materials;• Switchgear and controlgear incorporating more and more electronics which
concentrates a growing number of functions in an increasingly small volume;• An increasingly high density ratio.

D

Industrial safety studies, a concept which covers:• The safety of personnel and equipment;• The availability of electric power;
These two aspects are the critical point of all industrial and service-sector
activities.
Operation must therefore be perfectly under control; and this control must concern
not only the operation of the components but also their operating conditions in agiven environment.

E

Temperature and humidity in the enclosureF

Analysis of the malfunctions and downtimes of an electrical installation shows thatthey are mostly of thermal origin: Temperature/humidity ratio too high or too low
inside the enclosure.
The rise of the average temperature above the limits tolerated by the equipment
is often caused by changes to the electrical switchboard:• Use of insulated materials for the enclosure impairing heat dissipation,G• An increasing number of electronic devices and a higher filling rate increase
the temperature.
Such overheating may only occur at certain points of the installation called'hot spots'.
Excessively low temperatures occur when the electrical switchboard is installed
in a very cold environment. These low temperatures, in case of too high humidity
ratio may cause the formation of water condensate (harmful to electricalequipment).

H

Consequences
The presence of humidity or excessively high temperatures inside the enclosure
can cause numerous malfunctions:I• Nuisance tripping of protective devices;• Fire inside the enclosure;• Burns for the users;• Premature equipment ageing;
These malfunctions lead to an increase in the installation's operating costs:

J• Maintenance costs,• Costs entailed by installation downtimes.

84

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A

Solution: Thermal Management
Objective

The Schneider Electric solutions

The thermal management solution adopted shall:With the ClimaSys range, Schneider Electric proposes a comprehensive offer
meeting all needs:• Maintain the temperature and humidity level inside
the enclosure at values corresponding to normal
operation of the equipment.
• Establish a uniform temperature to prevent
hot spots.

B• Natural airing and forced ventilation• Homogenizing (air circulation)• Heat Exchangers and Cooling Units 2023 novelties: The new Cooling Unit range
will natively be able to communicate to any supervision system• Heating resistances

Choice of solution

C• Regulating controllers.

The products constituting the thermal management
solution are selected to obtain a thermal balanceof the installation. This comprises 2 parts:• Thermal balance inside the enclosure;• Evaluation of the ambient climatic conditions(temperature, humidity level) or environmental
conditions (pollution) of the location of the electricalswitchboard.

Characteristics Smart Climasys

Schneider Electric also proposes a thermal design software, ProClima Web, whichcalculates the thermal balance and proposes one or more thermal management
solutions, perfectly adapted to the customers environment.
2023 novelties: To simplify user experience during electrical switchboard designphase, ProClima Web is now fully integrated with SEE Electrical Software suits.

E

Climasys

Cooling

Smart airing systems

Forced-airing systems

DF

Air-to-air exchangers Air-to-water exchangers Cooling units

HeatingG
Resistance heaters
Controlling

H
Smart thermal control accessories Thermal control accessories
Softwares

I
SEE electrical

Product Selector

Customization Offers

ProClima Web softwareJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

85

General overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A

Industry and Infrastructure Offer
A material for every environment

B

Steel

304L - 316L stainless-steel

Indoor non-clean industrial environment

Demanding industrial environment

The industrial environment in mechanical plants is especiallydemanding as regards the protection of electric and electronic
components against dust, splashing with oil and impacts.

Food and beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical andinfrastructure industries are particularly demanding in terms ofhygiene and resistance to corrosion.

Such ambient conditions require a range that is suited to theapplication and easy to implement.

Our products are available with two grades of stainless-steel:

C
D
E
F
G

• Standard range for industrial applications.
• E.M.C. just available for WM (S3HF).

• 304L stainless-steel: Corrosion resistance and cleanability(often used in food production).

• Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive
atmospheres.

• 316L stainless-steel: Also known as "marine stainless-steel".
Very high resistance to corrosion (saline or chlorinatedenvironment).

Solution

Solution• The PanelSeT and Spacial ranges in steel(wall-mounted, monobloc and suitable floor-standing
enclosures).

• The Spacial range in stainless-steel(wall-mounted, monobloc and suitable floor-standing
enclosures).

H
I
J
86

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-AGeneral overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

A
Insulated polyester and plastic materials(ABS, polycarbonate)

Heavy-Duty materials

B
C
D

Infrastructures and industrial environments
Outdoor infrastructures and electrical installations are exposed
to direct sunlight, rain, saline mist, extreme temperatures, oilsplashes, chemical and corrosive agents.
• Standard range for industry and infrastructures.

Severe outdoor environments, generally requested byOEMs, the telecommunication, water treatment andtransportation industry
Heavy-Duty polyester units are suitable for outdoor public areas
thanks to its multiple benefits:• Resistant against pressure and shock (IEC 61439-5: 2010),• Door with ribbed surface against posting,

Solution• The Thalassa range(boxes, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures).

E• Insulated (prepared for Class II according to IEC 61439-1: 2011).

F

Heavy-Duty steel enclosures are designed for outdoor private
areas:• Resistant against aggressive environments (anti-corrosion
certification class C4H, ISO 12944:2018).

G

Solution• The Thalassa PHD and Spacial S3HD and SFHD ranges(wall-mounted and floor-standing).

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

87

General overview

www.se.com

Universal enclosuresA

The Customized Solutions
Enclosure Preparation Takes Precious Time Away
from Actual Panel Building

B

Preparing your Enclosure can take a significant amount of time and manual labor.
Not only that, achieving a high-quality final result can be challenging.
This work can make you lose time on tasks such as:• Drilling cut-outs for push-buttons, light indicators and cable entries• Adding device fitting plates and cable glands• Milling

C
DE• Deburring• Painting
That’s where Schneider Electric’s PanelSeT, Spacial and Thalassa enclosure customization services fit in.
We can insource the low-value customization work and get it done quickly for you.
That way, your enclosures are ready for wiring when they arrive, saving you time and reducing costs,
whilst also improving the quality of your panels.

Time Savings

Logistics

Simplified Installation

Ergonomic Design

 elivered with cut-outs andD
painting: no waste of time

• Flexible management of yourlogistics option (scheduled delivery
service for on-going orders)

Enclosures delivered
with cut-outs: no special
tools required

Customized project
dedicated to yourpersonal requirements• Special packaging

F
G

Increased Life-Time

Improved Quality

Aesthetics

Higher Performance• Cut-outs made before panting
ensure corrosion protection
and reliable sealing• No burrs on edges of cut-outs• Large choice of colors• Guaranteed manufacturing
tolerances• No scratches in externalsurfaces• Adapted thermal
management• Painting service for better
protection

Time Savings

Improved Quality

Factory suite assemblies

Cut-outs before painting

Hoisting

DROXLER_SF_20.tif

Easier HandlingH

Efficiency

Accessories mounted
in our factory

Increased Life-TimeI• Higher-grade
stainless-steel

Thermal management

Aesthetics
ColorsJ
SafetyDedicated packaging

Efficiency and Ergonomics
Surface finish

88

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

Selection Tools

www.se.com

Universal enclosures

Selection andConfiguration Tools

A

Selection Tools

Bwww.se.com
Our web site allows you to access all Schneider
Electric products with just two clicks with direct links
to:C• A complete library of technical documents,
catalogues, FAQs brochures, etc.
• Certificates.
• 2D and 3D drawings.

Scan or click• Selection Guides from the e-catalogue.

D• Product discovery sites.
You may also find illustrated overviews, news to which
you can subscribe, a list of contacts in your country
and other useful information.

Product Selector

E

Find the accessories that suit your enclosure
The digital rules allow you to select the best
components from the current product range.
There will be no risk of mistake since product andaccessory selection take place automatically, saving
you time and money.

F

Quick Selection Guide
The Quick Selection Guide is a streamlined alternative
to the catalogue, offering an overview of the Universal
enclosures ranges and a table of the most frequently
used product references.

Thermal Management

G

Scan or click

ProClima

H

Find the best thermal solution for your enclosure
Select and calculate your thermal management
requirements according to the environment and theelectrical/electronic devices installed in the enclosure.

Custom Enclosure ConfiguratorI

Get your enclosure pre-engineered for yourspecial needs
The Custom Enclosure Configurator software gives
you total autonomy to configure and quote enclosureswith services (cut-outs, painting, accessory mounting)in less than 3 minutes. Custom Enclosure Configurator
is designed to create orders quickly and conveniently,
without any errors.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

J
89

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
90

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-A

www.se.com

Circuit breakers and switches

MasterPact MTZ

General overview...................................................................... B-92
Select your circuit breakers...................................................... B-96
Select your MicroLogic X control unit....................................... B-98
Usefull links............................................................................. B-100

B

MasterPact MTZ Active

General overview.................................................................... B-102
Select your circuit breakers.................................................... B-108
Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit.................................. B-110

ComPacT NS

General overview.................................................................... B-112
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-118

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

General overview.................................................................... B-122
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors.......... B-126
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-128

ComPacT INS & INV

General overview.................................................................... B-130
Selection guide....................................................................... B-134
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-136

TransferPacTGeneral overview.................................................................... B-138
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-144
Dimensions and Connection................................................... B-148

EasyPact MVS

General overview.................................................................... B-152
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-156
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-158

EasyPact EZC

General overview.................................................................... B-160
General characteristics........................................................... B-162
Functions and characteristics................................................. B-164

EasyPact CVS

General overview.................................................................... B-166
Characteristics and Performance........................................... B-171

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

91

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Built on the legendary performance and reliabilityof the MasterPact range
MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers prepare you for the future of power distribution with smart connectivity,
remote monitoring, and easy customization via digital modules.
• Intuitive EcoStruxureTM Power Device App
smartphone app for easy operation andmaintenance• Precise Class 1 power meter built in forenergy-saving capabilities• Easy customization with digital modules.

H• Intuitive MicroLogic™ X control unit
• Easy installation using established architectures• Seamless integration with building and energy management systems
with EcoStruxure™ architectures• Designed and tested to applicable standards for ANSI, UL, and IEC• Low migration cost from MasterPact NT/NW to MasterPact MTZ.

With MasterPact MTZ breakers, enhanced
performance and connectivity equip you
for the future of power distribution.
Available from 630 A to 6300 A.

I
SEE THE VIDEOJ
92

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

A
B
With MasterPact MTZ air circuit breakers, you’re ready for all the ways power
distribution is changing. Smart connectivity gives you real-time data to help
avoid downtime. Digital modules allow you to customize the circuit breaker
to your specific needs. And proven durability gives you the assurance thatyou’re placing your power distribution on a reliable foundation.

C
D

MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers are available in three sizes:

MTZ1

MTZ2

MTZ3

From 630 to 1600 A

From 800 to 4000 A

From 4000 to 6300 A

E
F
G

Now featuring digitalmodules to customize
MicroLogic X control unitsH

2.0 X (LI) | 5.0 X (LSI) | 6.0 X (LSIG) | 7.0 X (LSIV)
Downloadable digital modules provide enhanced:

I• Protection: Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings,
Ground-fault alarm, Under/Over voltage protection,
Under/Over frequency protection, Reverse active power protection,
IDTML overcurrent protection, Directional overcurrent protection• Measurement: Energy per phase, Individual harmonics analysis• Maintenance & Diagnostics: Power restoration assistant,
MasterPact operation assistant, Wave form capture on trip event,Modbus legacy dataset, IEC 61850 for MasterPact MTZ.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

J
93

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZA
B

Innovation at every level
Whether you’re a panel builder or a contractor, MasterPact MTZ
circuit breakers offer the innovative features you need to
streamline system design, construction, and operation.

I build

C

Install and retrofit easily

D

Commission quickly

The transition from MasterPact NT/NW to MasterPact MTZ air circuit breakers
merges installation ready design with future ready evolutions in smart connectivity,
remote monitoring and easy customization. It doesn’t require switchboard
modification or IEC 61439-1 and -2 recertification.

With EcoStruxureTM Power Commission software, you can integrate smart devices,commission connected switchboards, and generate comprehensive reports as partof factory and site acceptance tests.

Provide better service

E

Our partner programs offer tools, software, support, and loyalty awards to help you
grow your business and meet your customers’ needs with high-quality pre- andpost-sale services.

F
I operate
Improve customer loyalty
MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers allow you to provide commissioning andmaintenance reports to demonstrate your reliability and value to your customers
or employer.

G

Make maintenance easier
MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers send alerts to your smartphone, helping you todiagnose problems quickly and avoid downtime. In case of a power outage, thePower Restoration Assistant digital module guides you to the root cause and helps
you restore power quickly.

H

Increase safety
Because MasterPact MTZ circuit breakers can be operated remotely via Bluetooth,
operations can occur outside of the arc flash zone. Plus, NFC allows access tostored breaker data even when the power is off.

I
J
94

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

The MasterPact MTZ range
covers your protection needs.

A
B
C
D

Five performance levels

E

N1 | H1 | H2 | H3 | L1
Icu (kA rms) at 415 V AC

Type H2 – 150

kA rmsType H1 – 100kA rmsF

MTZ3
0 kA rms

Type L1 – 15

Type H3 – 150

0 kA rms, Icw

Type H2V - 10
Type H2 - 100

MTZ2Type H1 – 66

kA rmsType N1 – 42kA rmsType L1 – 150

MTZ1

kA rms, Icw =G= 100 kA 1 s
85 kA 1 s

H

kA rmsType H3 – 66

kA rmsType H2 – 50

kA rmskA rmsType H1 – 42630

kA rms

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3200

4000

5000

6300

In (A)IJPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

95

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ
Selection guideCircuit breakers

MasterPact MTZ front face provides reinforced
insulation (Class 2) according to IEC 60664-1.
It allows Class 2 installation with breaker control fromoutside.

B
C

﻿

A

Selection criteria

MasterPact

MTZ1

Safety of operation

From 630 to 1600 A
Type
H1

H2

H3 [8]

L1

Rated current (A) at 40/50°C [1]

MTZ1 06

630

630

630

630

MTZ1 08

800

800

800

800

MTZ1 10

1000

1000

1000

1000

MTZ1 12

1250

1250

1250

MTZ1 16

1600

1600

1600

D
Selectivity category [2]

E

B

B

B

A

Ultimate breaking capacity
V AC 50/60 Hz

Icu(kA rms)

At 440 V

42

50

66

130

At 1150 V

-

-

-

-

Rated service breaking capacity

Ics(kA rms)

At 440 V

42

50

50

130

At 1150 V

-

-

-

-

Rated short-time withstandcurrent V AC 50/60 HzF

Icw(kA rms)

0.5 s

42

42

50

10

1s

42

42

50

-

3s

24

24

30

-

Compliant with IEC/EN 60947-2 Annex H

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R)

L

L

L

L

H1

H2

H3

L1

Type of control unit: MicroLogic X

G

Installation characteristics
Type
Connection
Drawout, front
Drawout, rear
Fixed, front

H
I
J

Fixed, rear

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D
Drawout 3P

322 x 288 x 291

Drawout 4P

322 x 358 x 291

Fixed 3P

301 x 276 x 209

Fixed 4P

301 x 346 x 209

Weight (kg) approximate
Drawout 3P/4P

30/39

Fixed 3P/4P

14/18[1] 50°C for rear vertical connected only, refer to temperature deratingtables for other connection types.
[2] F or details on selectivity category A and B,
see MTZ Catalogue reference LVPED216026EN.
[3] No front connection for 4000 A.
[4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A.
[5] To be specified when ordering.

96[6] MTZ2-H10 dedicated to 1250 V systems.
[7] For MasterPact MTZ2-H10 circuit breaker the MicroLogic X control
unit cannot be directly connected to the internal voltage pick-up on thedownstream terminal. The external voltage pick-up option PTE associatedwith external voltage transformer shall be used, see MTZ Cataloguereference LVPED216026EN.
[8] For MasterPact MTZ1 H3 and MTZ2 H2V the rated operational voltage islimited to 440 V AC - 50/60 Hz.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

Selection guide﻿﻿

Circuit breakers

MTZ2

MasterPact

MasterPact

From 800 to 4000 A
Type
N1
H1

H2

H2V

MTZ2 08

800

800

800

MTZ2 10

1000

1000

1000

MTZ2 12

1250

1250

MTZ2 16

1600

1600

MTZ2 20

2000

2000

L1

H10

800

800

800

1000

1000

1000

1250

1250

1250

1250

1600

1600

1600

1600

2000

2000

[8]

H3

2000

2000

2000

MTZ2 25

2500

2500

2500

2500

2500

MTZ2 32

3200

3200

3200

3200

3200

MTZ2 40

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

[6]

B

MTZ3

From 4000 to 6300 A
Type
H1
H2

C

MTZ3 40

4000

4000

MTZ3 50

5000

5000

MTZ3 63

6300

6300

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

42

66

100

100

150

150

-

100

150

-

-

-

-

-

-

50

-

-

42

66

100

100

150

150

-

100

150

-

-

-

-

-

-

50

-

-

42

66

66

85

85

100

65

30

50

100

100

42

66

66

85

85

100

65

30

50

100

100

22

36

66

50

75

75

65

30

50

100

100

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

L

L or R

L

L

L

L or RYes[5]

L or R[5]

L or R

[5]

A

[5]

L or R

D
E
F

[5]

[7]

N1

H1

H2

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

H2V
[3]

H3

L1

H10

H1

H2

[4]

[4]

[4]

[4]

G

[3]

[3]

439 x 441 x 403

479 x 786 x 403

439 x 556 x 403

479 x 1016 x 403

352 x 422 x 300

352 x 767 x 300

352 x 537 x 300

352 x 997 x 300

90/120225/300

50/65

H
I

120/160

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

MasterPact MTZ

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

Circuit breakers

Circuit breakers

Common characteristics

MTZ1

MTZ2 & MTZ3

MTZ2 H10

MTZ2 H2V

Sensor selection

Number of poles
Rated insulation voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Rated operational voltage
Suitability for isolation

Ui (V)
Uimp (kV)
Ue (V AC 50/60 Hz)
IEC/EN 60947-2

3/4
1000
12
690 [7]

3/4
1000
12
690

3/4
1250
12
1150

3/4
1000
12
440

Sensor rating In (A)

400

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3200

4000

5000

6300

Ir thresholdsetting (A)160
to 400250
to 630320
to 800400
to 1000500
to 1250630
to 1600

800
to 2000

1000
to 25001250
to 3200

1600
to 4000

2000
to 5000

2500
to 6300

Degree of pollution

IEC/EN 60947-1

3

3

3

3

Characteristics
MasterPact

MTZ1

MasterPact

From 630 to 1600 A

Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2

MasterPact

Rated current at 40/50°C [1]
Sensor ratings

In (A)(A)

MasterPact

06

08

630
400
to 63010800
400
to 8001000
400
to 1000

06 to 10TypeUltimate breaking capacity
V AC 50/60 Hz

Icu (kA rms)

Rated service breaking capacity
Selectivity category [3]Rated short-time withstand current
V AC 50/60 Hz

Ics (kA rms)

220/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
1150 V% Icu

Icw (kA rms)
0.5 s
1s
3s
Rated making capacity
Icm (kÂ)220/415 V
V AC 50/60 Hz
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
1150 V
Integrated instantaneous protection (DIN kA instantaneous ± 10%) [3]
Break time between tripping order and arc extinction(ms)
Closing time
(ms)

MTZ2

MasterPact

From 800 to 4000 A
12

16

1250
630
to 12501600
800
to 1600

12 to 16

08

10

800
400
to 8001000
400
to 1000

MTZ3

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCEJ

From 4000 to 6300 A

12

16

1250
630
to 12501600
800
to 1600

08 to 16

20

25

2000
1000
to 2000

32

2500
1250
to 2500

20

3200
1600
to 3200

40

4000
2000
to 4000

25 to 40

40

4000
2000
to 4000

50

5000
2500
to 5000

H2

H3 [7]

L1 [2]

H1

H2

H3 [7]

N1

H1

H2

H2V [7] L1 [2] H10 [5] N1

H1

H2

H2V [7] H3

L1 [2] H10 [5] H1

H2

H2V [7] H3

H10 [5] H1

H2

42
42
42
42
100
B
42
42
24
88
88
88
88
25
<50

50
50
42
42
100
B
42
42
24
105
105
88
88
90
25

66
66
75 [4]
B
50
50
30
145
145
110
25

150
130
100
100
A
10
330
286
220
52
10 x In
9

42
42
42
42
100
B
42
42
24
88
88
88
88
25
<50

50
50
42
42
100
B
42
42
24
105
105
88
88
90
25

66
66
75 [4]
B
50
50
30
145
145
105
25

42
42
42
42
100
B
42
42
22
88
88
88
88
25
<70

66
66
66
66
100
B
66
66
36
145
145
145
145
25

100
100
85
85
100
B
85
85
50
220
220
187
187
190
25

100
100
100
B
100
100
75
220
220
25

66
66
66
66
100
B
66
66
36
145
145
145
145
25

100
100
85
85
100
B
85
85
75
220
220
187
187
190
25

100
100
100
B
100
100
75
220
220
25

150
150
130
100
100
B
30
30
30
330
330
286
220
80
10

100
100
85
85
100
B
85
85
75
220
220
187
187
190
25

100
100
100
B
100
100
75
220
220
25

50
100
B
50
50
50
105
25

150
150
130
100
100
B
100
100
100
330
330
286
220
270
25

150
150
130
100
100
B
30
30
30
330
330
286
220
80
10

50
100
B
50
50
50
105
25

42
42
42
42
100
B
42
42
22
88
88
88
88
25
<70

150
150
130
100
100
B
65
65
65
330
330
286
220
150
25

50
100
B
50
50
50
105
25

66
66
66
66
100
B
66
66
66
145
145
145
145
25
<70

63

6300
3200
to 6300

40 to 63

H1

150
150
130
100
100
B
65
65
65
330
330
286
220
150
25

100
100
100
100
100
B
100
100
100
220
220
220
220
25
<80

Durability as per IEC/EN 60947-2/3
Mechanical durability [6]Mechanical durability, C/O cycles x 1000

10

12.5

MTZ1 12 to 16
12.5
12.5

10

MTZ2 08 to 16
25 (15 for H2V)

H1

H2

6
6
3
3
MTZ1 06 to 12
630 to 1250 A

H3 [7]

L1

H1

H2

6
6
3
3
MTZ1 161600 A6-

H3 [7]

N1/H1/H2 H2V[7]Electrical durability [6] at rated operational current
Ie in AC-23A [3]Type of MasterPact

H1

MTZ1 06 to 10
12.5
12.5

H2

H3 [7]

H1

H2

H3 [7]

H1/H2

H2V[7]

1000 A

With periodic preventive
maintenanceElectrical durability [6] at rated current In

Type of MasterPact

Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000
IEC/EN 60947-2

Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000
IEC/EN 60947-3

MTZ1 06 to 10
630 to 1000 A
440 V
690 V
1150 V

440 V
690 V
1150 V

6
6
3
3
MTZ1 06 to 10

380/415 V
440 V
690 V
440 V
690 V

y 250
y 300
6
-

Electrical durability [6] at rated operational current
Ie in AC-3 [3]Type of MasterPact
Motor power (kW)Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000
IEC/EN 60947-3 and IEC/EN 60947-4-1

500 A[1] 50°C: rear vertical connected. Refer to temperature derating tables forother connection types.
[2] See the current-limiting curves in the “additional characteristics” section.

H1/H2/H3

MTZ1 12 to 16
1250 to 1600 A
6
-

6
-

3
2

6
3
-

6
3
-

MTZ2 2020 (15 for H2V)

MTZ2 08 to 16
800 to 1600 A

6
-

L1

3
3
-

10
10
10
MTZ2 08 to 16

H1/H2/H3 H2V[7]

0.5

8
6
MTZ2 201600 A

2000 A

800 A

1000 A

800 A

335 to 450
400 to 500-

450 to 560
500 to 630-

335 to 450
450 to 560 560 to 670 670 to 900 900 to 1150
400 to 500
500 to 630 500 to 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1300
y 800
800 to 1000 1000 to 1250 1250 to 1600 1600 to 2000
6
6
6 for H1/H2 (not available for H2V)
6

Introduction

MTZ3 40 to 63
10

MTZ2 25 to 40
2500 to 4000 A

N1/H1/H2 H2V[7] H3 L1 H10 H1/H2

8
6
MTZ2 202000 AH10

630 A

H1/H2/H2V[7]1250 AH10

0.5

250 to 335
300 to 400-[3] For details on selectivity category A, B, AC-3, AC-23A, DIN-DINF,
see MTZ Catalogue reference LVPED216026EN.
[4] Ics: 50 kA for 415-440 V.
[5] MTZ2 H10 dedicated to 1250 V systems.

MTZ2 25 to 40
20 (15 for H2V)

MTZ2 202000 A

10
10
10
MTZ2 08 to 16
800 to 1600 A

8
-

8
-

H1/H2/H3 H2V[7]

6
-

2
2
-

3
3
-

0.5

MTZ3 40 to 63
4000 to 6300 A

H2V H3 H10 H1

55
2.5
MTZ2 25 to 40
2500 to 4000 A

H10 H1/H2/H3 H2V

0.5

5
2.5
-

5
-

1.25
1.25
-

0.5

0.5

-

H2

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
MTZ3 40 to 63
4000 to 6300 A

H10 H1
1.5
1.5
-

H2

1.5
1.5
-

-

[6] The term "durability" is used to express the expectancy of the number of the operating cycles which can be performed by the device.
[7] For MTZ1 H3 and MTZ2 H2V the rated operational voltage Ue is limited to 440 V AC - 50/60 Hz.

Introduction

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

97

Select your MicroLogic X control unit

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

Overview of functions
Measurement

A

Maintenance& Diagnostics

C

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS﻿B

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Protection

D
E
F
G

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

Optional 24/7 downloadable
14 digitalmodules dedicated

Communication• Undervoltage and overvoltage• Underfrequency and overfrequency• Reverse active power• IDMTL overcurrent protection• Directional overcurrent• Ground-fault alarm• Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings• Energy per phase• Individual harmonics analysis• Power restoration assistant• MasterPact operation assistant• Waveform capture on trip event• IEC 61850 for MasterPact MTZ• Modbus legacy dataset.

• To comply with this requirement,
MicroLogic X control units incorporate
several channels of communication,
including Ethernet, Modbus SL andwireless communication facilities.

to upgrading MicroLogic X

H
I
J

98

• It is now common practice to makeavailable most of the information
processed by a Protection Control
Unit, locally for network operation andmaintenance, as well as remotely forhigher functions of control, monitoring,energy efficiency and assets management

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Select your MicroLogic X control unit

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ

Overview of functions> Protection for ...
﻿﻿... MicroLogic 2.0 X

A> Additional features of protections

LI: Long-time+ Instantaneous

Along with the LSIGV protections,
new additional features and facilities allow to
improve the protection performance of a system
when difficulties are met such as low values ofthe short-circuit current or the need to limit thethermal constraints to the equipment:
dual settings, fine settings, zone selective
interlock, tripping mode (Standard/Fast).

﻿... MicroLogic 5.0 X﻿> Measurement

LSI: Long-time+ Short-time+ Instantaneous

MicroLogic X measures all electrical parametersof an electrical network: currents, voltages,
frequency, power, energy, power factor, current
and power demand.
Min/Max and average values are calculated
for most of the parameters.

﻿

Diagnostic features are intended to limit the riskof power interruptions and to re-energize theinstallation as quickly as possible after a trip.

﻿﻿LSIV: Long-time+ Short-time+ Instantaneous+ Earth leakage

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

D

They provide alarms and messages
to help the user in scheduling bothpreventive and predictive maintenance,and device replacement.

E
F> Communication

﻿

﻿

﻿

LSIG: Long-time+ Short-time+ Instantaneous+ Earth fault... MicroLogic 7.0 X

COptional digital modules allow the measurementof energy per phase, and to perform
Waveform capture.

> Maintenance & Diagnostics... MicroLogic 6.0 X

BNew generation MicroLogic X control units
incorporate wireless technology (Bluetooth andNFC) that allows the transfer of a wide selectionof critical information (protection, measurements,
Maintenance & diagnostics) to your mobile
device, by means of Ecostruxure Power Device
App app. Alternatively, MasterPact MTZ canbe equipped with ETHERNET communication
through either the IFE module or the newembedded EIFE that includes webpages.
Modbus SL communication is available throughthe IFM interface module.

G
H
I> Optional digital modules
Optional digital modules can be purchasedand downloaded to extend the performance ofMicroLogic X control units. They are dedicatedto Protection, Measurement, and Maintenance &diagnostics, and are available through Go Digitalon the Schneider Electric website, open 24/7.

99

JUsefull links

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ> MasterPact MTZ Catalogue

A
B
LVPED216026EN_WEB> MasterPact MTZ Catalogue numbers and spare partsC
D

COM-POWER-LVMKT215EN

E> Complementary technical informationF
LVPED318033EN

G> Substitution guide MasterPact MTZ

H
LVPED516027EN

I

Learn about more
MasterPact MTZ
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

100

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

101

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

MasterPacT MTZTM with MicroLogic Active
Air circuit breakers
Ready to Act
With the emergence of Electricity 4.0 anda world that is increasingly digital andelectric, customers face complex day-to-day
challenges, including 24/7 uptime demands,
spiraling energy costs, urgent calls forsustainable practices, and the integration ofrenewables.
MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active areready to act to meet these challenges andmore.

A legacy of innovation

IJ

For 35+ years, the MasterPacT name has
been synonymous with circuit breaker
innovation and performance.
After pioneering digital breakers morethan a decade ago, MasterPacT continues
to lead the way today by offering a new,
intuitive control unit with innovative digitalfeatures that allow customers to achieve a
new benchmark for safety and resiliency
while ensuring business continuity.
102

Energy demands are escalating

40%

Amount of available energy consumedby buildings worldwide+50%

Level of increase in global industry energy
demand by 2050

50 billion

Number of smart, connected devices
by 2020100%

Expected uptime for buildings worldwide

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active
The MasterPacT MTZ range covers your protection needs
Five Performance Levels

N1

H1

H2

H3

A

L1

Type H2 – 150 kA rms

MTZ3

B

Type H1 – 100 kA rms
Type L1 – 150 kA rms
Type H3 – 150 kA rms
Type H2 – 100 kA rms, lcw = 85 kA 1s

MTZ2

C

Type H1 – 66 kA rms
Type N1 – 42 kA rms
Type L1 – 150 kA rms
MTZ1

Type H2 – 50 kA rms lcw = 24 kA
Type H1 – 42 kA rms
630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3200

4000

5000

D

6300

E

Responding to customer challenges
Companies across industries
demand power 24/7. So when
an outage occurs, they need todetermine the cause quickly.
Was it an overload? Short circuit?
Equipment ground fault?

F

Knowing the root cause of an
outage allows quick action to
restore power and resume normal
operations versus enduring lengthy
and costly delays.
MasterPacT MTZ combines realtime information and ease ofuse to enable fast mitigation ofoutage events.

G
H

MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active saves time and money
The new MasterPacT MTZ’s innovative control unit, MicroLogic Active, monitors various breaker functions toprovide vital, real-time information, which makes the MasterPacT MTZ Active. In the event of a power outage,
the breaker lets you scan a QR code on the control unit to quickly identify the cause and determine the best
action to take. No need to search through a 200-page document ever again.
With MasterPacT MTZ Active, you are ready to act – fast!

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

I
J

103

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

A
B

Ready to act for Safety
MasterPacT MTZ Active features safety-enhancing innovations to help protect electricalcontractors, building occupants, maintenance personnel, and property. From its Energy
Reduction Maintenance Setting to its intuitive control unit, our advanced breaker sets new
benchmarks for safe installations and operation.
Energy Reduction
Maintenance Settings(ERMS) enhance protection
against arc flash hazards

CFast-trip
capability
prevents power
overloads,
safeguarding
people andpropertyD
E

Application-specificintegrated circuits (ASICs)
increase IP safety, improvereliability, and reduce cost

Intuitive
control unit
allows quick
setting of all
protection
functions

Keyboard locking
feature protects
parameter settings
by requiring a PIN
code for user access

Near Field
Communication(NFC) provides
remote access via
a smartphone andthe EcoStruxurePower Device app

Color LED and LCD
indicators facilitate at-aglance breaker statusmonitoring

F
Ready to act for simplicity and flexibility

G
H

With MasterPacT MTZ Active, there’s no need to change your current design andinstallation practices – dimensions, footprint, and commissioning procedures all remain
the same. And in the event of last-minute trips, you are able to respond immediately.

USB-C port allows quick
setup and reflects latest
communications bestpractices

I

Alarms can becustomized tovoltage requirementsof different machines
and applications

J
104

User-friendly interface
facilitates operation,
diagnostics, andmaintenance
Field-swappable
control unit allows
last-minute changeouts,
eliminating entire breakerreplacements andavoiding project delays

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active
Ready to act for SustainabilityA

By partnering for sustainability with Schneider Electric through the installation ofMasterPacT MTZ Active, you are helping to minimize impacts on the planet while
accelerating our collective journey on the road to net zero.
Green packaging eliminates
single-use plastics and features 100%
recycled and recyclable cardboard

Transformer efficiency data helps
inform actions to save energy
and reduce CO2 emissions

Upgrading with an MicroLogic Active control
unit extends the life of installed NT and
NW breakers and achieves carbon savings
by eliminating the need to replace the entire
breaker

Energy metering tracks
power consumption
and promotes energy
efficiency

B
C
D
E
F

Ready to act for Buniness Continuity

G

Across industries, everyone demands power 24/7. And when outages occur, customers
need to determine the cause – fast. MasterPacT MTZ Active is designed allow yourcustomers to achieve new levels of uptime and agility.
On-site Selectivity
Checks ensure power
availability and maximize
the business continuity

Field-swappable control unit allows
last-minute changeouts, eliminating
entire breaker replacements andavoiding project delays

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Customizable
alarms and event
log contribute to
uptime optimization

H

Algorithm-generated
notifications
facilitate preventive
maintenanceI

Industry-first QR code solution
provides immediate access to theroot cause of outages and advises
the best action to remedy themJ
105

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

A
B
C

Active with EcoStruxure
MasterPacT MTZ Active circuit breakers are part of the Active Panel solution madepossible by Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure Power architecture.
By connecting cutting-edge hardware with innovative software, Active Panels provide real-time informationthat enables users to pinpoint overloads and inefficiencies, make informed decisions to improve operational
efficiency, and keep track of a building’s electrical system status.

MasterPacT MTZ Active circuit breakers combine with Active Panels to allow:• Connection to EcoStruxure software to
unlock electrical system potential

DE• Remote monitoring and control with any
supervision system to carry out predictive
and preventive maintenance• Remote notifications and maintenanceplanning with Facility Expert digital
maintenance logbook• Proactive facility management with
EcoStruxure Facility Advisor, Power
Monitoring Expert, Power SCADA
Operations, and Building Operation
software• Asset life-cycle management andcondition-based maintenance via
equipment monitoring• Asset and alarm management• Energy efficiency and power
quality management• Compliance with the latest regulations
for energy-efficient buildings

F
G
H
I
J
106

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active
A new digital user experienceAWith the MasterPacT MTZ active circuit breaker, every stage of the project - from designingand configuring to operating and maintaining - is streamlined using its digital capabilities.

B

DESIGN
EcoStruxture Power
Design Software
Single-line diagram design
software that calculates
and sizes your electricalinstallation.

EcoStruxture
Power
Build Software
Quick configurationand quotation tool
for switchboards.

Design with 3rdParty Software
Completely integrated
with thrid party design
software to enhanceyour work effieciency.

C
D

CONFIGURE AND ORDER
Product Selector
Configure MasterPacT MTZ
to save time and ensure
accuracyE
BUILD AND COMMISSION
EcoStruxure Power
Commision software
Commission and upgrade
easily with protection setting
and factory-acceptance
test.

F
G

OPERATE AND MAINTAIN
Operate withyoursmartphone
Locally in thefacility room

Monitor with EcoStruxture Energy
Hub Software
Operate with MicroLogic
Active control unit
Locally in the facility room
EcoStruxture Power
Monitoring Software
Power Monitoring Expert
Power SCADA Operation
Building Operation
Facility Advisor

se.comStatus “at a glance”

H

EcoStruxture
Power Device
App

AndroidiOS

I

Remote, continuous
notifications
Track facility data SESA137086,
recieve alerts in case of power
events and scheculed
maintenance.

Jse.comPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

107

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active
Selection guideCircuit breakers

B

Selection criteria
Safety of operation

MasterPacT MTZ front face provides reinforced
insulation (Class 2) according to IEC 60664-1.
It allows Class 2 installation with breaker control
from outside.

﻿A

MasterPacTC

Rated current (A) at 40/50 °C [1]MTZ1

From 630 to 1600 A
Type
H1

H2

L1

MTZ1 06

630

630

630

MTZ1 08

800

800

800

MTZ1 10

1000

1000

1000

MTZ1 12

1250

1250

MTZ1 16

1600

1600

B

B

42

50

130

42

42

100

42

42

-

D
E

Selectivity category [2]Ultimate breaking capacity
V AC 50/60 Hz

Icu
at 440 V(kA rms)
at 525 V
at 690 V

F

Rated service breaking capacity

Ics
% Icu
(kA rms)

Rated short-time withstandcurrent V AC 50/60 Hz

Icw
0.5 s
(kA rms) 1 s

[6]

100%

3s

G

A

42

42

10

42

42

-

24

24

-

Compliant with IEC /EN 60947-2 Annex H

Yes

Yes

Yes

Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R)

L

L

L

H1

H2

L1

Type of control unit: MicroLogic Active

Installation characteristics
Type

H

Connection
Drawout, front
Drawout, rear
Fixed, front
Fixed, rear

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

I

Drawout 3P

322 x 288 x 291

Drawout 4P

322 x 358 x 291

Fixed 3P

301 x 276 x 209

Fixed 4P

301 x 346 x 209

Weight (kg) approximate

J

Drawout 3P/4P

30/39

Fixed 3P/4P

14/18[1] 50 °C only for circuit breakers with rear vertical connections,refer to temperature derating tables for other connection types.
[2] For details on selectivity category A and B,
see MTZ Active Catalogue reference LVPED225010EN.
[3] No front connection for 4000 A.
[4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A.

108[5] To be specified when ordering.
[6] For IT grounding systems, the rating is limited to 600 V AC. For more information,please contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Select your circuit breakers

www.se.com

MasterPact MTZ Active

Selection guideCircuit breakers

﻿

﻿

A
B

MasterPacT

MTZ2

MasterPacT

From 800 to 4000 A
Type
N1
H1

H2

MTZ2 08 800

800

800

800

MTZ2 10 1000

1000

1000

1000

MTZ2 12 1250

1250

1250

1250

MTZ2 16 1600

1600

1600

MTZ2 20 2000

2000

H3

L1

MTZ3

From 4000 to 6300 A
Type
H1
H2

C

1600
2000

2000

MTZ2 25

2500

2500

2500

MTZ2 32

3200

3200

3200

MTZ2 40

4000

4000

4000

D

2000

MTZ3 40

4000

4000

MTZ3 50

5000

5000

MTZ3 63

6300

6300

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

42

66

100

150

150

100

150

42

66

85

130

130

100

130

42

66

85

100

100

100

100

100%

E

100%
42

66

66

85

85

65

30

100

100

42

66

66

85

85

65

30

100

100

22

36

66

50

75

65

30

100

100

Yes

Yes

L

L or R

N1

H1
[3]

[3]

Yes
[5]

L or R

H2
[3]

[5]

Yes

Yes

Yes

L

L

L or R

H3

L1

H1

Yes
[5]

L or R

[5]

G

H2

H

[3]
[4]

[4]

[4]

[4]

[3]

439 x 441 x 403

479 x 786 x 403

439 x 556 x 403

479 x 1016 x 403

352 x 422 x 300

352 x 767 x 300

352 x 537 x 300

352 x 997 x 300

90/120225/300

50/65

120/160

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

F

I
J
109

Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit

www.se.com

Overview of functions

Maintenanceand Diagnostics

Measurement
﻿

A
B

﻿

C
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILS

D

Protection

Image

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSEF
CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSG

Communication

H
I

CLICK FOR
MORE DETAILSJ110PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Select a MicroLogic Active Control Unit

www.se.com

Overview of functions> Protection for ...
﻿﻿... MicroLogic Active 1.0

A> Additional features of protections

SI: Short-time+ Instantaneous

Along with the LSIG protections, new additionalfeatures and communication interfaces improve
the protection performance of a system tomanage difficulties such as low short-circuitcurrent values or the need to limit the thermal
constraints of the equipment: fine settings, zone
selective interlock, tripping mode (Standard/Fast).

﻿... MicroLogic Active 2.0

﻿> Measurement

LI: Long-time+ Instantaneous

B
C

MicroLogic Active measures all electricalparameters of an electrical network: currents,
voltages, frequency, power, energy, power
factor, current and power demand.
Min/Max and average values are calculated formost of the parameters.

D> Maintenance and Diagnostics
Diagnostic features are intended to limit therisk of power interruptions and to power up the
installation as quickly as possible after a trip.

﻿... MicroLogic Active 5.0
﻿LSI: Long-time+ Short-time+ Instantaneous> Communication

﻿

The new generation of MicroLogic Active control
units incorporate wireless IEEE technology NFC,
and optional Bluetooth that allows the user tosend a wide selection of information (protection,measurements, maintenance and diagnosticsdata) to your mobile device, by means of the
EcoStruxure Power Device app. Alternatively,
MasterPacT MTZ can be equipped with Ethernet
communication through either an IFE module oran embedded EIFE, with webpage visualization.
Modbus SL communication is available throughthe IFM interface module.

F
G
H

﻿

﻿

... MicroLogic Active 6.0
LSIG: Long-time+ Short-time+ Instantaneous+ Ground fault

E

They provide alarms and messages to help
the user in scheduling both preventive andpredictive maintenance, as well as device
replacement.

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

111

General overview

www.se.com

ComPact NS

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

ComPact NS
Molded case circuit breakers
The world is becoming more electric, digitized anddecarbonized. Our digitized LV products are poweredby innovation at every level enabling enhanced
connectivity, real-time operations and smart analytics.
They bring improved safety and security. They help
you to improve reliability and performance – and toprepare for the future of power distribution.
ComPact is an integral part of EcoStruxure™ Power– Schneider’s open, interoperable, IoT-enabled
system architecture. Through this platform, we deliver
enhanced value around safety, reliability, efficiency,
sustainability, and connectivity for our customers.
We leverage technologies in IoT, mobility, sensing,cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity to deliver
Innovation at Every Level. This includes Connected
Products, Edge Control, and Apps, Analytics& Services. EcoStruxure has been deployed in
450,000+ installations, with the support of 9,000
system integrators, connecting over 1 billion devices.
The launch of Schneider Electric ComPact NS in1994 revolutionized the world of molded case circuit
breakers and benefits from 60 years of experienceand leadership in industrial circuit breakers.

As well as offering proven performance, flexibility andreliability, the ComPact NS sets the standard in mostapplications: buildings, windturbine, solar, genset,
data center, healthcare, marine and infrastructure anddecrease your energy consumption thanks to very low
power dissipation.
Equipped with the Micrologic control units,
ComPact NS630b to 3200 A circuit breakers offer
built-in power and energy metering in addition toelectrical measurement and analysis functions.
The communication option makes it possible tocontrol power consumption, simplify maintenance andimprove operating comfort.
A wide range of optimized auxiliaries and accessories
is available to meet the needs of protection of AC
installations, generator protection, motor protection,
switch-disconnectors, source changeover switch
function and specific offers available for DC
applications up to 1000 V.
Today, the ComPact NS range remains theinternational reference in the molded-case,circuit breaker market.

J
112

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

ComPact NS
I design electrical solutions

A

More than 10 years of long-felt techniques and technologies ahead quite simple
and convenient.
Win more projects and deliver the best solution foryour customers• Enhance power availability with total control of selectivity
and power management with advanced trip unit.
• Optimize panel cost with cascading; the ComPact NStechnology covers all your needs from 630 to 3200 A,
with a breaking capacity from 50 to 200 kA.

B

Standards
ComPact NS circuit breakers
and auxiliaries comply with:• IEC/EN 60947-1:
General rules• Equipped with electronic control units, the ComPact NS
circuit breakers ensure protection and measurement of
your electrical installation.
• Provide efficiency to your customer with small size andmulti-ways of installation and highly immune protection
system insensitive to disturbances (IEC 60947-2 Annex F).

• IEC/EN 60947-2:
Circuit-breakers

D• IEC/EN 60947-3:
Switch-disconnectors• IEC/EN 60947-4-1:
Contactors andmotor-starters• IEC/EN 60947-5-1:
Control circuit devices

E

The ComPact NS range covers all ratings from 630 to 3200 A
ComPact NS630b to 1600
• ComPact NS from 630 to 1600 A,
fixed or withdrawable, front orrear connection, manual operating
mechanism or motor mechanism.
A 200 kA breaking performancecompletes the ComPact NS range

Type N – 70 kA

ManualComPact
NS630b to 1600
Electrical

ComPact NS1600b to 3200
• ComPact NS from 1600 to 3200 A,
fixed, front connection,with manual operating mechanism

F

Type H – 85 kA

ComPact
NS1600b to 3200

ComPact
NS630b to 1600
ManualG

Type L – 150 kA
Type H – 70 kA
Type N – 50 kA
kA
Type LB – 200

HType L – 150 kA
Type H – 70 kA
Type N – 50 kA

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3200

In (A)I

The MasterPact and ComPact range Circuirt breakers, switch-disconnectors andsource changeover are the best choice for all standards and specific applications.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

C

J
113

General overview

www.se.com

ComPact NSA

I build and install electrical equipment
Make your business more profitable

B

Gain space in your switchboard• The ComPact NS range is available in 2 sizes only in order tohomogenize installation dimensions (volume, depth, pole pitch).
• Easy to select and to order with new Schneider Electric™ online tools.

C

Gain time, the installation is facilitated• More space to connect your cables.
• Withdrawable version also available.

D
E
F
G
H
I
J
114

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

ComPact NS

I design and build machinesA

Installation

Optimize your solution

Fixed device• Minimum distances (safety clearance) between 2 circuit breakers are
reduced thanks to the arc chute filters.
• A solution for all your applications:B– generator protection

Withdrawable device– motor protection up to 750 kW with coordination between breakers
and contactors (coordination type 1 and type 2)– source-changeover.
• Best combination of size (small depth), performance with no derating
up to 65 °C (vertical connection) and flexible mounting options.

C• Ensure continuity of service:– Total control of selectivity for the whole Schneider Electric circuit
breakers range from moulded circuit breaker to air circuit breaker

CAF1
CAF2
CAO1
CAO2

– High withstand of the devices to various envrionmental stresses.

OF1
OF2
OF3
SD

• Bring flexibility to your installation:
Interchangeable trip units, standardized accessories, adjustable rating
and scalable indication and control functions.

MN or MX
SDE
COM

Manually operated device.

SDE
OF3
OF2
OF1

D
E
F

MN or MXCOM

Electrically operated device.

G

CT1
CE3
CE2
CE1
CD2
CD1

H

Withdrawable device.

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

115

General overview

www.se.com

ComPact NSA

I operate my installation
I operate and manage my installation
Ensure continuity of service

B• Electrical energy is available, prevent nuisance power outages
using total control of selectivity.

Monitor your power• Power consumption is optimized with on-site, real-time monitoring
and control, plus online energy management services

C• Maintenance is simplified• Installation is scalable• Using ComPact NS will decrease permanent consumption
with lower power dissipations.

D
E
F
G
H
I
J
116

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

General overview

ComPact NS

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

117

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A
ComPact circuit breakers

A

Number of poles
ControlManualToggleDirect or extended rotary handle

Electric

Type of circuit breaker

B

Connections

Fixed

Front connection
Rear connection
Front connection with bare cables

Withdrawable (on chassis)

C

ComPact NS800L.

Front connection
Rear connection

Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2 and EN 60947-2
Rated current (A)

In

50 °C

Rated insulation voltage (V)Ui

Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)

Uimp

Rated operational voltage (V)Ue

AC 50/60 Hz

lcu

AC50/60 Hz

65 °C [1]DType of circuit breaker
Ultimate breaking
capacity (kA rms)

Manual220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V

E

lcs

AC
50/60 Hz220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V

F

Electrical

ComPact NS1600H.

lcu

AC
50/60 Hz220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V

lcs

AC
50/60 Hz220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V

G

500/525 V
660/690 V
Short-time withstand current (kA rms)
Integrated instantaneous protectionlcw

AC50/60 Hz1s
3s

kA peak ±10 %Suitability for isolation

H

Utilisation category
Durability (C-O cycles)

MechanicalElectrical

440 V

In/2
In

I

690 V

ComPact NS2000H.

In/2
In

Pollution degree

J
118

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A
NS630b

NS800

3, 4

NS1000NS1250NS1600NS1600b

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

NS2000NS2500NS3200A-(except LB)

N

H

L

LB

N

H

L

N

H

N

H

N

H

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

-

-

-

630

800

1000

1250

1600

630

800

-

1600

2000

2500

3200

1900

2500

2970

1000

1250

1510

1550

800

800

800

800

800

8

8

8

8

8

690

690

690

690

690

N

H

L

LB

N

H

L

N

H

N

H

N

H

85

85

150

200

85

85

150

85

85

85

85

85

125

50

70

150

200

50

70

150

50

70

50

70

70

85

50

65

130

200

50

65

130

50

65

50

65

65

85

40

50

100

100

40

50

100

40

50

40

50

65

-

30

42

-

75

30

42

-

30

42

30

42

65

-

50

50

150

200

50

52

150

50

52

37

37

65

94

50

50

150

200

50

52

150

50

52

37

37

52

64

50

50

130

200

50

48

130

50

48

37

37

65

64

40

40

100

100

40

37

100

40

37

30

30

65

-

30

30

-

75

30

31

-

30

31

22

22

65

-

50

70

150

-

50

70

150

50

70

50

70

-

50

70

150

-

50

70

150

50

70

50

70

50

65

130

-

50

65

130

50

65

50

65

40

50

100

-

40

50

100

40

50

40

50

30

42

-

-

30

42

-

30

42

30

42

37

37

150

-

37

37

150

37

37

37

37

37

37

150

-

37

37

150

37

37

37

37

37

37

130

-

37

37

130

37

37

37

37

30

30

100

-

30

30

100

30

30

30

30

22

22

-

-

22

22

-

22

22

22

22

19.2

19.2

-

-

19.2

19.2

-

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

32

40

40

-

-

40

40

-

40

40

40

40

130

B

B

A

A

B

B

A

B

B

B

B

10000

10000

E
F
G
H

B

10000

10000

5000

6000

4000

4000

6000

6000

4000

5000

5000

3000

5000

5000

3000

3000

5000

5000

3000

4000

2000

2000

4000

4000

3000

3000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

1000

1000

3

3

3

3

D

-

6000

3

C

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

119

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A
ComPact circuit breakers
Protection and measurements

A

Interchangeable control units

B

Overload protection

Long time

Ir (In x …)

Short-circuit protection

Short time

Isd (Ir x …)

Instantaneous

Ii (In x …)

Earth-fault protectionlg (In x …)

Residual earth-leakage protection

I∆nZone selective interlocking

ZSI

Protection of the fourth poleC

Current measurements
Electrically operated device.

Power measurements
Advanced protection
Quick view

Remote communication by bus
Device-status indicationD

Device remote operation [2]Transmission of settings
Indication and identification of protection devices and alarms
Transmission of measured current values

ComPact circuit breakers

E

Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts
Voltage releases

MX shunt release/MN undervoltage release

Installation
Accessories

F

Terminal extensions and spreaders
Terminal shields and interphase barriers
Escutcheons

G

Dimensions fixed devices, front connections (mm)

3P

HxWxD

4P

Weight fixed devices, front connections (kg)

3P
4P

Source changeover system (see section on "source changeover systems")
Manual, remote-operated and automatic source changeoversystems[1] Except 1600b-3200.
[2] With NS630b...NS1600, remote operation is possible with electrically operated device.
With NS1600...NS3200, remote operation is not possible.

H
I
J
120

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Protection of distribution systems

ComPact NS circuit breakers from 630b up to 3200 A
NS630b NS800
Micrologic

NS1000

2.0

2.0 A

5.0

6.0

-

NS1250
5.0 A

6.0 A

NS1600
7.0 A

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

NS800

2.0 E

5.0 E

NS20006.0 E

NS25005.0 P [1]6.0 P [1]NS3200
7.0 P [1]A--

NS630bNS1600b

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

C
-

-

-

D
NS1000NS1250NS1600NS1600b

NS2000NS2500NS3200-327 x 210 x 147

350 x 420 x 160

327 x 280 x 147

350 x 535 x 160

14

24

18

36

E
F
G

-

H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

121

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Meet the new face ofconnected breaker technology
70 years of innovative and reliable protection
The Schneider ElectricTM ComPacTTM range isbuilt on 70 years of expertise and leadership inindustrial circuit breakers.
Today Schneider Electric is launching its
new generation of ComPacT molded casecircuit breakers.
The comprehensive, optimized ComPacT range
covers your protection and has been redesignedwith a superior customer experience in mind.
The range combines wireless intelligent
metering and monitoring, along with advanced
protective functions.

This range can be connected toSchneider Electric’s open, interoperable,
IoT-enabled EcoStruxureTM Power architecture.
Through this platform we deliver enhanced
value in terms of safety, reliability, efficiency,
sustainability, and connectivity.
We leverage technologies in IoT, mobility,
sensing, cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity todeliver Innovation at Every Level. This includes
connected products, edge control, apps,
analytics and services.
SEE THE VIDEO

I
J
122

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm
ComPacT NSX and NSXm,
even more innovative and efficientA

ComPacT circuit breakers feature Schneider Electric’s exclusive Roto-Active Breaking System;
it reduces the effects of short circuits of your installation.
Today, the ComPacT range is optimized with a high level of breaking capacities, outstanding
selectivity and cascading. It offers more advanced functions and ergonomic designs for easy
installation and operations.

B

Eleven performance levels

C

K | HB2 | HB1 | R | L | S | H | N | F | B | E- 10 kA

Type K

00 kA

B2 - 1

Type HD

5 kA

B1 - 7

Type H
Type R
Type LType SComPacTNSX 400-630

Type H
Type N
Type FA- 200 kA

- 150 kA
- 100 kE

- 70 kA- 50 kA- 36 kAF

00 kA
B2 - 1
Type H
5 kA
B1 - 7
Type HComPacTNSX 100-250

Type R
Type LType SType H
Type N
Type FComPacT NSXm

Type B
Type H

- 200

kA

- 150

kA

- 100

kA

G

- 70 kA- 50 kA- 36 kA- 70 kA

0 kA
eN-5

Typ

Type F
Type B
Type EH- 25 kA- 36 kA- 25 kA- 16 kA

16 A

63 A

100 A

160 A

250 A

400 A

630 A

I

Icu = (kA rms) at 1000 V ACJ

Icu = (kA rms) at 690 V AC
Icu = (kA rms) at 415 V ACPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

123

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

A

Schneider Electric is proud to introduce the new generation of ComPacT MCCBs.
These breakers talk to you, wherever you are, in all transparency. New design complements
new wireless connectivity capabilities with our latest wireless auxiliary contact.

B
C

New

New

ComPacT Design

Wireless Auxiliary Contact

New signature design

Wireless breaker status

D
E
F
G
Learn more

Learn more

H
I
J
124

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

While we are launching a new generation of ComPacT breakers, we are building upon theAvery latest innovations that made the success of the range in the first place. The following
innovations were launched recently and are still very much applicable to the new generationof ComPacT breakers.

New
ComPacT NSXm

B

New

C

MicroLogic Vigi

DEF
G
Smallest size in the range
Learn more

Integrated earth leakage protection
Learn more

H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

125

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

www.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXm
General characteristics

﻿

A
A
C
D

B
C

G

Compliance with Standards

NSXm 160H
C12H3TM160L

B

Uimp 8kV
Ui 800V
Icu(kA) Ics(kA)
Ue(V)
100
220-240 a 100
70
380-415 a 70
65
440
a 65

50/60Hz
IEC/EN 60947-2

D

E
F

40°C
Cat A

Pollution Degree

stem
n sy

ectio

Conn

ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are certified
for operation in pollution degree 3 environments as defined by IEC standards
60947-1 and 60664-1 (industrial environments).

Climatic WithstandE

ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests
defined by the following standards for extreme atmospheric conditions.
Conn

ectio

stem
n sy

F

Ir(A) 63/160

H

In=60A

Standardized characteristics indicated on the ratingplate:A Type of device: frame size and breaking capacityclass
B Circuit breaker/switch-disconnector symbol
C Commercial reference
D Ui: rated insulation voltage
E Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage
F Ue: operational voltage
G Reference standard
H Circuit breaker ratingG
H

Note: When the circuit breaker is equipped with an extended
rotary handle, the door must be opened to access the ratingplate.

﻿I

ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors comply withthe following:b International standards
v IEC 60947-1: general rules
v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers
v IEC 60947-3: switch-disconnectors
v IEC 60947-4-1: contactors and motor starters [1]v IEC 60947-5-1 and following: control circuit devices and switching elements;
automatic control components
b European standards (EN 60947-1, EN 60947-2, EN 60947-3, EN 60947-4-1 andEN 60947-5-1)
b China CCC
b EAC (Customs Union)b The specifications of the marine classification companies (Bureau Veritas, Lloyd's
Register of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, etc.), recommendations issued by the
CNOMO organization.

Dry cold and dry heatb IEC 60068-2-1: dry cold at -55°C
b IEC 60068-2-2: dry heat at +85°C.
Damp heat (tropicalization)b IEC 60068-2-30: damp heat (temperature + 55°C and relative humidity of 95%)
b IEC 60068-2-52: severity 2 - Cycling salt mist.

Environment
ComPacT NSX and NSXm respects the European environment directive 2011/65/
EU (amendment 2015/863/EU) concerning the restriction of hazardous substances(RoHS) and is Green Premium.
Product environment profiles (PEP) have been prepared, describing theenvironmental impact of every product throughout its life cycle, from production to
the end of its service life.
All ComPacT production sites have set up an environmental management system
certified ISO 14001.
Each factory monitors the impact of its production processes. Every effort is made toprevent pollution and to reduce consumption of natural resources.

Ambient Temperatureb ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit breakers may be used between -25°C and+70°C. For temperatures higher than 40°C, (for ComPacT NSX: +65°C for circuit
breakers used to protect motor feeders) devices must be deratedb Circuit breakers should be put into service under normal ambient, operatingtemperature conditions. Exceptionally, the circuit breaker may be put into service
when the ambient temperature is between -35°C and -25°C
b The permissible storage temperature range for ComPacT NSX and NSXm circuit
breakers in the original packing is -50°C [2] [3] and +85°C.
[1] For ComPacT NSX[2] For ComPacT NSXm: -40°C for ComPacT NSXm MicroLogic Vigi 4.1[3] For ComPacT NSX: -40°C for Micrologic Vigi 4, MicroLogic 5, MicroLogic 6 andMicroLogic Vigi 7

J126

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPacT NSX & NSXm

General characteristics

ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are protected against:
b Overvoltages caused by circuit switching (e.g. lighting circuits)b Overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbancesb Devices emitting radio waves such as mobile telephones, radios, walkie-talkies,
radar, etc.
b Electrostatic discharges produced by users.
Immunity levels for ComPacT NSXm comply with the standards below.
b IEC/EN 60947-2: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2: Circuit breakers:v Annex F: Immunity tests for circuit breakers with electronic protection
v Annex B: Immunity tests for residual current protection.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-2: Electrostatic-discharge immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-3: Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic-field immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-5: Surge immunity tests.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-6: Immunity tests for conducted disturbances induced byradio-frequency fields.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-8: Power frequency magnetic field immunity test.
b IEC/EN 61000-4-11: Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations
immunity tests.
b CISPR 11: Industrial, scientific and medical equipment - Radio-frequency
disturbance characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement.

Suitable for Isolation with Positive Contact Indication
All ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are suitable for isolation as definedin IEC standard 60947-2:
b The isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) positionb The operating handle cannot indicate the OFF position unless the contacts are
effectively openb Padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open.
Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliabilityof the position-indication system.
The isolation function is certified by testing:b The mechanical reliability of the position-indication systemb The absence of leakage currentsb Overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
The tripped position does not insure isolation with positive contact indication.
Only the OFF position confirms isolation.

A

NSX250HB2

G

B

Ui 800V Uimp 8kVCF

Ue(V) Icu(kA) Ics
500 ~ 100 100
525 ~ 100 100
690 ~ 100 100

D

50/60Hz Cat A
IEC/EN 60947-2

﻿Electromagnetic Compatibility

A

E

B

H

C

Standardized characteristics indicated on
the rating plate:A Type of device: frame size andbreaking capacity class
B Ui: rated insulation voltage
C Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage
D Ics: service breaking capacity
E Icu: ultimate breaking capacity for various
values of the rated operational voltage Ue
F Ue: operational voltage
G Circuit breaker/switch-disconnector symbol
H Reference standard

DE

Note: When the circuit breaker is equipped with anextended rotary handle, the door must be opened toaccess the rating plate.

F
G

Installation in Class II Switchboards
All ComPacT NSX and NSXm devices are class II front face devices. They may beinstalled through the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC standards 61140
and 60664-1) without downgrading switchboard insulation. Installation requires no
special operations, even when the circuit breaker is equipped with a rotary handle ora motor mechanism.

H

Degree of Protection
The following indications are in accordance with standards IEC 60529 (IP degree ofprotection) and IEC 62262 (IK protection against external mechanical impacts).

Bare Circuit Breaker with Terminal Shields

Ib With toggle: IP40, IK07.
b With direct rotary handle: IP40, IK07.

Circuit Breaker Installed in a Switchboard
ComPacT NSXmb With toggle: IP40, IK07.
b With direct rotary handle: IP40, IK07.
b With extended rotary handle: IP54 orIP65, IK08.
b With side rotary handle: IP54 orIP65, IK08.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

ComPacT NSX
b With toggle: IP40, IK07.
b With direct rotary handle:v Standard/VDE: IP40, IK07v MCC: IP43, IK07
v CNOMO: IP54, IK08.
b With extended rotary handle:
IP55, IK08.
b With motor mechanism: IP40, IK07.

J127

Characteristics and Performancewww.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXmA

ComPacT NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPact NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V

B

ComPact NSXm circuit breakers from 16 to 160 A up to 690 V

Common Characteristics

Common Characteristics

Rated voltages

Insulation voltage (V)Insulation voltage for ELCB [1] (V)Impulse withstand voltage (kV)Operational voltage (V)Operational voltage for ELCB [1] (V)Suitability for isolation
Utilization category
Pollution degree

Ui
Ui
Uimp
Ue AC 50/60 Hz
Ue AC 50/60 Hz
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC 60664-1

800
500
8
690
440
yes
A
3

Circuit Breakers

ControlManualVersions

Rated current (A)Number of poles

With toggle
With direct or extended rotary handle
With side rotary handle

Fixed

NSXm up to 63 A

Breaking Capacity Levels

E

B

F

NSXm from 80 to 160 A and ELCB [1]

N

H

E

B

F

N

H

ln

40 °C

63
3P, 4Plcu

AC 50/60 Hz 220...240 V
380...415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660...690 V

25
16
10
8
-

50
25
20
10
-

85
36
35
15
10
-

90
50
50
25
15
10

100
70
65
30
22
10

25
16
10
-

50
25
20
-

85
36
35
-

90
50
50
-

100
70
65
-

AC 50/60 Hz 220...240 V
380...415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660...690 V
MechanicalElectrical
440 V
In/2
In
690 V
In/2
In

25
16
10
8
20000
20000
10000
10000
5000

50
25
20
10
-

85
36
30
10
10
-

90
50
50
25
15
2.5

100
70
65
30
22
2.5

25
16
10
-

50
25
20
-

85
36
30
-

90
50
50
-

100
70
65
-

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

160
3P, 4P

Breaking capacity (kA rms)

ComPacT NSXm

Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
lcs

Durability (C-O cycles)

Protection and Measurements

Overload/short-circuit protection

Thermal magnetic

Electronic with Earth Leakage Protection (ELCB)
Options

Device status/control
For ELCB [1]: alarming and fault differenciation

Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm)WxHxD
Weight (kg)3P
4P
ELCB [1]3P
4P
ELCB [1]81 x 137 x 80
108 x 137 x 80
108 x 144 x 80
1.06
1.42
1.63

Standard
With spreaders
Rigid
Flexible
Rigid
Flexible

27
35
95
70
120
95

Connections
Pitch (mm)EverLink lug Cu or Al [2] cables

Cross-section (mm²)

Crimp lugs Cu or Al

Cross-section (mm²)

Source Changeover System
Manual mechanical interlocking[1] ELCB: Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.1).
[2] Al up to 100 A.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)C
D

ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

ComPacT Circuit Breakers
Number of poles
Control

NSX100Manualtoggledirect or extended rotary handle

Connections

Electric
Fixedfront connection

NSX160

NSX250

1

2

1

2

1

-

-

-

-

-

rear connection
Withdrawable

front connection
rear connection-

Electrical Characteristics IEC/EN 60947-2

In
Rated current (A)Ui
Rated insulation voltage (V)Rated impulse withstand voltage kV) Uimp
Ue
Rated operational voltage (V)ComPacT NSX single-poleType of Circuit Breaker

Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

E

40 °C

AC
50/60
Hz
DC

Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
Suitability for isolation
Utilization category
Durability (C-O cycles)

lcs

% Icu

MechanicalElectrical

277 V

Protection and Measurements

ComPacT NSX two-poleType of trip units
Ratings
Overload protection (thermal)

Short-circuit protection (magnetic)
Add-on earth-leakage protection

100
750
8
277
250

AC 50/60 Hz
DC

lcu

F

220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
250 V (1P)
500 V (2P)

Additional Indication and Control Auxiliaries
Voltages releases

-

100
750
8
690
500

M

F

40
85
-

M

36
85
18
25
15
25
10
18
5
8
36
85
36
85
100 %

A
20000
20000
10000

In/2
In

In
Long time
Ir
thresholdInstantaneous li
pickupvalue indicated for AC [1]real value for DC
VigiPacT add-on
combination with VigiPacT relay

Indication contacts

F

50

80

63

80

500
700

640
800

WxHxD

F

M

36
85
18
25
15
25
10
18
5
8
36
85
36
85
100 %

250
750
8
277
-

S

N

100
70
65
35
10
100
100

25
100 %

A
20000
20000
10000

built-in thermal-magnetic
100 125 160
fixed
100 125 160
fixed
800 1000 1250
1000 1200 1250
-

A
10000
10000
5000
built-in thermal-magnetic
160 200 250
fixed
160 200 250
fixed
850 850 850
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Terminal extensions and spreaders

Dimensions (mm)Weight (kg)

-

160
750
8
690
500

M

40
85
-

A
20000
20000
10000

63

50
500
700
-

-

Accessories

N

18
25
36
50
100 %

A
20000
20000
10000

built-in thermal-magnetic
16
20
25
30
40
fixed
16
20
25
30
40
fixed
190 190 300 300 500
260 260 400 400 700
-

-

160
750
8
277
250

S

100
70
65
35
10
100
100

-

MX shunt release
MN undervoltage release

Installation

-

N

18
25
36
50
100 %

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE-

Terminal shields and interphase barriers
Escutcheons
35 x 161 x 86
0.7

Source Changeover System

70 x 161 x 86
1.2

35 x 161 x 86
0.7

70 x 161 x 86
1.2

35 x 161 x 86
0.7

Manual mechanical interlocking[1] The thresholds for TMD and TMG 1-pole and 2-pole magnetic trip units up to 63 A
are indicated for AC. The real DC thresholds are indicated on the following line.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

F
ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

G

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

ComPact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 250 A up to 690 V

Common Characteristics

Rated
Insulation voltage (V)Uivoltages
Insulation voltage for ELCB [6] Ui
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
Operational voltage (V)Ue
AC 50/60 Hz
Operation voltage for ELCB [6] Ue
AC 50/60 Hz
Suitability for isolation
IEC/EN 60947-2
Utilization category
Pollution degree
IEC 60664-1

Common Characteristics

800
500
8
690
440
yes
A
3

ControlService breaking capacity (kA rms)

With direct or extended rotary handle

Chassis

S

L

N

H

S

L

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
65
40
15

150
150
130
70
50
20

200
200
200
80
65
45

85
80
75

100
100
100

40
25
20
15
-

85
36
35
30
22
8

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
65
40
15

150
150
130
70
50
20

40
25
20
15
-

85
36
35
30
22
8

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
65
40
15

150
150
130
70
50
20

200
200
200
80
65
45

85
80
75

100
100
100

lcs

AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
MechanicalElectrical
440 V

40
85
25
36
20
35
7
12
11
4
50000
50000
30000
20000
10000

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
65
40
10

150
150
130
70
50
10

200 200 200 80
85
65
80
45
75
20000
20000
10000
10000
5000

100
100
100

40
85
25
36
20
35
15
30
22
8
40000
40000
20000
15000
7500

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
50
35
10

150
150
130
50
35
10

40
85
25
36
20
35
15
30
22
8
20000
20000
10000
10000
5000

90
50
50
36
35
10

100
70
65
50
35
10

120
100
90
65
40
10

150
150
130
70
50
10

200 200 200 80
85
65
80
45
75
20000
20000
10000
10000
5000

100
100
100

-

85
50
10

85
65
10

-

-

-

-

-

85
50
10

85
65
10

-

-

-

85
50
15

85
65
15

-

-

-

-

690 V
Breaking capacity (kA rms)

H

Protection and Measurements

In/2
In
In/2
In

AC 50/60 Hz 240 V
480 V
600 V

H

S

L

R

100

100

2 [5], 3, 4

3, 4

85
25
10

HB1 HB2 B

F

NSX250

H

85
36
35
25
22
8

Characteristics as per UL 60947-4-1

N

[4]

N

40
25
20
15
-

40 °C

F

NSX160AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V

Durability (C-O cycles)

Overload/short-circuit protection

Plug-in base

lcu

In

ComPacT NSX250 HB2

Short-circuit protection

With toggle

With remote control

Fixed
Withdrawable

NSX100B

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Rated current (A)Number of poles

Breaking capacity (kA rms)

ManualElectrical
Versions

Circuit Breakers

Breaking Capacity Levels

160

-

B

F

250

2 [5], 3, 4

85
35
10

R

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

HB1 HB2250

2 [5], 3, 4

85
35
15

3, 4

-

Magnetic only
Thermal magnetic
Electronic
With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1-OSN) [1]With ground-fault protection
With zone selective interlocking (ZSI) [2]

Display/I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements/interrupted-current measurement
Options

Power meter display on door
Operating assistanceCounters
Histories and alarms
Metering Com
Device status/control Com

Earth-leakage protection

By VigiPacT add-on [3]By VigiPacT relay

Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights[1] OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying
high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics).
[2] ZSI: Zone Selective Interlocking using pilot wires.
[3] VigiPacT add-on is not available for breaking capacity
levels HB1/HB2.
[4] There is no 160 A frame, use 250 A frame with lower rating
trip units for R, HB1, HB2.
[5] 2P circuit breaker in 3P case for B and F types, only withthermal-magnetic trip unit.
[6] Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.2 and7.2 E).

Dimensions (mm)WxHxD

Fixed, front connections

Weight (kg)

Fixed, front connections

Connections

Connection terminals
Large Cu or Al cables

Pitch
Cross-section

2/3P
4P
2/3P
4P

105 x 161 x 86
140 x 161 x 86
2.05
2.4

105 x 161 x 86
140 x 161 x 86
2.4
2.8

105 x 161 x 86
140 x 161 x 86
2.2
2.6

105 x 161 x 86
140 x 161 x 86
2.4
2.8

With/without spreadersmm²

35/45 mm300

35/45 mm300

35/45 mm300

35/45 mm300

Source-Changeover System
Manual mechanical interlocking
Automatic source-changeover

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

I
J
128

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Characteristics and Performancewww.se.com

ComPacT NSX & NSXmA

ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V

ComPacT NSX circuit breakers from 400 to 630 A up to 690 V

Common Characteristics

Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)Ui
Insulation voltage for ELCB [4]Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
Operational voltage (V)UeOperation voltage for ELCB [4] Ue
Suitability for isolation
Utilization category
Pollution degree

AC 50/60 Hz
AC 50/60 Hz
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC 60664-1

Common Characteristics

800
500
8
690
440
yes
A
3

ControlManualWith toggle
With direct or extended rotary handle

Electrical
Versions

With remote control

Fixed
Withdrawable

Plug-in baseChassisCircuit Breakers

NSX400

Breaking Capacity Levels
Rated current (A)F

NSX630

N

H

S

L

R

In

40 °C

400

lcu

AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V

40
36
30
25
20
10

85
50
42
30
22
10

100
70
65
50
35
20

120
100
90
65
40
25

150
150
130
70
50
35

200
200
200
80
65
45

85
80
75

100
100
100

40
36
30
25
20
10

lcs

AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
525 V
660/690 V
MechanicalElectrical
440 V

40
85
36
50
30
42
25
30
10
11
10
10
15000
12000
6000
6000
3000

100
70
65
50
11
10

120
100
90
65
12
12

150
150
130
70
12
12

200
200
200
80
85
65
80
45
75
15000
12000
6000
6000
3000

100
100
100

85
35
20

85
65
20

-

-

-

-

85
35
20

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Number of poles

ComPacT NSX630 HB2Service breaking capacity (kA rms)

Durability (C-O cycles)

690 V

Characteristics as per UL 60947-4-1

Breaking capacity (kA rms)

AC 50/60 Hz 240 V
480 V
600 V

Protection and Measurements
Short-circuit protection

In/2
In
In/2
In

HB1 HB2 F

400

3, 4

Breaking capacity (kA rms)

85
50
10

H

S

L

85
50
42
30
22
10

100
70
65
50
35
20

120
100
90
65
40
25

150
150
130
70
50
35

200
200
200
80
65
45

100
70
65
50
11
10

120
100
90
65
12
12

150
150
130
70
12
12

R

85
65
20

-

-

-

B

Ir = 501 - 630 A

HB1 HB2 R

HB1 HB2

85
80
75

100
100
100

200
200
200
80
65
45

85
80
75

100
100
100

200
200
200
80
85
65
80
45
75
15000
8000
4000
6000
2000

100
100
100

200
200
200
80
-

85
-

100
-

-

-

-

-

630

3, 4

-

Ir = 225 - 500 A

N

40
85
36
50
30
42
25
30
10
11
10
10
15000
8000
4000
6000
2000

630

3, 4

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

3, 4

85
50
20

-

Magnetic only

Overload/short-circuit protection

Thermal magnetic
Electronic--

140 x 255 x 110
185 x 255 x 110
6.05
7.90

140 x 255 x 110
185 x 255 x 110
6.2
8.13

45/52.5 mm
45/70 mm
4 x 240

45/52.5 mm
45/70 mm
4 x 240

With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1-OSN) [1]With ground-fault protection
With zone selective interlocking (ZSI) [2]
Display/I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements/interrupted-current measurement
Options

Power meter display on door
Operating assistanceCounters
Histories and alarms
Metering Com
Device status/control Com

Earth-leakage protection

By VigiPacT add-on [3]By VigiPacT relay

Installation/Connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm) W x H x D

Fixed, front connections 2/3P
4P
Fixed, front connections 2/3P
4P

Weight (kg)[1] OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying
high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics).
[2] ZSI: Zone Selective Interlocking using pilot wires.
[3] VigiPacT add-on is not available for breaking capacity
levels HB1/HB2.
[4] Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (MicroLogic Vigi 4.3 and7.3 E)

Connections

Connection terminals

Pitch

Large Cu or Al cables

Cross-section

With/without spreaders
mm²

Source-Changeover System
Manual mechanical interlocking
Automatic source-changeover

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)C
D

ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA

Installation standards require upstream
protection.
However ComPacT NSXm 50 to 160 NA
switch-disconnectors are self-protected bytheir high-set magnetic release.

ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 50 to 160 A NA

Common Characteristics

Common Characteristics

Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)Ui
800
Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
8
Operational voltage (V)Ue
AC 50/60 Hz
690
Suitability for isolation
IEC/EN 60947-3 yes
Utilization category
AC 22 A/AC 23 A
Pollution degree
IEC 60664-1
3

Switch-Disconnectors

ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors

ControlManualVersions

Fixed

NSXm50NA

Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-3
Conventional thermal current (A) Ith 40 °C
Number of poles
Operational current (A)ledepending on the utilization
category

50

With toggle
With direct or extended rotary handle
With side rotary handle

NSXm100NA100

NSXm160NA
160

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

AC 50/60 Hz

AC22A/AC23A

AC22A/AC23A

AC22A/AC23A

220/240 V
380/415 V
440/480 V
500/525 V
660/690 V
min. (switch-disconnector alone)max. (protection by upstream circuit
breaker)
for
1s
3s
20 s

50
50
50
50
50
1.28
150

100
100
100
100
100
2.13
150

160/100
160/100
160/100
160/100
160/100
2.13
150

900
900
200
20000

1500
1500
335
20000

1500
1500
335
20000

AC22A/AC23A

AC22A/AC23A

AC22A/AC23A

Short-circuit making capacity(kA peak)lcm

Rated short-time withstandcurrent (A rms)

lcw

Durability (C-O cycles)

MechanicalElectrical AC
440 V

Ie/2
Ie
Ie/2
Ie

690 V

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

20000/20000
10000/10000
10000/6000
5000/3000

20000/20000
10000/10000
10000/6000
5000/3000

20000/20000
10000/10000
10000/6000
5000/3000

3

3

3

E

Positive contact indication
Pollution degree

Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts
Voltage releases

MX shunt trip release
MN undervoltage release

Installation/connections

Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions (mm)
WxHxD

3P
4P

81 x 137 x 80
108 x 137 x 80

Weight (kg)

3P
4P

1.06
1.42

Standard
With spreaders
Rigid
Flexible
Rigid
Flexible

27
35
95
70
120
95

Connections
Pitch (mm)EverLink lug Cu or Al [1] cables

Cross-section (mm²)

Crimp lugs Cu or Al

Cross-section (mm²)

Source-changeover systems
Manual mechanical interlocking[1] Al up to 100 A.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

F
ComPacT NSXm switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

ComPact NSX & NSXm

ComPact NSX & NSXm

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA
Installation standards require upstream
protection. However ComPacT NSX100
to 630 NA switch-disconnectors are
self-protected by their high-set magnetic
release.

ComPacT NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 A NA

Common Characteristics
Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)Common Characteristics

Ui

800

Impulse withstand voltage (kV) Uimp
Operational voltage (V)Utilization category

AC 50/60 Hz

690

IEC/EN 60947-3

yes

IEC 60664-1

Rated short-time withstand current(A rms)ComPacT NSX100 to 250 NA

Durability (C-O cycles)

lcm
lcw

DC
250 V (1 pole)
500 V (2 poles in series)
750 V (3 poles in series)
Min. (switch-disconnector alone)
Max. (protection by upstream circuit
breaker)
for
1s
3s
20 s
AC
440 V
690 V

With remote control
Plug-in baseChassis220/240 V
380/415 V
440/480 V
500/525 V
660/690 V

In/2
In
In/2

In
250 V (1 pole) and
In/2
500 V (2 poles in series)InDC

With toggle
With direct or extended rotary handle

Withdrawable

AC 50/60 Hz

MechanicalElectrical

ManualFixed

3

Switch-Disconnectors
Electrical characteristics as per IEC/EN 60947-3

Short-circuit making capacity(kA peak)Control

Electrical

AC 22 A/AC 23 A - DC 22 A/DC 23 A

Pollution degree

Conventional thermal current (A)Ith 50 °C
Number of poles
Operational current (A) depending on le
the utilization category

Versions

8

Ue

Suitability for isolation

NSX100NA

NSX160NA

NSX250NA

NSX400NA

NSX630NA100
2 [1], 3, 4
AC22A/AC23A
100
100
100
100
100
DC22A/DC23A
100
100
100
2.6
330

160
2 [1], 3, 4
AC22A/AC23A
160
160
160
160
160
DC22A/DC23A
160
160
160
3.6
330

250
2 [1], 3, 4
AC22A/AC23A
250
250
250
250
250
DC22A/DC23A
250
250
250
4.9
330

400
3, 4
AC22A/AC23A
400
400
400
400
400
7.1
330

630
3, 4
AC22A/AC23A
630
630
630
630
630
8.5
330

1800
1800
690
50000

2500
2500
960
40000

3500
3500
1350
20000

5000
5000
1930
15000

6000
6000
2320
15000

AC22A/AC23A
35000
20000
15000

AC22A/AC23A
30000
15000
10000

AC22A/AC23A
15000
7500
6000

AC22A/AC23A
10000
5000
5000

AC22A/AC23A
6000
3000
3000

8000
10000
5000

5000
10000
5000

3000
10000
5000

2500
-

1500
-

3

3

3

3

3

G

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCEH

Positive contact indication
Pollution degree

Protection

Add-on earth-leakage protection

By VigiPacT add-on
By VigiPacT relay

Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts
Voltages releases

MX shunt release
MN undervoltage release

Current-transformer module
Insulation monitoring module

Remote communication by bus
ComPacT NSX400 to 630 NA

Device-status indication

Device remote operation
Operation counter

Installation/connections

Dimensions (mm)WxHxD
Weight (kg)

Fixed, front connections
Fixed, front connections

2/3P
4P
3P
4P

105 x 161 x 86
140 x 161 x 86
1.5 to 1.8
2.0 to 2.2

140 x 255 x 110
185 x 255 x 110
5.2
6.8

Source-changeover systems(see chapter on Source-changeover systems)
Manual mechanical interlocking
Automatic source-changeover[1] 2P in 3P case.
Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)

I
Learn more about
ComPacT NSX& NSXmranges here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeNSX offer

NSXm offer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

129

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

A
B
C
D
E
F

Optimize your solution withfield-proven & high-performanceswitch-disconnectors
Switch-disconnectors INS/INV40 to 2500 A

GStandards

H
I
J

ComPact INS/INV Switch Disconnectors comply with:• International Standards:– IEC/EN 60947-1: General rules– IEC/EN 60947-3: Switch-disconnectors.

• UL489 and CSA C22.2 N°5-02 &N°5-13 standards. INSE and INSJ
versions only.

• Marine certifications:– American Bureau of Shipping– Bureau Veritas– Det Norske Veritas - Germanischer Lloyd– Lloyd's Register of Shipping– Nippon Kaiji Kyokai– China Classification Societies– Registro Italiano Navale– Korean Register of shipping– Russian Maritime Registers of Shipping.

130

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INVHigh performancesA

No derating for all performances in accordance with IEC60947-3 criteria:• Ith = Ithe = Ie up to 60°.

Functions and characteristics

www.schneider-electric.com

www.schneider-electric.com

SwitchB

Switch-disconnector selection

PB111402_30.eps

ComPact INS40 to 160

A

ComPact INS switch-disconnectors

INS40

INS63

INS80

INS100

Number of poles

3-4

3-4

3-4

3-4

Electrical characteristics as defined by IEC 60947-1 / 60947-3 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-3

ComPact INS40 to 80 switch-disconnector.

Conventional thermal current (A)Ith

at 60 °C

40

63

80

100

Conventional thermal current in enclosureItheat 60 °C

40

63

80

100

Rated insulation level (V)Ui

AC 50/60 Hz

690

690

690

800

Impulse-withstand voltage (kV)

Uimp

8

8

8

8

Rated operational voltage (V)Ue

AC 50/60 Hz

500

500

500

690

DC

250

250

250

250

AC 50/60 Hz

690

690

690

Rated operational voltage AC20 and DC20
(V)
Rated operational current (A)IeElectrical AC

50/60 Hz

AC22A

PB111403_30.eps

Short-circuit making capacity (kA peak)

PB111406_42.eps• the location and the application

Short-time withstand current (A rms)

AC22A

Icm

Icw

40

63

63

80

80

100

10

40

63

63

80

72

100

10

40

40

63

63

80

63

100

D

500 V

40

32

63

40

80

40

100

660-690 V

-

-

-

-

-

-

100

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

125 V (2P in series)

40

40

63

63

80

80

100

250 V (4P in series)

40

40

63

63

80

80

100

50/60 Hz
11

15

22

22

20

30

37

45

440 V

22

30

37

55

500-525 V

18,5

22

22

55

660-690 V

-

-

-

55

Intermittent duty

Class 120 - 60 %Class 120 - 60 %Class 120 - 60 %Class 120 - 60 %Min. (switch-disconnector alone)

15

15

15

20

Max. (with upstream protection
circuit breaker)

75

75

75

154

1s

3000

3000

3000

5500

3s

1730

1730

1730

3175

20 s

670

670

670

1230

550

550

550

1000

20000

20000

20000

15000

MechanicalEF

50/60 Hz

AC22A

AC23A

AC22A

AC23A

AC22A

AC23A

AC22A

AC

220-240 V

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

15

380-415 V

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

15

440 V

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

15

500 V

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

15

690 V

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

DC23A

DC22A

DC

250 V

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

15

Electrical DC

-

-

-

-

-

1500

15

Positive contact indication
Visible break

PB111407_42.eps

DC

10

10

380-415 V

Electrical AC

-

-

-

-

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

-

Emergency-off switch-disconnector
Degree of pollution

Upstream protection
See the “Complementary technical information” page <?>.

ComPact INS100 to 160 emergencyoff switch-disconnector.

G
H

Version : 1.0 - 12/05/2017

Untitled-1

Version : 1.0 - 12/05/2017

Untitled-1

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

10

10

63

220-240 V

ComPact INS100 to 160 switch-disconnector.

A-6

AC

40

• coordination with the upstream protection devices (in particular overload
30 s
and short-circuit).
Suitability for isolation
Durability (O-C cycles)

750
AC23A

Uninterrupted duty

The switch must be chosen according to:• the characteristics of the network on which it is installed

AC22A

40

Total coordination with MasterPact MTZ, NT, NW, ComPact NS,
ComPact NSX and ComPact NSXm
ComPact INS40 to 80 emergency-off
switch-disconnector.

Rated duties

AC23A

220-240 V

Electrical DC

Electrical AC

AC22A

380-415 V
440-480 V

Rated operational power AC23 (kW)

AC23A

C

131

General overview

www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

A

Grow your business with better solutions
Choose the installation that best suits your needs

B
Main power
distribution board
for commercial
applications

C

Main power
distribution board
for industrial
applications

D
E
Final
distribution
enclosureforcommercial
applications

F
G

Note: adjacent to or built into the machine.

H
Less stock space neededI• Common accessories for ComPact INS/INV and ComPact NSX• Less product references.

Energy availability thanks to the power-system protectionJ• Isolation of components under fault.

132

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

General overview

ComPacT INS & INV

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

133

Selection guidewww.se.com

ComPacT INS & INVA

The complete range

40 A

63 A

80 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

Modular profile

INS40

INS63

INS80PV INS100

INS125

INS160

200 A

250 A

INS250-100

INS250-160 INS250-200 INS250

INV100

INV160INSE 40-80

B

ComPact INS
Switch-disconnectors withpositive contact indication

C
D

Emergency-off switchdisconnectors with positive
contact indication

E
Mounting on backplate

INV200

INV250ComPact INV

F

Switch-disconnectors withvisible break

G
H

Emergency-off switchdisconnectors with visible break

I
J
134

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Selection guidewww.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV
320 A

400 A

500 A

630 A

630b A

800 A

1000 A

1250 A

1600 A

2000 A

2500 AA
INS320 INS400 INS500 INS630 INS630b INS800
INSJ400

INS1000 INS1250 INS1600 INS2000

INS2500

B
C
D
E
INV320 INV400 INV500 INV630 INV630b INV800

INV1000 INV1250 INV1600 INV2000

INV2500FGHIJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

135

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

ComPacT INS & INV

AFunctions and characteristics

www.schneider-electric.com

Functions and characteristics

www.schneider-electric.com

General characteristics

General characteristics

The ComPact INS and INV switches are non-automatic switches with rotary handles.

DB414488.eps

INS 250

Ui
800V
8kV
Uimp
Ith
250A/60ºC
50/60 Hz

Ith:
Ui:
Uimp:
Ue:
Ie:

Ue (V)Ie (A)

AC22A AC23A DC23A
690
690 250 (4P)250
250 250

IEC / EN 60947-3

conventional thermal current.
rated insulation voltage.
rated impulse-withstand voltage.
rated operational voltage.
rated operational current.
suitable for isolation.

Conformity with standards

Altitudeb ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries comply with the following
standards and international recommendations:v IEC 60947-1: general rules
v IEC 60947-3: switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors, etc.
v IEC 60947-5.1 and following: control-circuit devices and switching elements;
automatic-control components.
In that these standards and recommendations are applied in most countries,
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries comply with European(EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3, EN 60947-5-1)
v CCC (China)
v EAC (Customs Union)

ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are designed to operate at their rated
values at altitudes under 2000 metres.
Above 2000 metres, the changes in the characteristics of the ambient air (electricalresistance, cooling capacity) result in a reduction of the characteristics below.
Altitude (m)
2000
3000
4000
5000
Dielectric resistance voltage (V)

3150

2500

b ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors and auxiliaries are suitable for the controlof machine-tools in that they comply with the recommendations issues by the
CNOMO organization.

A

2100

Rated insulation voltage (V)

750

700

600

500

Maximum utilisation voltage (V)

690

550

480

420

Rated current (A) at 60 °C

1 x In0.96 In0.93 In

0.9 Inb the specifications of the Marine Classification companies (American Bureau of
Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas –Germanisher Lloyd, Lloyd Register of
Shipping, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, China Classification Societes, Registro Italiano
Navale, Korean Register of shipping, Russian Maritime registers of Shipping) .

Vibrations
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are guaranteed against electromagnetic ormechanical vibrations.
Tests are carried out in compliance with standard IEC 68-2-6 for the levels requiredby merchant-marine inspection organisations (Veritas, Lloyd’s, etc.):
b 2 to 13.2 Hz: amplitude ±1 mm
b 13.2 to 100 Hz: constant acceleration 0.7 g.
Excessive vibration may cause tripping, breaks in connections or damage tomechanical parts.

Easy Rotary Handle Operation

B

3500

CLICK HERE TO SEE
FUNCTIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS(PART 1)

DB432449.eps

Compact

A

DB432448.eps

Note: non-automatic switches do not provide overcurrent or short circuit protection and therefore must be protected by a suitable circuit breaker or fuse.

Rotary handles are designed to offer easy operation, yet high performance ininterruption of currents. The handle is front-mounted with optional handle
extensions.

Installation in class II switchboards

Environmental withstand capacity (tropicalisation)

DB432450.eps

All ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are class II front-face devices. They may
be installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per standard IEC 60664)
without downgrading switchboard insulation. Installation requires no special
operations even when the switch-disconnector is equipped with rotary handles.

Electromagnetic compatibility

ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors meet the environmental requirements of thefollowing standards:
b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry cold (-55 °C)
b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry heat (+85 °C)
b IEC 60068-2-30 - damp heat (95 % relative humidity at +55 °C)
b IEC 68-2-52 (level 2) - salt mist.

ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are protected against:
b overvoltages caused by devices that generate electromagnetic disturbancesb overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbances or by a distribution-systemoutage (e.g. failure of a lighting system) and devices emitting radio waves (radios,
walkie-talkies, radar, etc.).

Degree of pollution
The ComPact INS/INV range is certified for operation in pollution-degree
3 environments as defined by IEC standard 60947 for industrial environments.

Ambient temperature
DB432447.eps

Operating-temperature rangeb ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors may be used between -25 °C and +70 °C.
b Switch-disconnectors should be put into service under the normal, ambient
operating temperatures indicated above. Exceptionally, they may be put into service
when the ambient temperature is between -35 °C and -25 °C.
Storage-temperature range
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors may be stored in their original packing
between -50 °C and +85 °C.

Environmental protection
ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors take into account important concerns forenvironmental protection. Most components are recyclable. Insulating parts making
up the ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are marked as specified in applicable
environmental standards.

A-2

A-3

C

Functions and characteristics

www.schneider-electric.com

www.schneider-electric.com

General characteristics

Bare switch-disconnector
with terminal shields.

Switch-disconnector incabinet or enclosure(direct handle).

IP55 IK08

Switch-disconnector incabinet or enclosure(extended handle).

DB425822.eps

IP66 IK10

PB111440_52.eps

All ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors are suitable for isolation as defined in
IEC standards 60947-1 and 3. The mechanical design of ComPact switches
ensures the position of the handle always reflects the position of the main contacts:b the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) positionb the operating handle cannot indicate the OFF position unless the contacts are
actually open
b padlocking in the OFF position is not possible unless the contacts are actuallyopen.
Installation of an extended handle does not alter the suitability for isolation. The
isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing:b the mechanical reliability of the position-indication systemb the absence of leakage currentsb overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.
The ComPact switch-disconnector range can be used as disconnecting mean.

Suitable for isolation with visible breakA

CLICK HERE TO SEE
FUNCTIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS(PART 2)

Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication.
PB111442_52_1.eps

IP40 IK07
DB105444.eps

PB115813.eps

DB105443.eps

IP40 IK07

DB414040.eps

ADB424307.eps

ComPact INS/INV switch-disconnectors offer the following protection characteristics
depending on the installation conditions:b IP: degree of protection (standard IEC 60529)
IK: protection against external mechanical imPacts (standard EN 50102).

Switch-disconnector in dedicated enclosure
IP66 with specific extended handle

Functions and characteristics

General characteristics

Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication

Degree of protection

The physical separation of the main contacts is directly visible through a transparent
cover.
The ComPact INV range offers both positive contact indication and visible break.

Emergency-off switch-disconnector

Switch-disconnector in
dedicated enclosure
with specific handle.

This switch-disconnector can be used as an emergency-off device. For thisapplication, it must be easily visible, accessible and identifiable (see standards andrules concerning the safety of machines VDE 0660, VDE 0113, CNOMO, etc.).
For easy identification, the emergency-off switch-disconnector uses special colours
stipulated by the standards and different from those of the standard version:b yellow for the front face of the device
b red for the handle.
The electrical and mechanical performance characteristics of ComPact INS/INV
emergency-off switch-disconnector are the same as those of the standard version.
The emergency-off switch-disconnectors are available in positive contact indicationand visible-break versions.

E

Suitable for isolation with visible break.

PB111441_47.eps

D

PB111443_47.eps

INS250 emergency-off switch-disconnector.

INV250 emergency-off switch-disconnector.

A-4

A-5

F
G
H
I
Learn more about
ComPacT INS/INV
ranges here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

136

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

137

General overview

www.se.com

TransferPacT

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Transfer
Switching Equipment
Source-changeover systems

H
I
J
138

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

TransferPacT

3 to switch the load to meet your needs

A

ways

1

Automatic Source-Changeover System(or ATSE: Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment)

B

An automatic controller may be added to a remote-operated
source-changeover system. It is possible to automatically control
source transfer according to programmed (dedicated controllers)or programmable (PLC) operating modes. These solutions ensure
optimum energy management.

C

SystemDerived ATSE: Two or three circuit breakers that may have different
configurations, linked by an electrical interlocking system. A mechanicalinterlocking system protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrectmanual operations, with an automatic control system (dedicatedcontrollers or PLC).
Non-derived ATSE: Specifically designed ATSE with a specific controller
for the system. A mechanical interlocking system is standard for productwhich protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrect manual
operations.

2

D
E

Manual Source-Changeover System(or MTSE: Manual Transfer Switching Equipment)
A very simple way to switch the load. It is controlled manually byan operator. The time required to switch from the ‘N’ source to ‘R’source can vary.

F

System
Two or three mechanically interlocked manually-operated circuit breakers
or two switch-disconnectors.

3

Remote-Operated Source-Changeover System(or RTSE: Remote Transfer Switching Equipment)

G
H

The most commonly used system for devices with high ratings.
No direct human intervention is required. Source-changeoveris controlled electrically.

SystemDerived RTSE: Two or three circuit breakers that may have different
configurations, linked by an electrical interlocking system.
In addition, a mechanical interlocking system protects against electricalmalfunctions or incorrect manual operations.
Non-Derived RTSE: Specifically TSE that is electrically operated and not
self-acting. A mechanical interlocking system is standard for productwhich protects against electrical malfunctions or incorrect manual
operations.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

139

I
J

General overview

www.se.com

TransferPacT

A

Applications• Commercial and service sector(operating rooms in hospitals, safety systems
for buildings, computer rooms for banks
and insurance companies, lighting andemergency lighting systems in malls, etc.),
industry and infrastructure.

BC• Buildings and infrastructure where the needfor continuity of service is significant but nota priority: offices, small and medium-sizedbusinesses.

DEF• Industry (assembly lines, engine rooms
on ships, critical auxiliaries in thermal
powerstations, etc.)• Infrastructure (port and railway installations,runway lighting systems, control systems on
military sites, etc.).

G
H
I
J
140

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

TransferPacT
Whatever the system,
you benefit from our expertise!

A

Benefits

B

For many years Schneider Electric’s source changeover system have proved theirreliability everywhere around the world, in most power dependable buildings.
Switching is performed by ComPacT or MasterPacT circuit breakers, the ultimate
references in industrial switchgear.

C
Maximized continuityof service

Optimized energy
management• Energy availability is ensured whatever theexternal requirements (e.g. high power
demand)• Transfer the load to a replacement source
according to external requirements• Maintenance and replacement of thesources (N or R) can be done with nointerruption of service• You can maintain a continuous level ofservice and customer satisfaction

Maximized safety
For LV electrical installations where safety
and continuity of service are critical for
people and/or equipment such as hospitals,
airports, banks, malls, etc

D• Manage power sources according to power
quality and power costs• Perform system regulation

E• Switch to an emergency replacement
source
You are no longer dependent on your power
supply (and supplier)!

F

Simplicity and reliability• Simple installation on LV switchboard• Optimized size of the switchboard

G• System based on pre-tested components• Compliance with IEC 60947-6-1

HIJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

141

General overview

www.se.com

TransferPacT Class PC

A

TransferPacT is a high speed, comPacT, modular design intelligent automatic transfer switchthat provides maximum scalability and robust performance. It is a Class PC ATSE designed
according to IEC 60947-6-1, available through 32 A to 630 A, 2, 3, 4 pole with rated operating
voltage through 208 V to 440 V[*].
[*] Voltage varies depending on different frame. For more information, see general feature section.

B

Power availability
Maximized uptime
Innovative technology ensuring transfer in less than 500 ms.

Vast application

C

Utilization category AC-33B without derating, fits the most complicated load types.

Reliable under extreme condition
Short circuit capabilities including short time withstand current for your power continuity.

Robust design – Extreme Environment ProofD• Best-in-class electromagnetic protection, exceeding industry standards on class B• Designed to perform in harsh environments with operating temperature -25…+70°C• Successfully passed testing in compliance with IEC 60068-2-6 and IEC 60068-2-27.

E

Efficiency
Easy installation• Built-in DPS and sensing wire, 30% of commissioning time saving• Multiple installation adapted. E.g. DIN rail for 32 A ~160 A (TA10, TA16).

F
G

Enhanced scalability
10 function modules plug and play, non-disruption upgrading.

Connectivity
Natively connected – Integrated in EcoStruxureTM Power• 24/7 precise power monitoring on voltage, frequency, voltage unbalance, phase rotation• Predictive maintenance with hands-on approach and cloud-based monitoring
software that synthesizes and analyzes performance and alert data into proactive
recommendations. TransferPacT enables wherever-you-go visibility.

H

Cyber security
Designed according to cyber security standard IEC 62443 at the level of SL1

I

Sustainability
Green premium ecolabel• Green Package for full product rangeJ• Saving trees - Scan QR code for full version for technical documents.

142

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

143

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

TransferPacT
TransferPacT Automatic / TransferPacT Active Automatic

A

Frame
Conventional Thermal Current

Ith

At 60°C

Rated operating current (A)Ie

AC-33BAC-32B

Number of poles
Operating positions
Control types

B
C

Electrical characteristics as defined by IEC 60947-1 / 60947-6-1
and EN 60947-1 / 60947-6-1
TransferPacT Active AutomaticD

Rated insulation voltage (V)Ui

Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)

Uimp

Rated operating voltage (V)Ue

Rated operating frequency (Hz)F

Rated short-time withstand current(kA/60 ms)

Icw

Rated short-circuit making capacity(400 V, 50 Hz)

Icm

AC50/60 Hz

Switch alone
With upstream circuit breaker

Rated duties

Uninterrupted duty

Contact Transfer Time [2] (I -> II or II -> I)
I -> II or II -> I transfer time [2], after power loss
Mechanical durability
Suitability for Isolation

E

Installation and connection- Fixed, front connection
Installation
WiringSwitch Accessories
Position feedback (Auxiliary contact)

F

Terminal cover
Rail buckle
Terminal Shield
Load extension bars
Interphase barrierG

Tightening torque for electricalconnections (Nm)Degree of pollution
Upstream protection
TransferPacT Automatic

Dimensions and weights
Overall dimensions
H x W x D (mm)H

Refer to Complementary
technical information
2P
3P
4P

Approximate weight (kg)

2P
3P
4P

b Standard v Optional[1] Default 230 V/400 V.
[2] Transfer times are at rated voltage, excluding time delays when applicable.
[3] Suitable for normal and upside down installation.

I
J
144

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

TransferPacT
TA10D

TA16D

100

160

100

160

32, 40, 50, 63

80, 100, 125, 160

A80, 100
2/3/4

3/4

3

3

Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI

Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI

TA10D

TA16D

800

800

6

8

2P: 220/230/240/250 V [1]3P, 4P: 380/400/415/440 V [1]3P, 4P: 380/400/415/440 V

50/60 Hz50/60 Hz

5 kA/0.1 s

10 kA/0.1 s

15 kA

20 kA

75 kA

154 kAbb≤ 200 ms

≤ 200 ms

≤ 500 ms

≤ 500 ms

8,000

10,000

b

b

TA10D

TA16D

Rail / Base plate [3]Rail / Base plate [3]Busbar / Cable

Busbar / Crimp lug

TA10D

TA16D

v
b
b
v
v
-

v
b
b
v
v
v

3.5 ±0.3 N•m
30.97 ±2.65 lb-in

8 ±0.8 N•m
70.8 ±7.08 lb-in

3

3

B
C

[1]

D
E
F
G

155 x 310 x 94
155 x 310 x 94

164 x 351 x 95

155 x 310 x 94

164 x 351 x 95

3.4

-

3.4

5.6

3.4

5.6

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

145

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

TransferPacT
TransferPacT Automatic / TransferPacT Active Automatic

A

Frame
Conventional Thermal Current

Ith

At 60°C

Rated operating current (A)Ie

AC-33B

Number of poles
Operating positions
Control types

B
C

Electrical Characteristics as Defined by IEC 60947-1 /60947-6-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-6-1

TransferPacT Active AutomaticD

Rated insulation voltage (V)Ui

Rated impulse withstand voltage
(kV)

Uimp

Rated operating voltage (V)Ue

Rated operating frequency (Hz)F

AC50/60 Hz

Rated short-time withstand current Icw(kA/60 ms)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm(400 V, 50 Hz)

With upstream circuit breaker

Switch alone

Rated duties

Uninterrupted duty

Contact Transfer Time(I -> II or II -> I)
I -> II or II -> I Transfer Time,after power loss
Mechanical durability
Suitability for Isolation

Installation and Connection - Fixed, Front Connection

E

Installation
WiringSwitch Accessories
Position feedback (Auxiliary contact)

F

Terminal cover
Rail buckle
Terminal Shield
Connection accessories

Crimp lug
Connector

G

Terminal Extension
Interphase barrier
TransferPacT Automatic

Tightening torque for electricalconnections (Nm)Degree of pollution
Upstream protection

Refer to Complementary
technical information

Dimensions and weights

H

Overall dimensions
W x H x D (mm)4P

3P

Approximate weight (kg)3P
4P

b Standard v Optional

I
J
146

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

TransferPacT
TA25D

TA63D

250

630

250

630

100, 200, 250

320, 400, 500, 630

3/4

3/4

3

3

Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI

Active Automatic HMI / Automatic HMI

TA25D

TA63D

800

800

8

12

208/220/230/240 V
380/400/415/440 V

208/220/230/240 V
380/400/415/440 V

50/60 Hz50/60 Hz

15 kA/0.1 s
10 kA/0.5 s

25 kA/0.1 s
20 kA/0.5 s

30 kA

40 kA

330 kA

330 kAbb≤ 200 ms

≤ 200 ms

≤ 500 ms

≤ 500 ms

10,00010,000

b
TA25D

b
TA63D

Base Plate

Base Plate

Busbar / Crimp lug / Cable

Busbar / Crimp Lug / Cable

TA25D

TA63D

b

A
B
C
D
E

b

Maximum 3 sets

Maximum 3 sets

-

-

-

-

v
v
v
v
v

v
v
v
v
v

15 ±1.5

50 ±5

3

3

370 x 341 x 186

467 x 341 x 186

370 x 341 x 186

467 x 341 x 186

13.1

20.8

13.3

22.1

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

147

Dimensions and Connectionwww.se.com

TransferPacT

Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

A

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame
100 / 2P, 3P, 4P
Dimensions

B

H1

H3

E

A

F

D

B

w

C

H2
C

D

L

H

Panel and Front panel cut

E

291

X

NTPG

4L634

WOTPC

TA10D

X

acT
TransferP

134

U

60Hz
50Hz

f
t Off
Mode
Prio.

N

0s

SI
Auto

5s
G
G

SII

230
400
220
380

240
415
250
440

Ue(V)

f

7
6
14
12
8
7 16
6 14
105 12
5
8
10
16
9
9 18
18

4
8 48
63 36

42 24 (
3
2tA） 1
(N＞R） 0
(N
3
2

20
) 10
5 10

SII

46

N

Auto

SI

10
20

20

30
60
(S)
(s)
5 10
20
30

t
60
N）1
(R＞N） 0 (min)(A

Non
Return23

ReturnF

4x Ø4.6

Y

Y

153
307

G

Frame

L

W

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

H1

H2

H3

100

310

147

94

45

82

17.5

18

90

125

15

79.5

11

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.

H
I
J
148

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Dimensions and Connectionwww.se.com

TransferPacT

Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC
TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame
160 / 3P, 4P

A

Dimensions

B

D

C

B

A

E

W

C

D

H2

H1
L

H

Panel and Front panel cut

E

284

atic
Autom

PE transition 0V
604T
Open 80V~44
D4S1
ATSE Ue:AC3

TA16

X

acT
TransferP

136

10
5

U

60Hz
50Hz

f
t Off
Mode
Prio.

N

0s

5s
G

230
400
220
380

240
415
250
440

f

SI

SII

4 2 (
3

12 14
6 7 16
8
9 18
) 10
5 10

2
t
(N

A） 1

0

(A

X

done
test isInsulation wrong
in factory, test willdielectircthe controller.
damage46

Ie:160AA/0.1s
Icw:10k
20120500

No:203

SII
SI

60
(s)
5 10
20

2

N）1

20

20

30

3

Ue(V)
t

Auto

84
6 3

23

30
0 (min)60

NonReturnF

Return4x Ø4.6

Y

Y

176

352

Frame

L

W

H

A

B

C

D

E

160

351

164

95

45

82

28

30

105

F

H1

H2

80

15

H3

G

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.

H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

149

Dimensions and Connectionwww.se.com

TransferPacT

Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC

A

TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame
250 / 3P, 4P
Dimensions

B

H1

H

L

H2

E
H4

F

C

H5
G

K

D

M

C

N
J

P

75

B

A

D

O

W

I

H6

4X Ø7

H7

Q

E

Panel and Front panel cut
196±0.5

F

117
325.5±0.5G329
4x Ø7±0.2

H
I

Frame

L

W

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

H1

H2

250

370

341

185.8

115

101.3

196

35

162

12

185.8

20.1

185.7

Frame

H4

H5

H6

H7

I

J

K

M

N

O

P

Q

250

81.75

3

0.7

101.7

300

20.7

8

27.3

240

325

30.7

8

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028E.

J
150

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Dimensions and Connectionwww.se.com

TransferPacT

Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment - Class PC
TransferPacT Active Automatic and Automatic Frame
630 / 3P, 4P

A

Dimensions

B

L
H5
H6

F

C
D

M

H1

E

K

H3
H4

P2

H2

G

H

O

A

W
I

N

C

J

22

P1

B

D
4X Ø7

Q

H7

E

Panel and Front panel cut
230±0.5

F
117

325.5±0.5G370

4x Ø7±0.2

Frame

L

W

H

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H1

H2

H3

630

467

341

185.8

115

101.3

230

45

162

75

4.3

20.1

165.7

72.45

Frame

H4

H5

H6

H7

I

J

K

M

N

O

P1

P2

Q

250

81.7

3

0.7

101.6

300

20.7

8

27.3

270

325

30.7

24.3

8

H

Note: Minimum Electrical Clearance must be followed according to the instructions shown in document reference: LVPED216028EN.

I
Learn more about
TransferPacT
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

151

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

A

EasyPact MVS range
The easy choice for reliable performance
One family and two frame sizes• Performance without compromise

B• Assured quality and safety you can trust• Deliver exceptional reliability and flexibility in its class• Outstanding value for an optimized feature set• Precision engineered to meet your needs• Unbeatable value throughout its lifecycle

C• Simple to choose and easy to install.

2 sizes:D

MVS Frame 1:

630 to1600 AE

Performances
C 50 kA

630 A

800 A

1000 A

1250 A

1600 AMVS Frame 2:F

800 to4000 AH 65 kA
N 50 kAG

800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

H
I
J
152

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS
Choose the leaderA• 630 to 4000 A ratings• Breaking capacity: 50 & 65 kA• Suitable for 690 V applications• Complete selectivity with Ics = Icu

B• Intelligent ET range of trip system with display• Fully protected neutral on 4 pole breakers• Full accessories with modular design• Conforms to IEC 60947- 2 & 3.

C
Performance Levelb Ratings:
v Frame 1: 630 to 1600 A,
v Frame 2: 800 to 4000 A.
b Breaking capacity: 50 & 65 kA.
b Suitable for 690 V applications.
b Complete selectivity with Ics = 100% Icu.
b Circuit breakers type C, N, H.
b Switch-disconnectors type CA, NA, HA.
b 3 or 4 poles.
b Fixed or drawout versions.
b Conforms to IEC 60947- 2 & 3.

ET range of trip system

Communication
Eco COM

b EasyPact in a communication network.
b BCM-ULP COM option inside breaker.
b IFM: Modbus interface module.
b I/O application module.

D

Transmission signalb Breaker signal: OF, SDE, PF and CH.
b Cradel signal: CD, CT, CE.
b Measurements ways: instantaneous, maximum/minimum, demand.
b Measurements value: current, voltage, power, power factor, energy.
b Protection settings.
b Trip causes.

E

Type of measurementFb ET for basice protection.
b ETA for “current”.
b ETV for “Energy”.

Type of protection

b 2.0 for basice protection.
b 5.0 for seletive protection.
b 6.0 for selective + earth-fault protection.

G

EasyPact MVS communication moduleb Independent Modbus interface module.
b Digital Input: 3 sets of OF, SDE, PF.
b Digital output: 3 sets of MX & XF.
b Analog Input: 1 set of 4-20 mA.

H
I

M2C programmable contactsb Two programmable contacts.
b Signal events: Ir, Isd, Alarm Ir, Alarm Ig, Igv.

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

153

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

A

Benefits for every Panel Builder and Contractor
EasyPact MVS06 to MVS40

B
C
D

Panel builders / Contractors• Suitable for copper & Aluminium termination
with the pole pitch of 70 or 115 mm• Terminal orientation can be converted fromhorizontal to vertical and vice-versa atworkshop• Direct mounting Door frames (escutcheon)
without drilling any holes• Front fitted accessories like under-volt
release, shunt release & closing coil forcomplete range• Conversion of manual operated breaker into electrical operated, with single bolt fixing.

E

EasyPact MVS wwith modular design helps
to increase the shop floor efficiency,enabling
faster delivery of swith boards.

F
The Key values

G90%

of applications are covered

Reduce stock by up to100%

Commitment to quality

The performance
you need

At a cost-effective
investment

With the quality
you demand

EasyPact MVS provides the ideal levelof capability for your installation from
630 to 4000 A.

Pay for what you need:Get outstanding durability with thefeatures you need, with the benefitof easy to order and stock.

Designed and manufactured
by Schneider Electric using
advanced manufacturingmethods and premium materials.

H
I

30%

J
154

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

Gain peace ofmind and
optimised costfor every
installation

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

155

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

General overview

AThis overview describes all the functions
offered by EasyPact MVS devices.

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
b Ratings:
v EasyPact MVS 630 to 4000 A.
b Circuit breakers type C, N, H.
b Switch-disconnectors type CA, NA, HA.
b 3 or 4 poles.
b Fixed or draw-out versions.

B

ET trip systemb 2I basic protection.
b 5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
b Standard long-time rating plug:v current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.

C

ETA trip system with current measurementb 2I basic protection.
b 5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
b Standard long-time rating plug:v current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.
b External power-supply module.

D
ET2I Trip System
ET6G
Trip System

ET5S Trip System
ET6G
Trip System

ET6G Trip System
ET6G
Trip System

ETV trip system with energy measurement

E
Ir

long
time
long time

tr
8
.8
(s) 4
.9 (s)
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5
at 6 Irx In[Irinstantaneous

.7
.6
.5
.4

Isd

F

alarm
alarm

Isd

4 5

x Ir

long
time
long time

.7
.6
.5
.4

short time

3
2.5
2
1.5

Ir

test

tr
8
(s) 4
.9 (s)
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5
at 6 Ir[Irshort timeshort time

3
2.5
2
1.5

6
8
10

.8

x In

4 5

x Ir

6
8
10

tsd

(s)
(s) .4 .4 .3

.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0on
on I t off

alarm
alarm

long
time
long time

Ir

.7
.6
.5
.4

instantaneousIi

instantaneous

4
3

6
2

8 10

x In

12
15
off
off

tr
8
(s) 4
.9 (s)
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5
at 6 Ir
[Ir

.8

x In

short timeshort time

Isd

3
2.5
2
1.5

4 5

x Ir

6
8
10

tsd

(s)
(s) .4 .4 .3

.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0on
on I t off

setting

test

Ig

D E F

C
B

delay

tg
(s)
(s)

.4 .4 .3

alarm
alarm

instantaneousIi

instantaneous

4
3

6
2

8 10

x In

12
15
off
off

test
test

.2
G
.3
.1
H
.2
I
on.1 2 0offA
on I t off
ground fault

ground fault

ET2I trip system

G

ET5S trip systemb 2I basic protection.
b 5S selective protection.
b 6G selective + earth-fault protection.
b Standard long-time rating plug:v current setting (A) 0.4 to 1 x In.
b External power-supply module.

ET6G trip system

Connectionsb Rear connection:
v horizontal,
v vertical.
b Optional accessories:
v interphase barriers,v safety shutters and shutter locking
blocks.

Safety shutters

Interphase barriers

Door interlock

Chassis key lock

Lockingb Push button locking by padlockabletransparent cover.
b OFF-position locking by keylock.
b Chassis locking in disconnected
position by keylock.
b Chassis locking in connected,
disconnected and test positions.
b Door interlock (inhibits door opening)with breaker in "connected" or "test"
position.

H
I
J
156

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

General overview
Indication contacts
b Standard:v ON/OFF indication (OF),v “Fault” trip indication (SDE).
b Optional:v additional ON/OFF,
indication (OF),v ready-to-close contact (PF),v carriage switches for connected(CE) disconnected (CD) and test(CT) positions.

A
Ready-to-close
contact

OF contact

B

Remote operationb Remote ON/OFF:v gear motor,
v XF closing or MX opening
voltage releases.
b Remote tripping function:v MN voltage release- standard,- adjustable or
non-adjustable delay.

C
D
Gear motor

MX, XF and MN volage
releasesAccessories
b Auxiliary terminal shield.
b Operation counter.
b Escutcheon(Door sealing frame).
b Transparent coverfor escutcheon.
b Escutcheon blanking plate.

E
Escutcheon

F

Transparent cover

Mechanical operation
counterG

Source-changeover systemsb Mechanical interlocking
using cables:v interlocking between
two devices,v interlocking between
three devices.

H
I
Interlocking of two
devicesPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

J
157

Characteristics and Performancewww.se.com

EasyPact MVS

AFunctions and characteristics

www.se.com

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

EasyPact MVS

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS06 to MVS16 (Frame 1)

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS06 to MVS16 (Frame 1)

Common characteristics
Number of poles

3/4

Rated insulation voltage (V)

Ui

1000

Impulse withstand voltage (kV)

Uimp

12

Rated operational voltage (V AC 50/60 Hz)

Ue

440

Suitability for isolation

IEC 60947-2

Degree of pollution

IEC 60664-1

Yes
3

Basic circuit-breakerCircuit-breaker as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A)

MVS06
In

Rating of 4th pole (A)At 40°C [1]In

At 40°C [1]

Sensor ratings (A)Circuit breaker

Icu

220...440 V

Ics

% Icu

Icw
Icm

1s
3s

220...440 V

1600
1600
1600

C

50

C

50

100%

50

100%

B

35

MVS16

1250
1250
1250

C

50
100%
B

35

MVS12

1000
1000
1000

C

50
100%
B

Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms)
V AC 50/60 Hz
Rated making capacity (kA peak)

MVS10

800
800
800

C

Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

100%

B

35

B

35

35

440 V

20

20

20

20

20

220...440 V

105

105

105

105

105

Integrated instantaneous protection (DIN KA instantaneous ± 10%)

B

MVS08

630
630
630

Type of circuit breaker
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms)
Utilisation category

105

105

105

105

105

Breaking time (ms) between tripping order and arc extinction (ms)

25

25

25

25

25

Closing time (ms)

<50

<50

<50

<50

<50

Switch-disconnector as per IEC 60947-3 and Annex A
Type of switch-disconnector
Icm
Icw

Mechanical

Dimensions (mm)(H x W x D)

440 V

3P

CA
75

35

35

20

20

MVS10
20

MVS12

MVS16

20

20

10

10

10

10

5

5

5

5

Yes
Yes

Draw-out

MVS16

CA
75

35
20

MVS08
20

10
5

Horizontal
Vertical

322 x 288 x 277

4P
Fixed

322 x 358 x 277

3P

301 x 276 x 196

4P
Weight (kg)(approximate)

MVS12

CA
75

35
20

20

Without maintenance

MVS10

CA
75

35
20

MVS06

With maintenanceWithout maintenanceElectrical

MVS08

75
1s
3s

Maintenance / Connection / Installation
Service life
C/O cycles x 1000

MVS06
CA

Operational current AC23A
Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms)

Connection

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

301 x 346 x 196

Draw-out

3P/4P

30/39

Fixed

3P/4P

14/18

[1] Refer to catalogue EasyPact reference LVED211021EN.

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

C
D

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact MVS

EasyPact MVS

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS08 to MVS40 (Frame 2)

Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors MVS08 to MVS40 (Frame 2)

Common characteristics
Number of poles

3/4

Rated insulation voltage (V)Ui

Impulse withstand voltage (kV)

1000

Uimp

12

Rated operational voltage (V AC 50/60 Hz)

Ue

690

Suitability for isolation

IEC 60947-2

Yes

Degree of pollution

IEC 60664-1

4

Basic circuit-breakerCircuit-breaker as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A)

MVS08
In

Rating of 4th pole (A)At 40°C [1]In

At 40°C [1]

Sensor ratings (A)Circuit breaker

N

1000

N

MVS12
1250

N

2500

3200

N

MVS40
4000
4000

3200

H

4000

H

N

100%

100%

100%

B

B

B

B

42

50

42

50

42

50

42

50

42

50

42

50

42

50

42

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

30

143
105

105

143

88

105

105

143

88

105

105

143

88

105

65

55
42

220...440 V

105

50

65
50

690 V

88

65

50
42

440/690 V
220...440 V

50

65
50

1s

690 V

65

50
42

3s
Icm

50

65
50

N

100%

B

65

50
42

MVS32

3200

2500

H

100%

B

50

65
50

N

100%

B
65

50
42

MVS25

2500

2000

H

100%

50

65
50

N

65
50

B
Icw

50
42

MVS20

2000

1600

H

50
42
100%

Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms)
V AC 50/60 Hz

65
50

2000

1600

1250

H

50
42

MVS16
1600

1250

1000

220...440 V
690 V
% Icu

105

143

88

105

50

65

50

65

55

143

105

143

121

143

105

88

105

88

105

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

Closing time (ms)

<70

<70

<70

<70

<70

<70

<70

<70

Switch-disconnector as per IEC 60947-3 and Annex A
Type of switch-disconnector

800
Icm
Icw

105
1s
3s

Maintenance / Connection / Installation
Service life
C/O cycles x 1000

MechanicalConnection

With maintenanceWithout maintenanceElectrical

Without maintenance

440 V
690 V

Horizontal
Draw-out

MVS10
NA
1000
105

HA
143

MVS12
NA
1250
105

HA
143

MVS16
NA
1600
105

HA
143

MVS20
NA
2000
105

HA
143

MVS25
NA
2500
105

HA
143

MVS32
NA
3200
105

HA
143

MVS40
NA
4000
121

HA
143

65

50

65

50

65

50

65

50

65

50

65

50

65

55

65

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

25

36

30

36

MVS08

MVS10

MVS12

MVS16

MVS20

MVS25

MVS32

MVS40

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

6000

6000

6000

6000

6000

5000

5000

5000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

2500

2500

2500

Yes
3P
4P

Fixed

3P
4P

Weight (kg)(approximate)

HA
143

50
25

Yes

VerticalDimensions (mm)(H x W x D)

MVS08
NA

Operational current AC23A
Rated making capacity (kA peak)

H
65
50

65
50
36

105
88

Breaking time (ms) between tripping order and arc extinction

Rated short-time withstand current (kA rms)

E

MVS10

1000

H

Icu
Ics

Rated making capacity (kA peak)
V AC 50/60 Hz

Switch disconnector

800
800
800

Type of circuit breaker
Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)
V AC 50/60 Hz
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms)
Utilisation category

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCE

439 x 441 x 395
439 x 556 x 395
352 x 422 x 297
352 x 537 x 297

Draw-out

3P/4P

70/85

90/120

Fixed

3P/4P

40/50

60/80

[1] Refer to catalogue EasyPact reference LVED211021EN.

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

F
GHI
Learn more about
EasyPact MVS
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

158

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

159

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Easy choice for total Simplicity
So easy, so simple
EasyPact™ EZC:
Build your complete solution with Schneider ElectricWith just three sizes of circuit breakers, Schneider Electric’s EasyPactTM EZC systemis the simple, universal solution to fit all low-voltage protection needs.
> The fixed version is particularly adapted to the OEM and Building markets,
offering optimum performance at a competitive price.
> The plug-in version offers an additional function dedicated to the Marine market.

H
I

EasyPactTM EZC range complies
with worldwide standards:• IEC 60947-2

With international certifications
and approvals by independent
laboratories:• EN 60947-2• ASEFA, KEMA, TILVA, TÜV, UL.

Marine• JISC8201-2-1 / C8201-2-2 (annex 1 and 2)• GB 14048.2• UL508 [1]• CSA22-2 [1]J

Buildings

And compliance with
RoHS Directive

OEM• Restriction of Hazardous Substances.

• IACS for Merchant Marine(International Association of Classification
Societies: ABS, BV, CCS, DNV, GL, KRS, LR,
NK, RINA).
[1] Only for the 100 A model

160

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

Easy to choose

A

EasyPactTM EZC brings you
easy solutions

B• From 15 A to 630 A• Up to 50 kA at 415 V• Up to 4 poles• In only three frame sizes• With a complete range of auxiliaries: rotarycommands, auxiliaries, shunt trip, phasebarrier, terminal cover, undervoltage trip.

C
D

Easy to install• Fixed front mountingE• Plug-in mounting

EasyPactTM EZC 250 ELCB

• Front connections

Built-in Integrated Earth-Leakage Circuit Breaker(ECLB) function• Bare cables connected through cable lugs,
screwed inside the breaker• Field-installable auxiliaries and accessories• Built-in earth-leakage protectionF> Fully interchangeable with MCCB.
> Same MCCB footprint and panel cut.

• Interchangeable MCCB and ELCB.

G

Easy to use

H• A thermal calibration suitable for MCCB use
at 50°C without derating (up to 250 A)• Positive contact indication for safety andreliabilityI• A smaller case optimized for tight spaces.

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

161

General characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

A

EasyPact

TM

B

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with the followinginternational standards:
b IEC 60947-1 - general rules
b IEC 60947-2 - low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2 (circuit breakers)b European (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and the corresponding
national standardsb GB 14048.2
b JIS C8201-2-1 Annex 1 and Annex 2, for moulded case circuit breakers
b JIS C8201-2-2 Annex 1 and Annex 2, for earth-leakage circuit breakers
b UL 60947-4-1(old UL508)/CSA 22-2 no. 14.

Approvals and Certifications

C
D

Standardised characteristics indicated on the rating plate:Ui:
rated insulation voltage
Uimp:
rated impulse withstand voltage
Ue:
rated operational voltage
Icu:
ultimate breaking capacity, for various values oftherated operational voltage UeCat:utilisation category
Ics:
service breaking capacityIn:
rated current
suitability for isolationb IEC certification by independent laboratories (ASEFA, KEMA, TÜV).
bmarking.

b

certified by third-party Tilva.

b UL 60947-4-1(old UL508) certified by third party Underwriter Laboratories as a
“Manual Motor Controller” (EZC100/EZC250/EZCV250).

Vibration and shock withstand test
EasyPact EZC circuit breakers resist mechanical vibrations and shocks.
Tests are carried out in compliance with standard IEC 60068-2-6 for the levels
required by merchant-marine inspection organisation IACS:
International Association of Classification Societies up to 250 A (ABS, BV, DNV, LR,
KRS, RINA, NK):b 2 to 13.2 Hz: amplitude ± 1 mm
b 13.2 to 100 Hz: acceleration 0.7 g.

EPollution degree
EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are certified for operation in pollution-degree III
environments as defined by IEC standard 60947 (industrial environments).

Tropicalization

F

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests prescribed by
the following standards for extreme atmospheric conditions:b IEC 60068-2-1 - dry cold (-55°C)
b IEC 60068-2-2 - dry heat (+85°C)
b IEC 60068-2-30 - damp heat (95% relative humidity at 55°C)
b IEC 60068-2-52 - salt mist (severity level 2).

G

Positive contact indication
All EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are suitable for isolation as defined in
IEC standard 60947-2:b the isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) positionb the operating handle cannot indicate the O (OFF) position (“green colour” visible)
unless the contacts are effectively open
b padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open
b installation of a rotary handle does not alter the reliabilityof the position-indication system.
The isolation function is certified by tests guaranteeing:b the mechanical reliability of the position indication systemb the absence of leakage currentsb overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections.

H
I

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers take into account important concerns forenvironmental protection. Most components are recyclable and the parts aremarked as specified in applicable standards.

J
162

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

﻿Ambient temperatureb EasyPact EZC circuit breakers have been particularly designed to hold 100% In
at 50°C without tripping in normal condition (up to 250 A, except earth leakage
circuit breakers).
b EasyPact EZC circuit breakers may be used between -25°C and +70°C.
b The permissible storage-temperature range for EasyPact EZC circuit breakers
in the original packing is -35°C to +85°C.

A

Installation

B

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers are designed for easy installation in the various
types of switchboards. They may be mounted vertically, horizontally or flat on theirback without any derating of characteristics.
﻿Installation positions.

Power supply
EasyPact EZC circuit breaker can be supplied from either the top or the bottom(reverse feeding) without any reduction in performance. For earth-leakage circuit
breakers, reverse feeding is possible only up to 240 V AC.
This capability facilitates connection when installed in a switchboard.

Degree of protectionD

As per standards IEC 60529 (IP degree of protection) and EN 50102(IK degree of protection against external mechanical impacts).

Reverse feeding.

﻿﻿Bare circuit breaker with terminal shields
With toggle

IP20

IK07

E

With direct rotary handle standard

IP40

IK07

F

IP40

IK07

G

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

With toggle

﻿HWith direct rotary handle
standard/VDE MCC

IP54

IK07

I
﻿

EasyPact EZC circuit
breakers have a specificversion including earthleakage protection.
This protection is fully
integrated inside thebreaker and does not
require any additional
space.
EasyPact EZC
circuit breakers andearth leakage circuit
breakers are fullyinterchangeable.

﻿﻿

Circuit breaker installed in a switchboard

Earth-leakage
protection

C

With extended rotary handle

IP54

IK08

J
163

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

A
Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact EZC

EasyPact EZC

CPB100600

Selection guideSelection guide

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers

EZC100-1P

EZC100B EZC100F

Fixed version
Plug-in version
Number of poles
Rated current (A)In

Rated insulation voltage (V)Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)
Rated operational voltage (V)

Ui
Uimp
Ue

At 40°C

AC 50/60 Hz
DC

EZC100N

EZC100H

EZC250F

EZC250N EZC250H

b
b

b
b

b

b

b

b

1
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60, 63, 75,
80, 100
690
6
415
125

b [3]
2-3-4
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60, 63, 75,
80, 100
690
6
550
250

b
b

3
100, 125, 150,
160, 175, 200,
225, 250

3100, 125, 150,
160, 175, 200,
225, 250

2-3100, 125, 150,
160, 175, 200,
225, 250

690
6
550
-

b [3]
3-4
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60, 63, 75,
80, 100
690
6
550
250

b
b

3
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60, 63, 75,
80, 100
690
6
550
250

1
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60, 63, 75,
80, 100
690
6
415
125

b
b

3
15, 16, 20, 25,
30, 32, 40, 45,
50, 60

690
6
550
250

690
6
550
250

690
6
550
250

10
10
7.5
7.5
5
2.5
25%
25%
b

25
25
10
10
7.5
5
5
5
50%
50%
b

25
18
2.5
2.5
5
50%
50%
b

25
25
18
15
10
5
5
5
50%
50%
b

50
25
5
5
10
50%
50%
b

100
100 [1]
30
30
20
10
10
10
50%
25%
b

25
25
18
18
15
5
5
5
50%
50%
b

50
50
25
25
20
8
20
20
50%
50%
b

85
85
36
36
25
10
30
30
50%
50%
b

A
3
13 0004 000

A
313 0004 000

A
313 0004 000

A
313 0004 000

A
313 0004 000

A
313 0004 000

A
310 0005 000

A
310 0005 000

A
310 0005 000

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE SELECTION GUIDE(PART 1)

Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, JIS C8201-2-1
Icu

CPB100601

Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

AC 50/60 Hz 110/130 V
220/230/240 V
380 V
400/415 V
440 V
550 V
125 V (1P)
250 V (2P in series)% Icu
110-400 V
415-550 V
DC

Ics

Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms)
EZC100-2P

CPB100602

B

Suitability for isolation
Utilisation category
Pollution degree
Endurance (C-O cycles)

MechanicalElectrical

In/415 V

Protection
Overload protection
Instantaneous protection

BimetalMagnetic

Fixed (±20%)

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
Fixed

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Auxiliary switch
Alarm switch
Combined AX + AL
Shunt trip release
Undervoltage release

AX
AL
AXAL
SHT
UVR

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b

-

b
b
b
b
b

-

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b

b
b

b
b
b
b

b
b

b
b

DirectExtendedbbbb

Terminal extensions
Spreaders
Phase barriers
Terminal shields
Padlocking system
DIN rail adaptor

b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b

b

b
b [2]
b
b

b
b

b
b

b [2]
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

-

-

DxH
W

60 x 13075

60 x 13075

60 x 13025

60 x 130
75 (3P)
100 (4P)

60 x 13025

60 x 165
105

60 x 165
105

60 x 165
105

0.78

0.78

0.28

0.78 (3P)
1.0 (4P)

0.28

60 x 130
50 (2P)75 (3P)
100 (4P)
0.6 (2P)
0.78 (3P)
1.0 (4P)

1.3

1.3

1.1 (2P)
1.3 (3P)

Auxiliaries
Indication contacts

Voltage releases

Installation
Crimp lugs/bars
Box lugs for bare cables
Rotary handles

CPB100603

Connection
Accessories

b

b
b
b
b
b

[2]

-

Dimension and weight
Dimensions (mm)CPB100604

Weight (kg)[1] 50 kA for 2 poles.
[2] For 3 and 4 poles only.
[3] For 3P only.

EasyPact EZC

EasyPact EZC

www.se.com

www.se.com

C
D

Functions and characteristics

Functions and characteristics

EasyPact EZC

EasyPact EZC

CPB100605

Selection guideSelection guideb

EZC250Hb

EZCV250N EZCV250H EZC400Nbbb

EZC400H

EZC630N

EZC630H

Fixed version

EasyPact EZC circuit breakers
Plug-in version
Number of poles
Rated current (A)

b

b

b

b

4
63, 80, 100, 125,
150, 160, 175,
200, 225, 250
690
6
550
250

4
63, 80, 100, 125,
150, 160, 175,
200, 225, 250
690
6
550
250

3-4
63, 80, 100, 125,
150, 160, 175,
200, 225, 250
440
6
440
-

3-4
63, 80, 100, 125,
150, 160, 175,
200, 225, 250
440
6
440
-

3-4
320, 350, 400

3-4320, 350, 400

3-4400, 500, 600

3-4400, 500, 600

50
25
25
20
8
20
20
50%

85
36
36
25
10
30
30
50%

50
25
25
20
50%

85
36
36
25
50%

Rated insulation voltage (V)Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)
Rated operational voltage (V)EZC250-4P

In
Ui
Uimp
Ue

EZC250N

At 40°C

AC 50/60 Hz
DCElectrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 and JIS C8201-2-1/C8201-2-2
Icu

CPB100606

Ultimate breaking capacity (kA rms)

AC 50/60 Hz

DC
Rated service breaking capacity (kA rms) Ics% Icu

220/230 V
380 V
400/415 V
440 V
550 V
125 V (1P)
250 V (2P in series)b

Suitability for isolation
Utilisation category
Pollution degree
Endurance (C-O cycles)

MechanicalElectrical

In/415 V

b

b

b
A
3
10 000
5 000

b

b

b

690
6
440
-

690
6
440
-

690
6
440
-

690
6
440
-

40
36
36
36
100%
77% (440 V)
b

70
50
50
50
100%
77% (440 V)
b

40
36
36
36
100% (220-415 V)
50% (440 V)
b

70
50
50
50
100% (220-415 V)
50% (440 V)bA
3
10 0005 000

A
310 0005 000

A
310 0005 000

A
310 0004 000

A
310 0004 000

A
310 0003 000

A
310 000
3 000

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In

Fixed
10 In (400/500 A)
5000 A (600 A)

Fixed
10 In (400/500 A)
5000 A (600 A)--

0.1/0.3/0.5/1
0/200/500/1000
0.15/0.4/1/2

0.1/0.3/0.5/1
0/200/500/1000
0.15/0.4/1/2

-

-

-

-

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE SELECTION GUIDE(PART 2)

Protection
EZCV250-4P

Overload protection
Instantaneous protection

BimetalMagnetic

Fixed (± 20%)

CPB100607

Earth-leakage protection
Sensitivity (A)Time-delay (ms)Max. breaking time (s)Adjustable
AdjustableI∆n∆t
At 2 I∆n

Auxiliaries
Indication contacts

Voltage releases

E

b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b

b
b

b
b

b
b

b
b

b
b

Terminal extensions
Spreaders
Phase barriers
Terminal shields
Padlocking system

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

DxH
W

68 x 165140

68 x 165
140

1.8

1.8

68 x 165
105 (3P)
140 (4P)
1.6 (3P)
2.1 (4P)

68 x 165
105 (3P)
140 (4P)
1.6 (3P)
2.1 (4P)

110 x 255
140 (3P)
185 (4P)
4.8 (3P)
6.4 (4P)

110 x 255
140 (3P)
185 (4P)
4.8 (3P)
6.4 (4P)

110 x 255
140 (3P)
185 (4P)
4.8 (3P)
6.4 (4P)

110 x 255
140 (3P)
185 (4P)
4.8 (3P)
6.4 (4P)

Auxiliary switch
Alarm switch
Combined AX + AL
Earth-alarm switch
Shunt trip release
Undervoltage release

b
b
b

OF/AX
SD/AL
AXAL
ALV
MX/SHT
MN/UVR

Installation
EZC400-3P

Connection
Accessories

Crimp lugs / bars
Box lugs for bare cables
Rotary handles

DirectExtended

b
b
b

b
b

b
b

b
b

Dimension and weight
Dimensions (mm)Weight (kg)

EasyPact EZC

EasyPact EZC

F
GHI
Learn more about
EasyPact EZC
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

164

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

165

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Low voltage circuit breakers
from 100 to 630 A

I
J

100 A - 250 A
EasyPact CVS MCCBs

EasyPact CVS is packed with world class features and designed
especially to meet technical and commercial needs of customers• Conforms to IEC 60947-1 and 2• Breaking Capacities:- 25 kA (100 A - 250 A), 36 kA (100 A - 630 A),- 50 kA (400 A and 630 A)

H

400 A - 630 A• Complete range with Service breaking
capacity, Ics = 100% Ultimate breaking
capacity, Icu• Two frame sizes for complete range helps
is faster design and delivery of distribution
systems• Thermal magnetic trip units (100 A - 630 A)
and electronic trip units(400 A and 630 A)• Fault current limitation technology helps
to reduce the thermal stresses and thusincreases the life of cables and installation.

166• Front accessible common snap fit auxiliaries
simplifies the installation procedures andreduces inventory costs• Suitability for Isolation ensures that the circuit
is isolated from the remainder of the systemthus the personnel carry out work withcomplete safety• Class 2 front face reinforces safety with uniquemodular construction where the auxiliaries are
isolated from the main current path
• MCCB’s can be either pad locked or key
locked,thus ensuring safety and better control
on installation• High electrical and mechanical endurances.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact CVS
Easy choice for Quality and Value:
Safe, reliable and simple

A

Safe

B
Isolation• EasyPact CVS circuit breakers are suitable for Isolation as defined in
IEC 60947-2 standards. The aim of isolation is to separate a circuit orapparatus from the remainder of a system which is energized in orderthat personnel may carry out work on the isolated part in perfect safety

C• MCCB locking with external padlocks enables a user to isolate andundertake maintenance with utmost safety.

D

Isolation

E
Class II front Face
• All EasyPact CVS MCCBs are class II Front face devices, they may beinstalled through the door of class II switchboards without downgrading
the switchboard insulation. Installation requires no special operation,even when the Circuit Breaker is equipped with a rotary handle.

F

Class II
enclosureClass IIfront faceG
HClass II panel with circuit breaker having a class II front face

Locking in OFF position• Key locks enable to lock the breaker in OFF position ensuring safety
and better control on installation• It also helps in interlocking multiple circuit breakers in an installation.

IJ

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

167

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

A
B
C
D

Reliable
Conforms
to IEC 60947-2
for circuit
breaker• Tested at renown
international
laboratories
like KEMA

High electrical &Mechanicalendurance• 30000 mechanicaloperations for 100 A• 12000 electricaloperations for 100 A.

• Complete range
with Ics = 100% Icu.

Reliable
accessories• Continuous rated
shunt coils• Multifunctional
Aux./Alarm contact• Unique electricalfault trip indication(SDE).

EasyPact CVS
offer protection
for human aswell as Electricalinstallation
Earth leakage protection
through Vigi Module toprotect human againstleakage current.

IEC 60947-2

Fault current
limitation
technology

E• EasyPact CVS Double
break mechanism
ensures high fault
current limitation

F-R educes thermal

stresses on theelectrical distribution
networkG- I ncreases the life of
EasyPact CVS Double break Roto mechanism

Current limitation technology

cables and installation.

H
I
J
168

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

General overview

www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

SimpleA

Only two frame sizes up to 630 A
Frame - I: 100 - 250 A
Frame - II: 400 - 630 A• Common and snap-fit accessories up to 630 A

B• Single OF contact for ON/OFF, Trip indication• Single Shunt coil for remote tripping• Single Under Voltage coil
Rotary handle

OF1
SD
MN /
MX

OF2
SDE

C

• EasyPact CVS share same footprint of
ComPacT Family MCCBs

Rotary handle- mounting dimensions
OF1
OF2
OF3
Reserved
MN /
MX

SD

- easy retrofitting

SDE- system upgradeability.

D

SDV

E

SDV

100 A - 250 A

400 A - 630 A

FGStands for customer value
Panel builders

H• Only two frame sizes up to 630 A• Common accessories for complete range(ON/OFF/Trip Auxiliaries/Shunt/UV etc)
• Line load reversibility for entire range

I• Suitable for class II switchboards.

Contractors• Sufficient pole pitch helps to terminate
Copper and Aluminum busbars or cables

J• Easy availability of the product due to lessnumber of frame size
• Designed to perform in demanding
applications.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

169

www.se.com

Gain peace of mind,
quality, and value for
B your installations
A

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
170

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

Characteristics and Performancewww.se.com

EasyPact CVS

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyPact CVS

EasyPact CVS

Characteristics and performance

Characteristics and performance

Common characteristics

PB106447

Rated voltages
Insulation voltage (V)Impulse withstand voltage (kV)Operational voltage (V)Suitability for isolation
Utilisation category
Pollution degree

Ui
Uimp
Ue
AC 50/60 Hz
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC 60664-1

690
8
440
yes
A
3

Circuit breakers
Performance

CVS100

CVS160

CVS250

CVS400

CVS630A

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE CHARACTERISTICS
AND PERFORMANCEElectrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2
Rated current (A)

In

40°C

lcu

AC 50/60 Hz

100

Number of poles

160

3, 4

Breaking capacity levels

B

250

3, 4

F

N

B

400

3, 4

F

N

B

630

3, 4

F

N

F

3, 4

N

F

N

Breaking capacity (kA rms)
220/240 V

40

70

90

40

70

90

40

70

90

40

70

40

380/415 V

25

36

50

25

36

50

25

36

50

36

50

36

440 V

20

36

50

20

36

50

20

36

50

30

42

30

70
50
42

Service breaking capacity (kA rms)lcs

AC 50/60 Hz

220/240 V

40380/415 V
440 V
EasyPact CVS100/160/250

Durability (C-O cycles)

Mechanical

PB106448

Electrical

70

415 V

90

25

36

50

15

18

38

30000

40

70

90

25

36

50

15

18

38

25000

40

70

90

25

36

50

15

18

38

20000

40

70

40

70

36

50

36

50

23

32

23

32

15000

15000

In/2

30000

25000

20000

12000

8000

In

12000

12000

10000

6000

4000

B

Protection
Short-circuit protection
Overload/short-circuit protection

Magnetic only
Thermal magnetic
Electronic

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

-

b

-

-

b

b

b

-

With neutral protection (Off-0.5-1)
Earth-leakage protection

By Vigi module

-

b

b

b
b
b
b

b

b

3P

105 x 161 x 86

105 x 161 x 86

105 x 161 x 86

140 x 255 x 110

140 x 255 x 110

4P

140 x 161 x 86

140 x 161 x 86

140 x 161 x 86

185 x 255 x 110

185 x 255 x 110

3P

1.8

1.8

2.0

4.7

4P

2.2

2.3

2.6

6.3

7.1

Without spreaders

35/45 mm35/45 mm35/45 mm

45/52.5 mm

45/52.5 mm

45/70 mm45/70 mm

300

300

300

4 x 240b

4 x 240

Installation/connections
Dimensions and weights
Dimensions (mm)WxHxD

Fixed, front
connections

Weight (kg)

Fixed, front
connections

5.2

Connections
Connection terminals

Pitch

Large Cu or Al cables

Cross-section mm²

With spreaders

EasyPact CVS400/630

EasyPact CVS

EasyPact CVS

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Learn more about
EasyPact CVS
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

171

www.se.com

172

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-B

www.se.com

Power monitoring and power quality

PowerLogic™

General overview....................................................................C-174
Technical characteristics........................................................C-178

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

General overview....................................................................C-186
Architecture overview.............................................................C-188
Technical characteristics........................................................C-189
Technical specifications..........................................................C-192

C

HeatTag

General overview....................................................................C-194
Functions and characteristics.................................................C-196

EasyLogic Power Metering

General overview....................................................................C-198
Functions and characteristics.................................................C-201

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

General overview....................................................................C-206
Technical characteristics........................................................C-210

EasyLogic™ APF

General overview....................................................................C-216
Technical characteristics........................................................C-218

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

173

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic™

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Energy management, revenue meteringand power quality monitoring
Electrical network management
EcoStruxure Panel Server is the next generation of gateway, providing a seamlessconnection of wired or unwired smart IoT devices to your edge control software oradvisor. It is a foundational enabler for Schneider Electric EcoStruxure solutions.

I
J
174

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

www.se.com

General overview

PowerLogic™

PowerLogic™
System is…

A
B

Schneider Electric believes every business can increase
productivity while consuming less and achieving energy savingsof 10% to 30%.

C
PowerLogic technology
forms one part of yourtotal energy management
solution from Schneider
Electric. As the global energy
management specialist,
we offer end-to-end power,building and process
management solutions that
help you optimize energy
use and costs, improve
performance, enhance
comfort and safety, anddeliver uninterrupted service
while taking responsible careof our planet.

• Saving energy reduces costs and pollution, but you need the tools to uncover all opportunities,
avoid risks, track progress against goals, and verify success. Schneider Electric provides thesetools via the world’s most advanced energy intelligence technology: PowerLogic.

Our expert services canhelp you audit your energy
use and build your energy
action plan. From power
factor correction systems,
harmonic filtering andvariable speed drives to
HVAC and lighting controls,
we offer a complete
range of energy efficienttechnologies.

• A PowerLogic system of meters, software and power quality solutions help manage all energy
assets, every second of the day. A PowerLogic system enables all stakeholders, from CEO tofacility and engineering managers, to respond quickly to potential problems and manage energy
in financial and environmental terms.

D
E
F
G
H

• PowerLogic technology delivers the key performance indicators and analytics that you need to
strategically balance emissions, efficiency, reliability and cost.

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

175

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic™

A
B
C

Gain energy insight and control with
PowerLogic™ systems
Cutting-edge technology to increase profitability
PowerLogic technology converts the complex dynamics governing the relationship between power generationand distribution on the utility side, and energy consumption, cost and reliability on the consumer side, into
timely, easily understood information. Businesses can use this powerful to improve tactical actions andstrategic decision making.
From a single facility to an entire enterprise, PowerLogic meters monitor key distribution points 24 hours a day. Whether from generators,
substations, service entrances, mains, feeders, loads or 3rd party equipment and systems, PowerLogic technology tracks, records andreports all real-time conditions and historical performance data. Intuitive web-based interfaces give stakeholders access to this data as wellas advanced analytics, alarm annunciation and control capabilities. It supports comprehensive energy management programs by tracking
performance and empowering you to make effective decisions.

D
DemandE

Power availability and reliability• Validate that power quality complies with the energy contract• Identify power quality issues and fix them quickly with reliable
mitigation solutions• Improve response to power-related problems• Leverage existing infrastructure capacity and avoid over-buildingF• Support proactive maintenance to prolong asset life
Energy efficiency and cost savings• Measure efficiency, reveal opportunities and verify savings• Manage greenhouse gas emissionsG• Allocate energy costs to departments or processes• Reduce peak demand and power factor penalties

SupplyEnergy availability and reliability

H• Improve T&D network reliability• Enhance substation automation• Maximize the use of your existing infrastructureI• Enable participation in loadcurtailment programs(e.g. demand response)• Strengthen rate negotiation with energy suppliers• Identify billing discrepancies• Sub-bill tenants for energy costs

Revenue metering and power quality• Maximize metering accuracy at all interchange points• Verify compliance with new powerquality standards• Analyse and isolate the source of power quality problems

J
176

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic™
Market segments

A
B
C
D

• Cost allocation• Tenant sub-billing• Procurement optimization• Cost allocation• Power factor correction• Energy efficiency & benchmarking• Continuity of service even in case of an earth fault.

• Procurement optimization

E• Power availability• Demand response / load curtailment.

F
G
H• Metering all key interchange
points with the highest
possible accuracy• Improving the quality of
power delivered to yourcustomers• Ensuring the reliability andefficiency of your networkand equipment.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C• Revenue metering• Infrastructure optimization• Power quality monitoring• Power quality analysis compliance• Power availability andreliability• Alarming and event notification• Insulation monitoring.

• Cost allocation

I• Energy efficiency

J• Procurement optimization.

177

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ rangeA

Use this panorama to select the most efficient products foryour application needs
Current transformers

Panel instruments

CTs Ip / 5 A

iAMP

iVLT

AMP/VLTiFRE

iCH/iCI

Ammeter,
Voltmeter

Ammeter,
Voltmeter

Ammeter,
Voltmeter

Frequency
meter

Hour counter,
Pulse counter

I/U

I/U

I/U

F

hours/pulses

Measurement accuracy

Class 1.5

± 0.5% ± 1 digit

Class 1.5

± 0.5% ± 1 digit

Installation

DIN rail
4 x 18 mm
modules

DIN rail2 x 18 mm
modulesflush mounted
72 x 72 mm
96 x 96 mm

DIN rail2 x 18 mm
modules

MeasurementiAMP:
30 A director external CT

iVLT:
600 V AC director external VT

VLT:
500 V AC director external VT
AMP:
external CT

400 V AC direct

B
C
FunctionD

Current transformer

Applications
Installation

E
F

Solid Core CTs
b Insulated Cable, diameter
21 to 35 mm
b Busbar through transformerb Cable connections

Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

Energy efficiency & cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management

Billing analysis
Split Core CTs
b CT installation without the need Power availability & reliability
to uninstall and reinstall power Compliance monitoring
conductors
Sag/swell, transientb Cable and Busbar connections
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics

G
H
I

Solid Core CTs
b Transformation ratio:
40/5 A to 6000/5 A
b Accuracy: class 0.5 to 3
b Maximum rated operational
voltage: 720 V ACb Tropicalised range 25°C to+60°C [1]Relative humidity > 95%

iCI, iCH: DIN rail
2 x 18 mm
modules
CH: flush mount

Communication ports
Split Core CTs
b Transformation ratio:
100/5 A to 4000/5 A
b Accuracy: class 0.5 to 3
b Maximum rated operational
voltage: 720 V ACb Cable connection:-5°C to +50°C
Relative humidity 5-85%
b Busbar connection:
5°C to +40°C
Relative humidity 5-85%

Memory capacity[1] Warning: some products are limited to +50°C.

J
178

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Basic energy metering

B

PM3000 SeriesC

iEM2xxx Range
iEM2000, iEM2100,
iEM2400

iEM3000 Series

PowerTag
Energy Series

Kilowatt-hour meter

Kilowatt-hour meters
Metering & sub-metering
Power and energy meters
Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22
Class 1 IEC 62053-21
Class 2 IEC 62053-23

Wireless power &energy meter

E (in all range)
I, U, F, P, Q ,S, PF(in selected ranges)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Depending on reference;
Power demand dependingon gateway)

FunctionD

Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

E

Energy efficiency and cost
Cost allocation only

Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management

F

Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Dip/swell, transient
Harmonics

G

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy

Class 1 (Wh) / Class 2 (VARh)

Class 0.5S / Class 1 (Wh)Class 2 (VARh)

Class 0.5

IEC 61557-12 PMD/DDClass 1 (active energy)

Installation

DIN rail 1, 2 x 18 mm modules DIN rail 5, 7 x 18 mm modules DIN rail

On product or on cables
depending on the reference

Voltage measurement

Up to 276 V (Ph-N) AC direct

100 - 277 V L-N,
173 - 480 V L-L
Up to 1MV AC (ext VT)

50 V to 330 V AC (Ph-N)
80 V to 570 V AC (Ph-Ph)
Up to 1M V AC (ext VT)

Up to 277 V AC (Ph-N) /480 V AC (Ph-Ph)
depending on the reference

Current measurement

40 to 125 A direct

External CT (iEM32/34/3500)
Direct 63 A (iEM3100),
125 A (iEM3300)

External CT

63 to 2000 A

Communication ports

RS-485, M-Bus in selectedreferences

RS-485, M-Bus, BACnet,
LonWorks in selectedreferences

1

Wireless

Inputs / Outputs

1/1 (in selected)

Up to 2 Inputs and 1 Output

2 I/O

H
I

Memory capacityJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

179

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ rangeA
Wireless products

Basic multi-function metering

B
C

More details on page 194

PowerTag Control

HeatTag Smart Sensor

PM5000 Series

PM5350 Series

Circuit monitoring &control

Early detection ofoverheating wire
connections oroverheating cables

Metering & sub-metering

Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22
Class 2 IEC 62053-23
Class 1 IEC 61557-12

Analysis of gas andmicro-particles,
Temperature, Humidity

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

Temperature ±-1.1°C
Humidity ± 9 RH%

Class 0.5

Class 0.5

DIN rail
6 x 18 mm modules

Flush mount 96 mm x 96 mm
or DIN rail (PM5563)

Flush mount
96 mm x 96 mm

20 V to 400 V AC L-N
35 V to 690 V AC L-L

20 V to 300 V L-N
35 V to 520 V L-L

Function

IEC 60364-8-1
EN 17267
ISO 50010

DClass 0.5S IEC 62053-22
Class 1 IEC 62053-21
Class 2 IEC 62053-23
Class 0.5/1 IEC 61557-12

Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

E

Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management
Billing analysis

F

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Dip/swell, transient
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

G

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy
Installation

DIN rail

Voltage measurement

H

Current measurement

External CT

External CT

Communication ports

Wireless

RS-485, Ethernet, BACnet,
Ethernt IP

RS-485

Inputs / Outputs

2 I/O

Up to 4 inputs/ 2 outputs

Up to 4 inputs/ 2 outputs

Memory capacity

Available

I
J
180

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Advanced metering

B
C

PM8000 Series

ION9000

Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2
IEC 61000-4-30 Class S
IEC 62586-2
IEC 61557-12 PMD/Sx/K70/0.2
IEC / UL 61010-1

IEC62052-11 ed.2 Class 0.1S
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1
PQI Class A
IEC 62586-1 / -2
IEC 61557-12 PMD/Sx/K70/0.2
IEC / UL 61010-1

D

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max, harm, alarm, I/O(I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal, dip/swell)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max, harm, alarm, I/O(I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal, dip/swell, transients,
flicker, RVC, mains signalling, 1/2 cycle RMS)

E

Function

Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management

F

Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Dip/swell, transient

Dip/swell only

Harmonics

G

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy(active energy)

IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2

IEC62052-11 ed.2 Class 0.1S
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.1

Installation

Flush & DIN 96 mm x 96 mm

Flush & DIN 160 mm x 160 mm
Display 96 mm or 197 mm x 175 mm

Voltage measurement

57-400 V AC L-N 3P (100-690 V AC L-L)

57-400 V L-N AC or 100-690 V L-L AC

Current measurement

External CT

External CT and LVCT

Communication ports

3

4

Inputs / Outputs

Up to 27 DI, 9 DO
Up to 16 AI, 8 AO

Up to 32 DI, 4 DO, 10 RO (relay)
Up to 16 AI, 8 AO

Memory capacity

512 MB

2 GB

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

181

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Advanced utility metering

B
C

ION7400

ION8650A

B

C

Function

D
E

Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

Energy & Advanced Power Quality Meter

IEC 61557-12
IEC 62053-22
IEC 61000-4-30 Class S
IEC 62586
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2
PMD/Sx/K70/0.2

IEC 62052-11
IEC 62053-22/23
Class 0.2S
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E, THD, Min/Max,harm, alarm, I/O(I, U unbalance, demand, clock/cal)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(demand, minimum and maximum values)

Applications
Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation

F

Demand & load management
Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Dip/swell, transientG

Dip/swell only

Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics

H
I

Measurement accuracy(active energy)

IEC 61053-22 Class 0.2S
ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2S

Class 0.2S

Installation

Flush & DIN rail mount 96 mm x 96 mm

ANSI socket mount 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S; FT21
switchboard case

Voltage measurement

57-400 V AC L-N 3P (100-690 V AC L-L)

57-277 V L-N AC (9S, 36S);
120-480 V L-L AC (35S)

Current measurement

External CT

External CT

Communication ports

35Inputs / Outputs

Up to 27 DI, 9 DO
Up to 16 AI, 8 AO

Up to 22 I/OMemory capacity

512 MB

10 MB

4 MB

2 MB

J
182

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Multi-circuit metering

B
HDPM6000

BCPM

EM4000

EM48003-phase power quality
meter; branch-circuit
accessory module hub

Branch circuit monitor

Multi-circuit
Energy meter

Multi-circuit
Energy meter

Class 0.5 ANSI
C12.1, C12.20
Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22

Class 0.5 ANSI
C12.1, C12.20
Class 0.5S IEC 62053-22

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

C

Function
IEC 61036
Class 1

Applications

D

Panel instrumentation
Panel instrumentation

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand andcurrent demand)

E

Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management
Billing analysis

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoringF

Sag/swell, transient
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy

Class 1 (mains active energy) Class 0.5S

Class 0.5S

Installation

Panel or enclosure

Panel or enclosure

Panel or enclosure

Voltage measurement

90 – 277 V L-N
voltage Inputs

80 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs, 80 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs,
Up to 999 kV with external PTs Up to 999 kV with external PTs

Current measurement

CT strips for branch circuits
and external CTs for mains

Split- or solid-core CTs

Split- or solid-core CTs

Communication ports22

Inputs / Outputs

2

2

G
H

Memory capacity

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

183

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Multi-circuit metering

Retrofit products

EM4900EM3500EM4200Multi-circuit
Energy meter

DIN rail power & energy meter

Power & energy meter

ANSI 12.20 0.2% accuracy,
IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S for
EM35xx models, ANSI C12.20
0.5% accuracy, IEC 62053-22
Class 0.2S for EM35xxA models

ANSI C12.20 0.2% IEC 62053-22
Class 0.2S

B
C

Function

Class 0.5 ANSI
C12.1, C12.20
Class 0.5S IEC 62

D
Applications
Panel instrumentation

E

Panel instrumentation

I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E
I, U, F, P, Q, S, PF, E(Power demand and current demand) (Power demand and current demand) (Power demand and current demand)

Energy efficiency and cost
Sub-billing & cost allocation
Demand & load management
Billing analysis

F

Power availability & reliability
Compliance monitoring
Sag/swell, transient
Harmonics

Revenue metering
Revenue meter

G
H

Characteristics
Measurement accuracy

Class 0.5S

Class 1 (mains active energy)

ANSI C12.20 Class 0.2S
IEC 62053-22 Class 0.2S

Installation

Panel or enclosure

Panel or enclosure

DIN or screw, clip-on or hook

Voltage measurement

150 - 480 V AC L-L without PTs
Up to 999 kV with external PTs

UL: 90 V L-N to 600 V L-L;
CE: 90 V L-N to 300 V L

890 - 480 V AC L-L

Current measurement

Split- or solid-core CTs

EM35xxA models work exclusively with
Rogowski coil CTs

5 A to 5000 A

Communication ports

2

1 for main

2

Inputs / Outputs

2(see Datasheet)

Memory capacity

I
J
184

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Panorama of the PowerLogic™ range

A
Insulation monitoring Devices

EcoStruxure™ Panel ServerMore information on page 186

C

Vigilohm™

EcoStruxure™

Insulation monitoring for IT / Ungrounded networks

IoT gateway for intelligent power network

RS-485 / Ethernet gateway

RS-485

Supports IEEE 802.15.4 and Modbus devices

Devices supported

Insulation Monitors:
IM9, IM9-OL, IM10, IM20
IM10-H, IM20-H, IM400 series
IM400THR

Wired devices communicating though Modbus-SL, Modbus
TCP/IP, or digital inputs:
Circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors, Protection relays,
Power meters, Energy meters, Pulse meters, IO modules,
Gateways

Insulation monitoring devices

B

Panel Server

Function
Features

Insulation Fault Locators:
IFL 12, IFL 12C, IFL 12MC, IFL 12H

Wireless devices:PowerTag Energy sensors, Environmental sensors, Acti9
Active, HeatTage sensors, PowerTag Control modules,
Wireless indication auxiliaries for ComPacT NSX and
ComPacT NSXm, circuit breakers

Accessories:
Including voltage adaptors, cardews, toroids

DE

Web server withstandard HTML pages
Web server withcustom HTML pages

F

Real time data

Available on product supervision e.g.PME, Com'X 510

Available on web server embedded in Panel Server

Historical data

Available on product supervision e.g.PME, Com'X 510

Available on web server embedded in Panel Server(Advanced Panel Server only)

Automatic notification

Available in supervision PME

Available on embedded web server (Advanced Panel Server
only), edge control system & cloud-hosted application

Alarm and event logs

Available in supervision PME

Available on embedded web server (Advanced Panel Server
only), edge control system & cloud-hosted application

G

Waveform display
Custom animated graphics
Manual/automatic reports

Characteristics
Ethernet ports
Modbus TCP/IP protocol
RS-485 (2-wire / 4-wire) ports,
Modbus protocol
Number of devices
connected directly
RS-232 configuration ports
Miscellaneous
Installation

An IT earthing system -also called ungrounded system- allows Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port
the network to operate even in the presence of an insulation
Wi-Fi
fault, without endangering people or property.
Bluetooth communication for commissioning
Required as part of the IT network, an Insulation Monitoring
Modbus RS485 serial communication
Device (IMD) detects the insulation fault and locates it so it can IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication
be repaired.
Modbus TCP/IP server and client
Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with
proxy management
Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway
Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP
Two digital inputs (24 V DC version only) Commissioning
through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or throughEmbedded Web-Pages

Learn more about
PowerLogic™
range here
Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

I
J

Scan orclick onQR code
Offer

H

185

General overview

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

IoT for an intelligent power network
The EcoStruxure™ Panel Server is the next generation of
gateway, providing a seamless connection of wired or unwired
smart IoT devices to your edge control software or cloud-based
applications and analytics. It is a foundational enabler for
Schneider Electric EcoStruxure™ solutions.

SEE THE VIDEO

EcoStruxure Panel Server gives you access to the information
you need to protect, maximize and optimize your power system.

I

Help keep people

Optimize energy

and assets safer

efficiency

Maximize power
availability@

Improve cybersecurity

J
186

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server
Electrical safety• Panel Server is an integral part of Schneider Electric’s continuous thermal monitoring
application, helping reduce risk of electrical fires, increase people and assets protection.
Implement the thermal monitoring of your electrical panel by connecting thermal and heatsensors to your Panel Server.

A

Power availability

B• Electrical distribution monitoring and power event analysis help avoid unplanned downtime
caused by electrical failure. Panel server collects real-time data and alarms, presenting
information through embedded webpages, making it available to edge control softwareor cloud-based applications and analytics for electrical system diagnostics. Use embedded
webpages for first-level monitoring or monitor from your edge or cloud control system.

C

Optimize energy efficiency• Improve your facility’s energy efficiency and reduce energy consumption with energy usage
analysis and performance tracking. Panel Server collects and shares energy data to help achieve
your energy conservation initiatives. It is certified as part of an energy data management system
certified for compliance with ISO 50001, 50002, 50006 requirements.

D

Cybersecurity• Guarding your electrical assets and systems against cyber attacks is vital. Discover
the enhanced cybersecurity benefits of Panel Server and its IEC62443-4-1 compliant
development lifecycle. Explore its cybersecurity features through a dedicated guide, anddiscover how Panel Server empowers you to retrieve security logs, providing valuable
insights into system security and activity.

E
F

Benefits
All-in-one gateway

Intuitive operation• Separates your OT network from yourIT network• User-friendly webpages offer
first-level monitoring• Wireless data concentrator• Contextualized data andoperational insights• Modbus RS485 to Modbus TCP• Supports multiple Ethernet connections forserving information to edge control softwareand cloud applications

G• Simple alarm setup for email notification

H• Standardized IEC 62974-1 compliant
datalogger and energy server

Simple commissioningI• EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software• Device auto discovery• Generation of acceptance reports tovalidate gateway configuration

J• Commission via WiFiPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

187

Architecture overview

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

Schneider Electriccloud services

A

EcoStruxure
Panel Server
webpages

Power Monitoring Expert
or third-party edge controls

Gas meter
Water meter

Ethernet or WiFi LAN

Energy meters

B
C

Internet

Cellular

Energy andPower meters

Ethernet / Modbus TCP

Circuit breakers

Circuitbreakers

PowermetersProtection
relaysSensors

Acti9
ActiveEcoStruxure™ Panel ServerDGasmeterPowerTag Energy
Water meters

E

Ethernet or WiFi LAN

Modbus Serial Line

Digital IOs

PowerTag
Control

Wireless devices

F
G
H
I
J
188

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server
﻿

Entry

Compatible with a large set of wireless sensors, PowerTag Energy, Heat Tag,and others. PAS400 is the perfect fit for small networks or installations
where space is a challenge.

A

FunctionsStandards & certifications
b IEC 61010-1
b IEC 61010-2-201
b UL 61010-1
b UL 61010-2-201
b IEC 62974-1
b ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3
b ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4
b IEC 61326-1
b IEC 62974-1
b EN50581
b EN 62321
b EN 62474
b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2

eC

US
LISTEDb Optimized gateway to retrieve data your wireless devices.
b Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure™ Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Power Operation or to your Building
Management System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software, or
directly through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play andauto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data
contextualization for more relevant analytics.

Main featuresb Power Supply 110…277 V AC/DC.
b Designed to match with electrical switchboard environment (temperature,humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
b One Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port.
b Wi-Fi.
b Bluetooth communication for commissioning.
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication.
b Modbus TCP/IP server.
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client with proxy management.
b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP.
b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance
To IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or through Embedded
Web-Pages.
b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export tothe monitoring software.
b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool to facilitate the management ofcybersecurity in your electrical network’s (Security features such as enabling/
disabling communication means).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement visualization, power
consumption.
b Real Time Alarm display.

Commercial
Reference

Description

PAS400Panel Server Entry 110..277 V AC/DC

B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

189

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server﻿

Universal

b The All-in-one Panel Server is designed to retrieve data from both wireless,
Modbus, and Ethernet based protocols to offer versatility and adaptability.
b Panel Server Universal Wired by Design is designed for specific cybersecuresensitive installations, dedicated to wired communication protocols (Modbus,
Ethernet) and PAS embedded digital inputs (PAS600LWD).

A

Functions

B
C
D
E

All-in-one and Wired by Design Panel ServerStandards & certifications
b IEC 61010-1
b IEC 61010-2-201
b UL 61010-1
b UL 61010-2-201
b IEC 62974-1
b ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3
b ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4
b IEC 61326-1
b IEC 62974-1
b EN50581
b EN 62321
b EN 62474
b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2

eC
F
G
H

US
LISTEDb Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure™ Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure™ Power Operation or to your Building
Management System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure™ Power Commission software, or
directly through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play andauto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data
contextualization for more relevant analytics.

Main featuresb Power Supply 24 V DC, 110…277 V AC/DC
PoE-PD (CLASS 0, IEEEE 802.3af/at).
b Designed to match demanding electrical switchboard environment (temperature,humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
b Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port (supporting switched or separated
network topology).
b Wi-Fi (All-in-one Panel Server Universal).
b Modbus RS485 serial communication.
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication (All-in-one Panel Server Universal).
b Modbus TCP/IP server and client.
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with proxy management.
b Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway.
b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP (All-in-one Panel Server
Universal).
b Two digital inputs (24VDC version only) for contact information or
WAGES pulse meter.
b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance
To IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or through Embedded
Web-Pages.
b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export tothe monitoring software.
b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool to facilitate the management ofcybersecurity in your electrical network’s (Security features and measures such as
enabling/disabling communication means or implementation of two Wired by
Design models).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement visualization, power
consumption.
b Real Time Alarm display.

Compatible accessoriesb Wi-Fi external antenna (PASA-ANT1).

Commercial
ReferencesI

PAS600PAS600L
PAS600LWD
PAS600PWD

Description
Panel Server Universal with 110...277 V AC/DC power supply
Panel Server Universal with 24 V DC power supply
Wired by Design Panel Server Universal with 24 V DC Power
Wired by Design Panel Server Universal with PoE power supply

J
190

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

Advanced

PAS800 has Data Logger and Local Energy Server capabilities. It embodies
the first step into energy monitoring. Follow, analyze and compare your loads
consumption to enable energy savings.

A

FunctionsStandards & certifications
b IEC 61010-1
b IEC 61010-2-201
b UL 61010-1
b UL 61010-2-201
b IEC 62974-1
b ETSI EN 301 489-1 V.2.2.3
b ETSI EN 301 489-17 V.3.2.4
b IEC 61326-1
b IEC 62974-1
b EN50581
b EN 62321
b EN 62474
b ETSI EN 300 328 V2.2.2

eC

US
LISTEDb An all-in-one gateway to retrieve data from both your wireless IEEE 802.15.4
devices and Modbus devices.
b Monitor up to three years historized data and analyze your energy consumption
directly through the Panel Server Advanced embedded webpages.
b Connect to your monitoring and control software such as EcoStruxure Power
Monitoring Expert, EcoStruxure Power Operation or to your Building Management
System.
b Connect to Schneider cloud applications such as EcoStruxure™ Energy Hub or
Asset Advisor.
b Ease of commissioning with EcoStruxure Power Commission software, or directly
through the Panel Server webpages, enabling device plug-and-play andauto-discovery features.
b Ease of operation with user friendly embedded webpages, and data
contextualization for more relevant analytics.

B
C

Main featuresb Power Supply 24 V DC, 110…277 V AC/DC, PoE-PD (CLASS 0,IEEE802.3af/at).
b Designed to match demanding electrical switchboard environment (temperature,humidity electromagnetic compatibility).
b Two Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-T port (supporting switched or separated
network topology).
b Wi-Fi.
b Modbus RS485 serial communication.
b IEEE 802.15.4 wireless communication.
b Modbus TCP/IP server and client.
b Support of HTTPS, NTP, SNTP, DHCP client and server with proxy management.
b Modbus RS485 to Modbus/TCP Gateway.
b Wireless devices concentrator to Modbus/TCP.
b Two digital inputs (24 V DC version only) for contact information or WAGES
Pulse meter.
b Designed through a Secured Development Life Cycle in accordance to
IEC 62443-4-1.
b Commissioning through EcoStruxure™ Power Commission or though Embedded
Web-Pages.
b Speed-up commissioning through device list import and configuration export tothe monitoring software.
b Fully integrated in Cybersecurity Admin Expert tool for security settings (Security
features such as enabling/disabling communication means).
b Embedded web server for real-time measurement and alarm visualization, energy& power consumption by usage and location, 3 years historical trending anddashboarding.
b 3 years Data Logger with 32 GB memory.
b Real Time Alarm display and e-mail notification.
b Event and Alarm historization and dashboarding.

D
E
F
G
H

Compatible accessoriesb Wi-Fi external antenna (PASA-ANT1).
b IEEE 802.15.4 external antenna (PASA-ANT1).

Commercial
References

Description

PAS800L
PAS800P
PAS800Panel Server Advanced with 24 V DC power supply
Panel Server Advanced with PoE power supply
Panel Server Advanced with 100-277 V AC/DC power supply

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

191

Technical specifications

www.se.com

EcoStruxure™ Panel Server

A

EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry
EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry

Technical data

www.se.com

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICAL DATA

EcoStruxure Panel Server Entry

Commercial Reference
PAS400Power Supply
Voltage
110-277 V AC/DC
Tolerance± 10%
Frequency
45-65 Hz
Maximum consumption
3 W, 10 VA
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet
Number of Ports
Single RJ45 Port
10/100base T
PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0
N.A.
Wi-Fi
Supported Frequency
2.4 & 5 GHz
TCP/IPYes
IP V4 / IP V6
Yes
DPWS
Yes
DHCP
ClientYes
Server (Separate Nework)
No
Modbus/TCP Server Max. number of client connection
64 (2)
Modbus/TCP Client Max. number of TCP/Modbus devices
N.A.
Schneider Cloud Services
Yes
HTTPS
Yes
External Wi-Fi/Bluetooth Antenna
N.A.
GPRS/3G/4G
CELROUT-7
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total
20 devices
PowerTag Energy & Ambient (1)20 devices
Other type of devices (1)20 devices
External IEEE 802.15.4 Antenna
No
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485
Max. number of devices w/o repeater
N.A.
ClientMax. number of devices with repeater
N.A.
Maximum Length
N.A.
Baudrate
N.A.
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications
3 months
Data Logger andData Logging
No
Web-Server
Event logging
Yes (2)
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages
Yes
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical data No
Time
RTC (with battery)YesManagement
TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP)
Yes
Digital inputs
Two DIWAGES & Dry-Contact
No
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face
IP40
Others
IP20
OverVoltage Category
OVC III
Polution Degree2Temperature
Operation-25°C to +60°C
Storage-40°C to +85°C
Altitude Max.
2000 mRelative Humidity
y 5...95%
MechanicalForm factor
Acti9
Installation
Din Rail
Width
54 mm
Weight163 gStandard & Certification
Certifications
CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC
Standards
IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12, CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1,
IEC 61326-1, EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032, CISPR 11, EN 300-328,
IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n

BC(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or otherdocumentations.
EcoStruxure Panel Server

EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal

Dwww.se.com

Technical data

EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICAL DATA

EcoStruxure Panel Server Universal

Commercial Reference
PAS600PAS600L
PAS600LWD
PAS600PWD
Power Supply
Voltage
110-277 V AC/DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
via POE
Tolerance
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
N.A.
Frequency
45-65 Hz
N.A.
Maximum consumption
3 W / 10 VA
3W
3.5 W
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet
Number of Ports
Two RJ45 ports
10/100base T
PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0NoNoNo
1 port (PD)Wi-Fi
Supported Frequency
2.4 GHzN.A.
TCP/IPYes
IP V4 / IP V6
Yes
DPWS
Yes
DHCP
ClientYes
Server (Separate Nework)
Yes
Modbus TCP/IP Server Max. number of client connection
64
Modbus TCP/IP Client Max. number of Modbus TCP/IP devices
128
Schneider Electric Cloud Services
Yes
HTTPS
Yes
External Wi-Fi/Antenna
PASA-ANT1
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total for mixed network
up to 40 devices(2)N.A.
PowerTag Energy (1)up to 85 devices(2)N.A.
Other type of devices (1)40 devices(2)N.A.
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485
Max. number of devices w/o repeater
32 devices
ClientMax. number of devices with repeater
128 devices
Maximum Length
1000 mBaud Rate
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications
1 monthData Logger andData Logging
No
Web-Server
Event logging
Yes (2)
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages
Yes
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical data
NoTime
RTC (with battery)YesManagement
TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP)
Yes
Digital inputs
Two DIWAGES & Dry-Contact
No
Yes
Yes
No
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face
IP40
Others
IP20
OverVoltage Category
OVC III
Polution Degree2332Temperature
Operation-25°C to +70°C
Storage-40°C to +85°C
Altitude Max.
< 2300 m
2000 m2000 m< 2300 m
Relative Humidity
0 to 93%
5 to 95 %5 to 95 %0 to 93%
MechanicalForm factor
Acti9
Installation
Din Rail
Width
72 mm
Weight
201 g
181 g
TBC
TBC
Standard & Certification
Certifications
CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC
CE, cULus, RCM, UKCA
IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1,
Standards
IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201,
IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010,
UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-1-12,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1,
CSA C22.2 No 61010-2-201,
IEC 62443-4-1: IEC 61326-1,
IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1,
EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032,
CISPR 11, EN 300-328, IEEE 802.15.4,
IEC 61326-1, EN 55032; CISPR 11
IEEE 802.11b/g/n

EF(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or other documentations.
EcoStruxure Panel Server

EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced

G

EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced

Technical data
Commercial ReferencePower Supply
VoltageTolerance
Frequency
Maximum consumption
Ethernet & Wi-Fi
Ethernet
Number of Ports
10/100base T
PoE 802.3af & 802.3at Class 0
Wi-Fi
Supported Frequency
TCP/IP
IP V4 / IP V6
DPWS
DHCP
ClientServer (Separate Nework)
Modbus/TCP Server Max. number of client connection
Modbus/TCP Client Max. number of TCP/Modbus devices
Schneider Cloud Services
HTTPS
External Wi-Fi/Bluetooth Antenna
GPRS/3G/4G
Wireless Devices (IEEE 802.15.4)
Number of devices Total
PowerTag Energy (1)Other type of devices (1)External IEEE 802.15.4 Antenna
Serial Ports
Modbus RS485
Max. number of devices w/o repeater
ClientMax. number of devices with repeater
Maximum Length
Baudrate
Functionality
Data Buffering for cloud applications
Data Logger andData Logging
Web-Server
Event logging
Simple Monitoring Web-Pages
Monitoring Web-Pages with historical dataTime
RTC (with battery)Management
TimeUpdate (NTP & SNTP)
Digital inputs
Two DIWAGES & Dry-Contact
Environmental
Protection Degree Front Face
OthersOverVoltage Category
Polution Degree
Operation
Temperature
Storage
Altitude Max.
Relative Humidity
MechanicalForm factor
Installation
Width
WeightH

Standard & Certification
Certifications
Standards

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICAL DATA

www.se.com

EcoStruxure Panel Server Advanced
PAS800L
24 V DC± 10 %
3W

No

N.A.

PAS800P

PAS800PoE

110-277 V AC/DC± 10 %
45-65 Hz
3 W / 10 VA

3.5 W
Two RJ45 ports
1 port (PD)
2.4 & 5 GHz
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
64 (2)128
Yes
Yes
PASA-ANT1
CELROUT-7

No

40 (2)
85 (2)
40 (2)
PASA-ANT1
32 devices
128 devices
1000 m1200, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200
3 months
3 years
Yes (2)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

3

No
IP40
IP20
OVC III-25°C to +70°C-40°C to +85°C
2000 my 5...95%

2

Acti9
Din Rail
72 mm
PAS800L : 186 g
PAS800P : 184 g
PAS800 : 206 g
CE, CULus, RCM, UKCA, FCC, IC
IEC 61010, IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-201, UL 61010, UL 61010-1, UL 61010-2-201,
CSAC22.2 No 61010-1-12, CSAC22.2 No 61010-2-201, IEC 62974-1, IEC 62443-4-1, IEC 61326-1,
EN 301-489-1, EN 301-489-17, EN 55032, CISPR 11, EN 300-328, IEEE 802.15.4, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
IEEE 802.3 af/at(1) Consult the User Manual or other documentations to check the limit applicable to your wireless device.
(2) Lower limits may apply depending the firmware version, the serial line length, and the type of device(s). Consult the User Manual, Release Notes or other documentations.
EcoStruxure Panel Server

I
Learn more about
EcoStruxure
Panel Server
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

192

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

193

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Wireless Sensor for early detectionof overheating cables
The PowerLogic™ HeatTag sensor analyzes gas and airborne
particles helping facility manager to anticipate and act before
smoke appears or an electrical fire starts.
Electrical fires generate huge losses in commercial andindustrial buildings, interrupting production and delaying
service delivery. These losses can be prevented if early
detection of component overheating is accurately detected andalarmed.

SEE THE VIDEO

PowerLogic™ HeatTag helps prevent electrical cabinets frombeing damaged by analyzing airborne gas and particles andsending alerts before smoke appears or an electrical firestarts. HeatTag is much more than a fire or smoke detector it scientifically detects overheating in electrical installations
before any damage is done.

J
194

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag
The solution forA

Markets that can benefit from a solution that includes
PowerLogic™ HeatTag smart sensors:• Buildings• Industry• Healthcare• Data Center and networks• Infrastructure.

B

Power management solutions• Schneider Electric provides innovative power management solutions to increase yourenergy efficiency and cost savings, maximize electrical network reliability and availability,
and optimize electrical asset performance.

C

Competitive advantages• Easy to install and operate• Suitable for non forced ventilated
cabinets ≥ IP30
• Immediately detects overheatingin cables and connections• More than a smoke detector or heatsensor• 3 levels of alert recordingD• Monitors air quality index• Continous improvements of algorithms.

Conformity of standards• IEC/UL 61010-1• ETSI EN 300 328• IEC 61010-2-201• EN 62311• IEC 61326-1• EN IEC 63000• IEC61326-2-3• IEEE 802.15.4 protocol• ETSI EN 301 489-1• FCC and IC certified.

E
F• ETSI EN 301 489-17

Benefits
System integrators’ benefit

End users’ benefit• Ease of integration• Ease of use• Ease of setup• Prevents fire damage andassociated costs• Cost effectiveness• Seamless integration with
EcoStruxure™ solutions

Panel builders’ benefit

G
H• Comprehensive, consistent and superior
performance• Maximize uptime, eliminate faults, andenhance safety

I• No settings• Nominal environment auto-learning to avoid
false alerts• Concentrator auto-discoveryJ• Alerts generated by a powerful algorithm
integrated in HeatTag

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

195

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag
HeatTag sensors

Sensor Characteristics

A
B

Temperature
measurement

PowerLogic™ HeatTag sensor

Humidity
measurement

Measurement range
Measurement
accuracy
Default transmission
periodMeasurement range
Measurement
accuracy
Default transmission
periodAir quality
Test alert after pairing
Environment auto-learning phase-15°C / +70°C (5°F to 158°F)-1.1°C / +1.1°C
60 seconds (higher in case of high wireless data traffic)
15 - 90%±9 RH %
60 seconds (higher in case of high wireless data traffic)
Index (0 to 10), alert generation when index ≥10
During first 30 minutes
8 hours after the first 30 minutes

Mechanical Characteristics

C

Dimensions (W x H x D)
WeightDegree of protection (IEC 60529)

HeatTag sensor DIN mounted

D
E

Electrical Characteristics

Supply voltage
Frequency
Max. consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity in operation
Altitude of use
Degree of pollution (IEC 60664-1)
Overvoltage category

108 x 107 x 55 mm
270 g
IP20
110 - 277 V AC, -15% / +15%
50 - 60 Hz
0.1 A-15°C / +70°C (5°F to 158°F)-20°C / +85°C (-4°F to 185°F)
15 - 90%
0 - 2000 m (0 - 6500 ft)
3
OVC III

Commercial Reference Number
PowerLogic™ HeatTag Sensor

SMT10020

HeatTag rear view showing fan

FQ1
110–277 V~
2A
C Curve or Fast-acting fuse

G
H
I

HeatTag sensor dimensions.
See the appropriate Installation Guide.

J
196

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic™ HeatTag

HeatTag sensors

IDD device(HeatTag)

Detection

Possible changeof color

Insulation material
behavior
Operatingcondition

NormalOverload

70° 90° 100°

Smoke / Fire sensor

Start releasing
particles and gas(Pyrolyse)

150°

200°

Softening

250°

A

Possible ignition
and risk of fire

300°

B

350°

Short circuit max T°(IEC 60724)

PVC insulation material behavior with increasing temperatureC
Temperature

Combustion

D

Fire sensor

Ignition
Smoke

Smoke detector

Melting of cable insulation

200°C

E

Insulation
decomposition
detection

120°C

F

Time

0°C

Comparison of HeatTag, smoke and fire sensors

G

NOTE
Do not use HeatTag as a safety device or to replace fire protection devices.
Please see the appropriate User Guide for this product.

H
I
Learn more about
PowerLogic™
HeatTag
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

White paper

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

197

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering

A
B
C
D
E
F

Multifunction energy
and power metersG
The easy choice...
• for quality - Designed and manufactured in
ISO-certified Schneider Electric facilities.

H
I• for value - The right balance of features and price.
• for peace of mind - Reliable performance where
you need it.
Leaner, more efficient order management thanks tofield settable CT or PT ratios, modularity Fast andefficient installation & commissioning.
Safety marks for CE and UL compliance inaccordance with latest IEC/UL 61010-1 Ed-3 standard.

Performance without compromise exceptional reliability in its class> Assured quality that you can trust to meet your needs
throughout its lifecycle.
> Outstanding value for an optimized feature set.
> Simple to choose and easy to install and use for many
applications.

J
198

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering
Digital Panel Meters

A
B
FamilyDM1000Parameters

DM1110

Amps: per phase &3-ph avg

1-phDM3000DM1210DM1310DM3110DM6000H

DM6000H

3-ph (per ph)
1-phVolts: per phase& 3-ph avg

DM6000H
DM3210C3-ph (per ph)

Frequency
Power Factor perphase & 3-ph avg
CT Secondary
I nominal

5 A or 1 A

Class of Accuracy

0.5

5 A or 1 A

5 A or 1 A

5 A or 1 A

0.5

0.2

0.5

0.5

1

1

96x96x44
Form Factor in mm(LengthxWidthxDepth)

96x96x44

96x96x44

96x96x44

96x96x44

96x96x49

96x96x49

Mounting

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/PanelD

RS-485 Modbus RTU

Flush/Panel

Simple energy cost management

E

Data aggregation
Load profile
Bill verification
Cost allocation

Basic network management
Panel instrumentation

F

Power metering
Basic harmonic
monitoring
Status monitoring
Threshold alarming

Monitoring and verification

G

Test bench
GensetPF Improvement panel
Labs
OEMs
Commercial
reference numbers

METSEDM1110 METSEDM1210 METSEDM1310 METSEDM3110 METSEDM3210 METSEDM6000HCL10NC METSEDM6200
HCCL10RS (LED)METSEDM6220HCL1
(LCD)

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

199

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering
Power & Energy Meters

A
FamilyB

PM1120H/
EM1250H

PM1130H

PM2100 LED

PM2200 LCD

PM2200R

2 (PM2130)

2 (PM2230)

2 (PM2230R)

1.0 active(0.5 optional)

1.0 active(0.5S PM2x30)
1.0 reactive

1.0 active(0.5S PM2x30)
1.0 reactive

1.0 active(0.5S PM2x30R)
1.0 reactive

2 (PM2130)

2 (PM2230)

2 (PM2230R)

Parameters
Amps: per phase & 3-ph avg
Volts: per phase & 3-ph avg
Frequency

C

Power Factor per phase &3-ph avg
W, Wh

[1]

VAR, VARh[1]

VA, VAh[1]

DI/DO (optional)
Class of Accuracy [*]D

1.0 active(0.5 optional)

Analog IO A (optional)
RS-485 Modbus RTU

E

CT Secondary I nominal

5 A or 1 A

5 A or 1 A

5 A or 1 A

5 A or 1 A

LVCT

Form Factor in mm

96x96x49

96x96x52

96x96x54

96X96X54

96X96X54

96X96X72

96X96X72

96X96X72

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

Flush/Panel

METSEPM2210
METSEPM2220
METSEPM2230

METSEPM2210R
METSEPM2220R
METSEPM2230RCL05

With IO module
Mounting

Simple energy cost management
Data aggregation
Load profile
Bill verification

F

Cost allocation

Basic network management
Panel instrumentation
Power metering
Basic harmonic monitoringG

Status monitoring
Threshold alarming

Monitoring and verification
Test bench
GensetPF Improvement panel

H

Labs
OEMs
Commercial reference
numbers(Link to product information)I

METSEPM1120HCL10RS METSEPM1130HCL05RS METSEPM2110
METSEPM1125HCL10RS METSEPM1230HCL1
METSEPM2120
METSEPM1225HCL10RS METSEPM1230HCL5LVD METSEPM2130
METSEPM1125HCL1LVD
METSEPM1225HCL1LVD
METSEEM1250HCL1[*] Refer data sheet for operating range
One power vector at a time (W/Wh or VA/VAh or VAR/ VARh in PM1120H and Three power vector in PM1125H/ PM1225H)[1] Three power three energy

J
200

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering
EasyLogic™ DM1000/3000 series

A

DM1000 series: 1-Ph V A F panel meters
DM3000 series: 3-Ph V A panel meters
The universal, user-programmable DM1000 and DM3000 series panel meters for AC circuits are ideal
replacements for analog meters. These five compact, flexible and customizable models will meet all your panel
metering requirements.

B

Basic VAF panel meters - main features• 4 digit, 15 mm height, 7 segment LED display• 1-ph & 3-ph Volt or Amps panel meters• Accuracy of 0.5% on full scale for Volt & Ammeter,
0.2% for Hz meterC• Inbuilt selector switch in 3-ph meter model• Single key for programming, navigation or as
selector switch.

D
DM1000 series digital panel meter

EasyLogic™ DM6xx0H series

E

DM6000H & DM6200H VAF PF digital panel meters in LED display
DM6220H VAF PF digital panel meters in LCD display
Introducing EasyLogicTM DM6xx0H meters that are ideal replacements for multiple analog meters for standalone metering in custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear, genset panels, motor control centres, power
factor improvement panels, and OEM panel board.

F

DM6xx0H series meters offer large 8-segment alpha-numeric LED display type, intuitive navigation with selfguided 4 buttons, bright LED’s of 14.2 mm height with 12 LEDs for indicating percentage of load in the circuit.
DM6220H meter displays measured parameters and values in elegant single row, bright back lit graphical LCD
display in 128 x 32 pixels size.

G

Applications• Cost management- Electrical installation remote monitoring- Control panels- Motor control centres- Power distribution boards- Original equipment manufacturers (OEM’s)- Building management system- Panel instrumentation- Energy management system.

H
I

Network management• Measurement of Power factor• % unbalance for voltage and current• Phase angle between the respective voltage andcurrent phase• Modbus RTU protocol, RS-485 communication port
for integration with energy management systems(DM6200H & DM6220H).

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

J
201

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power MeteringA

EasyLogic™ EM1250H
EM1250H energy meters in LCD display
The EasyLogicTM EM1250H energy meter offers all the basic energy measurement capabilities required tomonitor an electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit.

B

Characterized by their rugged construction, compact size, and low installation costs, these state-of-the-art
meters are ideal for control panels, motor control centres, and genset panels.
EasyLogic™ meters are ideal replacements for
multiple analog meters for stand-alone meteringin custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear,
genset panels, motor control centres, power factor
improvement panels and OEM panel board.

C

Application• Cost management applications- Measurement of basic electrical parametersin control panels, motor control panels, power
distribution boards, OEM’s, Building management
systems, panel instrumentation- Aggregation of energy consumption and costallocation per area, per usage, per shift and pertime within the same facility.

D• Network management applications- Measurement of Power factor- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 communication port
for integration with energy management system.

E

EasyLogic™ PM1000H series

F

The EasyLogic™ PM1000H basic power and energy meters with the optionof LCD or LED Display
Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor the electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, with 8 segment alphanumeric bright, large 14.2 mm high LED display (PM1125H) or with 128 x 32 pixels
LCD display (PM1225H) options.

G

EasyLogic™ PM1125H/PM1225H meters are ideal
replacements for multiple analog meters for stand-alone
metering in custom panels, switch boards, switch-gear,
genset panels, motor control centres, power factor
improvement panels and OEM panel board.

ApplicationH• Cost management applications- Measurement of basic electrical parametersin control panels, motor control panels, power
distribution boards, OEM’s, Building management
systems, panel instrumentation- Aggregation of energy consumption and costallocation per area, per usage, per shift and pertime within the same facility.

I• Network management applications- Power quality analysis (THD %)- Demand measurement- Measurement of Power factor- Phase angle between the voltage and current- % unbalance among voltage and current- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 communication port
for integration with energy management system.

J
202

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering
The EasyLogic™ PM1130H/ PM1230H dual/alternate source power and energy metersA

Two energy registers (Utility vs Genset, Utility vs Solar, Utility vs Wind, or a combination of any two powersources) separately records consumption for dual source energy accounting. Ideal for any installation which
requires split energy monitoring for two conditions, e.g., running and Idle. Form A relay to control the load in
the event of abnormality in the electrical circuit including excess consumption of power. The meters can beused for secondary billing application in large commercial complexes or buildings as tenant meters in custom
panels, switch boards, switchgear, genset panels, non-renewable energy panel and OEM panel board.

B

Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor the electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, PM1130H with 8 segment alpha-numeric bright, large 14.2 mm high LED display.
PM1230H meter displays measured parameters and values in elegant single row, bright back lit graphicalLCD display in 128 x 32 pixels size.

C

Application• Cost management applications- Measure basic electrical parameters in control
panels, power distribution boards, OEM’s, andBuilding management systems- Aggregate energy consumption and costallocation based on consumption from Utility vsGenset, or between any two power sources, perarea, per shift and per time within the same facility.

D• Network management applications- Power quality analysis (THD %)- Demand measurement- Measurement of Power factor- Phase angle between the voltage and current- % unbalance among voltage and current- Modbus RTU protocol RS-485 port for integration
with energy management system.

E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

203

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power MeteringA

EasyLogic™ PM2000 series
The EasyLogic™ PM2000 multi-function power and energy meter
Offering all the measurement capabilities required to monitor and electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm
unit, with LED or LCD display options.

B
C

Application
Cost management applications• Bill checking to verify that you are only charged for the energy you use• Aggregation of energy consumption, including WAGES, and cost allocation per area, per usage, per shift
or per time within the same facility• Energy cost and usage analysis per zone, per usage or per time period to optimise energy usage.
Network management applications• Metering of electrical parameters to better understand the behaviour of your electrical distribution system• Power quality analysis.
Introducing EasyLogic PM2000 series, next
generation power meter which offers all themeasurement capabilities required to monitor anelectrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit.
PM2000 meters are available in LED and LCD
display variants.

D

PM2100 series• LED display type: Intuitive navigation with selfguided, three buttons, bright red colour LEDs of
14.2 mm height. Two columns of LEDs indicate
the parameter name chosen for display.

E
LCD display

PM2200 series
LED display

F• LCD display type: Monochrome graphical LCD of
128 x 128 pixels lets users read all three phasevalues simultaneously. The bright display enables
easy reading even in extreme lighting conditionsand viewing angles, with intuitive menus,
multi-language text, icons and graphics.

Network management

G• Power Quality analysis: THD % and individual
harmonics to 15th or 31st order• Measurement of True PF and Displacement PF• Recording Min/Max values of instantaneous
parameters with date and timestamp• Optional IO modules comprising either 2 Digital
Inputs and 2 Outputs, or 2 Analog Inputs and2 Outputs, or 2 Digital Inputs and 2 Relay Outputs
for comprehensive WAGES monitoringH• Calculates % unbalance for voltage & current• Embedded 2 D/I and 2 R/O or 2 A/I and 2 A/O in
PM2125 and PM2225 meters.

I
J
204

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Functions and characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic Power Metering
EasyLogic™ PM2200R Quick Click series

A

The EasyLogic™ PM2200R multi-function power and energy meterwith Quick Click CTs
Offering the same extensive measurement capabilities of the PM2200 meters - now with the option tosignificantly reduce installation time, cost, and complexity with new plug & play, 3-in-1 Quick Click CTs.

B

Application
Cost management applications• Bill checking to verify that you are only charged for the energy you use• Aggregation of energy consumption and cost allocation per area, per usage, per shift or per time within thesame facility• Energy cost analysis per zone, per usage or per time period to optimise energy consumption.

C

Network management applications• Metering of electrical parameters to better understand the behaviour of your electrical distribution system• Power quality analysis.
Introducing the new Quick Click enabled Easylogic
PM2200R series, next generation power meter which
offers all of the measurement capabilities of thePM2200 series with the added benefit of plug & play
CT installation. For installers - time, labour, and reworksavings of over 75% compared to traditionally wired
meters with conventional CTs.

D

Applications

E• Cost management:- Electrical installation remote monitoring- Energy accounting and balancing- Tenant and sub-billingF- Panel instrumentation- Energy management.

Network management• Power quality analysis: THD % and individual
harmonics up to the 15th order (PM2200R)G• Measurement of True PF and Displacement PF• Recording Min/Max values of instantaneous
parameters with date & timestamp• Calculates % unbalance for voltage & current.

H
I
Learn more about
EasyLogic
Power Metering
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

205

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

EasyLogic PFC:
The new generation LV power
factor correction capacitors
What is power factor correction?

Compensation of reactive power/energy

In electrical networks, reactive power andharmonics result in increased line currents fora given active power transmitted to loads.
The principle of power factor correction is to
reduce the apparent Power S (kVA for a given
active Power P (kW).

An electricity bill generally includes components
relating to active and reactive power (or energy)
that has been absorbed over time.

Preliminary steps proposed to customers
include power quality audits and the installationof power monitoring systems. This will provide
comprehensive knowledge of the electricalinstallation characteristics in terms of power
factor and harmonic distortion. Compensationof reactive power/energy or harmonic mitigation
will be selected accordingly.

I

Power
generation

J

Power
generation

Active energy
Reactive energy

Active energy

Transmission
network

Transmission
network

Compensation of reactive energy is typicallyachieved by producing reactive energy close to
the consuming loads through capacitor banks
connected to the network. As a result, theenergy supplier provides active energy only.

Active energy
MotorReactive energy suppliedand billed by the energy
provider.

Motor

The reactive power is
supplied by capacitors.
No billing of reactive powerby the energy supplier.

Reactive energy

Active energy
Reactive energy

Capacitor

206

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

5 Easy Steps for Energy Efficiency

A30%

weight and size
reductionB

100 k
lifetime hours

C

30%

more continuous currentcarrying capacity

D

Easy installation
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor’s optimised design reduces product size andweight by 30%, compared to the same rating of capacitor unit of thesame class available in market. Its compact size helps to save panel
space while its lower weight improves user experience during installation.

E

The EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitor’s ergonomically designed
Clamptite terminals also make handling simple and effortless. Its uniquetermination system is designed to maintain tightness and reduce the riskof loose connections.

F

Easy reliability & safety usage

G

EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitor offers exceptional reliability,
extended life and high over-current capacity for handling slightly
harmonic polluted networks. It gives a fail-safe performance and user
confidence. EasyLogic PFC Capacitor has a three-phase design witha peripheral Pressure Sensitive Disconnection (PSD) mechanism.
Schneider Electric has implemented a very stringent quality checking
procedure to ensure consistency and reliability of the PSD mechanism.
This independent mechanical component helps to disconnect theelectricity supply automatically and has a guaranteed safe disconnection
when the capacitor reaches the end of its life.

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

207

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

A

5 Easy Steps for Energy Efficiency
100%

commitment to testing
ISO 9001, ISO 14000
and ISO 50001 quality
certified manufacturing

B

30%

C

energy wastage
reduction

D
E
F
G
H
I

Easy quality assurance
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor is manufactured in a state-of-the-art factorywith advanced testing equipment to maintain product quality.
All products are being fully tested before being sold, with seven testingstages for components and a two-stage final test, including component
and film inspection, element and CD testing.
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitors meet the highest standards tosatisfy worldwide requirements.

Easy saving
EasyLogic PFC Capacitor power correction capacitors can help toreduce up to 30% energy wastage. This consequently saves money andincreases the available power in the network. The use of EasyLogic PFC
Capacitor capacitors means electricity bill penalties are avoided andyou can save more while spending less. Capacitor usage can reduce
1,000 kg of carbon footprint in a year, making it another easy way toprotect the environment.
The compact size of EasyLogic PFC Capacitor capacitors (30% smaller
than other similar models) helps to save up to 20% power panel spaceand maximises the utility of power usage for each area.

J
208

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

5 Easy Steps for Energy EfficiencyA> Easy choice of components to optimise your solution.

B
C

This harmonic rated
range of capacitors(480 V & 525 V) is
dedicated to applications
where a high numberof non-linear loads arepresent.
These capacitors aredesigned for use withdetuned reactors todeliver a perfect balance
between performanceand cost.

PowerLogic PFC
Detuned Reactors

Capacitor Duty
Contactors

PowerLogic PFC
Controller

Schneider Electric’s
range of VarPlus
Reactors should
be associated withcapacitor banks
for Power Factor
Correction in systems
with significant nonlinear loads, generating
harmonics.

Special contactors
LC1 D•K are designed forswitching three-phase,single- or multiple-step
capacitor banks.
They comply withIEC 60070 and 60831,
NFC 54-100, VDE 0560,
UL and CSA standards.

The Varlogic controllers
permanently monitor
the reactive power ofthe installation, andcontrol the connection
and disconnection of
capacitor steps in orderto obtain the targeted
power factor.

Capacitors and reactors
are configured in aseries resonant circuit,tuned so that the series
resonant frequency
is below the lowest
harmonic frequency
present in the system.

EasyPact MCCB
The EasyPact MCCBs
acts as a overload andshort circuit protector
for individual capacitor
bank, preventing
disconnection of thebank in the eventof overload due toharmonics or otherfluctuations.
Use of MCCBs arehighly recommended forevery capacitor steps.

D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

209

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

A
B
C
D

Specifications
Construction

Extruded aluminium can

Voltage range

230 V - 525 VPower range (Three Phase)1 - 30 kvar

Peak inrush current

Up to 200 x In

Over voltage

1.1 x Un As per IEC 60831- ½

Over current

1.5 x In

Mean life expectancy

Up to 100,000 h

Discharge device

50 V / 1 min

Dielectric

Special profile Al/Zn Metalised Poly Proplyline film

Impregnation

Non-PCB Biodegradable soft resin

Ambient temperature-25°C to max 55°C

Protection

IP20 (Fast on and clamptite type)

Mounting

1- point mounting, uprightTerminals

b Double fast-on + cable < 10 kvarb CLAMPTITE ≥10 kvar to 30 kvarb STUD TYPE for more than 30 kvar

E
Green innovation
RoHS and REACH
compliant

F
G
H
I
J
210

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors

Single Phase & Three Phase

An easy choice for savings which is optimized
to deliver the performance you need.
Suitable for standard operating conditions todeliver safe and reliable performance.

Operating conditions
b For networks with insignificant non-linear loads: (NLL ≤ 10%).
b Standard voltage disturbances.
b Standard operating temperature up to 55°C.
b Normal switching frequency up to 5 000/year.
b Maximum current (including harmonics) is 1.5 x IN.

A

Technology

BConstructed internally with single-phase capacitor elements assembled in an
optimized design.
Each capacitor element is manufactured with metallized polypropylene film.
The active capacitor elements are covered in a specially formulated biodegradable,
non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin. This ensures thermal stability and heat removalfrom inside the capacitor.
The unique finger-proof CLAMPTITE termination is fully integrated with discharge
resistors. It allows suitable access to tightening and cable termination without any
loose connections.
For Lower ratings, double fast-on terminals with integrated cables are provided foreasy and faster connection, reducing the risk of terminal overheating and failure.
EasyLogic™ three phase

Safetyb Self-healing.
b Pressure-sensitive disconnector on all the phases.
b Discharge resistors fitted - non removable.
b Finger-proof CLAMPTITE terminals to reduce risk of accidental contact
and to ensure firm termination (10 to 30.3 kvar in three phase and 8.3 - 15.1 kvar insingle phase).

C
D
E

Easy installation & maintenanceb Optimized design for safety, reliability with required performance , Optimized size
to ensure easy installation and upto 20% space saving in cubicles.
b New CLAMPTITE terminals for easy of connection that maintains the terminal
tightness with IP20 protection.
b Non accessaile in-built discharge resistors to ensure safety.
b Single point/Stud for mounting and earthing.
b Simultaneous and safe disconnection of all the phases at end of life
in EasyLogic™.
b Stacked design and resin filled technology for better heat dissipation/cooling.
EasyLogic™ single phase

Benefitsb Easy installation.
b Easy for reliablity and safe usage.
b Easy for quality assurance.
b Easy choice for building your solutions with other Schneider Electric components.
b Easy choice for savings.

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

211

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC Capacitors
Single Phase & Three Phase

General characteristics

A

Standards
Voltage range

B

Frequency
Power range
Losses (dielectric)
Losses (total)
Capacitance tolerance
Voltage test
Between terminals
Between terminal& container
Impulse voltage
Discharge resistor

IEC 60831-1/2
b 230 V to 525 V in Three Phaseb 220-440 V in Single Phase
50 / 60 Hz
1 to 30.3 kvar
< 0.2 W / kvar
< 0.5 W / kvar
-5%, +10%
2.15 x UN (AC), 10 s
3 kV (AC), 10 s or
3.66 kV (AC), 2 s
8 kV
Fitted, standard discharge time 60 s

Working conditions

C

Ambient temperature
Humidity
AltitudeOvervoltage
Overcurrent
Peak inrush current
Switching operations (max.)
Mean Life expectancy
Harmonic content withstandD-25 / 55°C (Class D)
95%
2,000 m above sea level
1.1 x UN 8 h in every 24 h
Up to 1.5 x IN
200 x IN
Up to 5,000 switching operations per year
Up to 100,000 hrs
NLL ≤ 10%Installation characteristics
Mounting position

Indoor, upright

FasteningThreaded M12 stud at the bottom

Earthing

E

Terminals

F

Safety features
SafetyProtection

ConstructionGb CLAMPTITE - terminals with electric shockprotection (finger-proof) & double fast-on terminal inlower kvarb Stud type terminal:v three way stud type terminals for the ratings above
30.3 kvar in three phase capacitors (2 terminals for
single phase)v two way stud terminals for ratings above 15.1 kvar
in single phase
Self-healing + Pressure-sensitive disconnector +Discharge device
IP20 (for fast-on and clamptite)

CasingExtruded Aluminium Can

Dielectric

Metallized polypropylene film with Zn/Al alloy

Impregnation

Biodegradable, Non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin

H
I
J
212

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC+ Capacitors

Three Phase

An Easy choice for savings which is optimized
to deliver the performance you need.
Suitable for operating conditions with a few
non-linear loads to deliver safe and reliable
performance.

Operating conditions
b For networks with insignificant non-linear loads: (NLL ≤ 15%).
b Standard voltage disturbances.
b Standard operating temperature up to 55°C.
b Normal switching frequency up to 6 500/year.
b Maximum current (including harmonics) is 1.6 x IN.

A

Technology

BConstructed internally with single-phase capacitor elements assembled in an
optimized design.
Each capacitor element is manufactured with metallized polypropylene film.
The active capacitor elements are covered in a specially formulated biodegradable,
non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin. This ensures thermal stability and heat removalfrom inside the capacitor.
The unique finger proof CLAMPTITE termination is fully integrated with discharge
resistors. It allows suitable access to tightening and cable termination without any
loose connections.
For Lower ratings, double fast-on terminals with integrated cables are provided foreasy and faster connection, reducing the risk of terminal overheating and failure.
EasyLogic™ three phase

Safetyb Self-healing.
b Pressure-sensitive disconnector on all the phases.
b Discharge resistors fitted - non removable.
b Finger-proof CLAMPTITE terminals to reduce risk of accidental contact
and to ensure firm termination (10 to 25 kvar in three phase.
b Stud terminals above than 25 kvar for easy terminal connection.

C
D
E

Easy installation & maintenanceb Optimized design for safety, reliability with required performance, Optimized size
to ensure easy installation and upto 20% space saving in cubicles.
b New CLAMPTITE terminals for easy of connection that maintains the terminal
tightness with IP20 protection.
b Non accessaile in-built discharge resistors to ensure safety.
b Single point/Stud for mounting and earthing.
b Simultaneous and safe disconnection of all the phases at end of life
in EasyLogic™.
b Stacked design and resin filled technology for better heat dissipation/cooling.
EasyLogic™ single phase

Benefitsb Easy installation.
b Easy for reliablity and safe usage.
b Easy for quality assurance.
b Easy choice for building your solutions with other Schneider Electric components.
b Easy choice for savings.

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

213

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic PFC+ Capacitors
Three Phase

General characteristics

A

Standards
Voltage range
Frequency
Power range
Losses (dielectric)
Losses (total)
Capacitance tolerance
Voltage test
Between terminals
Between terminal& container
Impulse voltage
Discharge resistor

B

IEC 60831-1/2
480 V to 525 V in Three Phase
50 / 60 Hz
7.5 to 45.2 kvar
< 0.2 W / kvar
< 0.5 W / kvar
-5%, +10%
2.15 x UN (AC), 10 s
3 kV (AC), 10 s or
3.66 kV (AC), 2 s
8 kV
Fitted, standard discharge time 60 s

Working conditions
Ambient temperature
Humidity
AltitudeOvervoltage
Overcurrent
Peak inrush current
Switching operations (max.)
Mean Life expectancy
Harmonic content withstandCD-25 / 55°C (Class D)
95%
2,000 m above sea level
1.1 x UN 8 h in every 24 h
Up to 1.6 x IN
200 x IN
Up to 6,500 switching operations per year
Up to 120,000 hrs
NLL ≤ 15%

Installation characteristics
Mounting position

Indoor, upright

FasteningThreaded M12 stud at the bottom

Earthingb CLAMPTITE - terminals with electric shockprotection (finger-proof) & double fast-on terminal inlower kvarb Stud type terminal:v three way stud type terminals for the ratings above
25 kvar in three phase capacitors

Terminals

E

Safety features
SafetyF

Protection

Construction

Self-healing + Pressure-sensitive disconnector +Discharge device
IP20 (for fast-on and clamptite)

CasingExtruded Aluminium Can

Dielectric

Metallized polypropylene film with Zn/Al alloy

Impregnation

Biodegradable, Non-PCB, polyurethane soft resin

G
H
I
Learn more about
EasyLogic PFC
Capacitors
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

214

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

215

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

EasyLogic™ APF:
Multi-function Active Harmonic Filter
Reliable - Scalable - Simple
Power quality problems are one of the major causes of unscheduled
downtime, equipment malfunction, and damage. Reliability andconsistency of electricity supply are critical to businesses, from industrial
plants, medical facilities, data centers to office buildings. When power
quality is imperfect due to disturbances such as interruptions, voltage
dips or harmonic pollution, your business suffers. It is an area of growing
concern for end users due to the frequency of occurrence and financial
impact of issues: 30% to 40% of all unscheduled downtime today isrelated to power quality problems.

High performance, cost-effective solutions for stabilizing
electrical networks by providing harmonic mitigation, power
factor correction and load balancing.

J
216

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

General overview

www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF
Applications
Buildings

A
Industry

EnergySmall & Medium Commercial(non-critical application)

Small & Mid-sized industrial site(non-critical application)

Low-end(non-critical application)• Restaurant• Water & Wastewater Food

• Utilities (Low-end DSO)

• Small-Mid Healthcare• Metal, Minerals & Mining• Power Generation(Low-end)• Coffee-shop• Food & Beverage

B
CD

Functions• Phase harmonic correction• Power Factor Correction (cos ø)• Neutral harmonic correction• Mains load balancing

Higher air exhaust
ingress protection

Cable glands forease of installation

In-built EMC filter forenhanced safety

E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

217

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF

Active Harmonic Filter Offer

A
B
C
D
E
F

208 V

400 V

480 V

Standard RMS output current ratings

Wall: 50 A, 100 A
Rack: 100 A

Wall: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Rack: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Cabinet: 300 A, 450 A

Wall: 50 A, 100 A, 150 A
Rack: 100 A, 150 A

Nominal voltage

208 Vac, -15%/+25%

400 Vac, -40%/+15%

480 Vac, -20%/+10%

Nominal frequency

50/60 Hz, ±3 Hz auto sensing

Connection type

3 ph/3wire or 3 ph/4wire within the same product3 ph/3wire

Compensation type

3 ph only or 3 ph + Neutral

3 ph only

Earthing systems

TT, TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S

Network voltage distortion

THDv ≤ 15%, working
THDv > 15%, shutdown

Voltage notch limits

Notch depth: 10%, Notch area (AN): 13,667 Vμs @ 400 V as per IEEE 519-2014, Annex C

Electrical Characteristics

Technical Product Characteristics
Power electronics

3-level IGBT

Control topology

Digital harmonic FFT

Efficiency & Losses≥ 95%

Current transformer

Any ratio with 5 A secondary

Quantity of CT

2 or 3 CTS for 3-phase loads
3 CTs are required for 4-wire with neutral connected loads

CT position

Grid sense or Load sense

Control basis

Closed or Open loop

Spectrum cancellation & selection

2nd to 31st harmonic order

Modes of operation

Multi-modes simultaneously or discrete- Phase harmonic correction- Neutral harmonic correction- Power factor correction (cos φ)- Mains load balancing

Harmonic attenuation & filtering
performance

THDi ≤ 5% in closed loop control with no capacitance downstream (with load harmonic ≥ 50% unit rating)Total harmonic cancellation > 92%

Power factor correction

Leading (capacitive) or lagging (inductive)

Load balancing

Negative and zero sequence simultaneously

Protection

Thermal, over/under voltage, overcurrent, phase loss, internal short circuit, inverter bridge abnormal operation,corresponding alarm≥ 97%

Paralleling Characteristics

G

Scalability & Expandability

Up to 8 units in parallel per set of CT; any size unit combination is possible

Parallel operation options

Leader-Follower (previously called master-slave)Control & Communications

H

Control response time

100 μs typicalHarmonic correction time

≤ 2 cycles

Reactive correction time≤ 10 ms

Communications protocol

Modbus RTU

I
J
218

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF

Active Harmonic Filter Offer
208 V

400 V

480 V

Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature-10...+40 °C (full performance, continuous operation)
40...50 °C with derating

Relative humidity

0...90%, non-condensing

Operating altitude≤1500 m (full performance, continuous operation)
Derate 1% per 100 m above
Absolute max altitude: 3700 m

Ambient temperature safety

Automatic temperature roll back based upon IGBT over temperature

Contaminant Levels - operating (IEC60721-3-3)

Chemical Class 3C2, Mechanical Class 3S6
No conductive particles permitted

Shipping & Packaging

Tested in accordance with ISTA-3B requirements

A
B

Standards & Certification
Design compliance

IEC 62477-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 Class A, ISO 9001, IEEE Std 519-2014

EMC complianceElectromagnetic emission EN/IEC61000-6-4 Class A
Electromagnetic immunity EN/IEC61000-6-2 Class B

Product certification

RoHS, REACH, Green Premium

CE certified, RoHS, REACH, Green
PremiumC

RoHS, REACH, Green Premium

Mechanical & Installation Characteristics

D

Mounting configuration

Indoor; Vertical (wall mount)/Horizontal (rack mount)/Floor Standing Cabinet

Ingress protection

Wall mount: IP20 & IP31
Rack mount: IP20

PCBA protection

Conformal coating on all PCBAs. Pollution degree 2

Incoming circuit protection

none

Cable entry

Wall mount: left side entry for power
Wall mount: left side entry for power
Wall mount: left side entry for power
cables, right side entry for other cables
cables, right side entry for other cables
cables, right side entry for other cables
Rack module: rear
Rack module: rear
Rack module: rear
Floor cabinet: top

Cooling configuration

Forced ventilation.
Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A,
1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A;
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to backForced ventilation.
Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A,
1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A,
3000 m³/hr for 300 A,
4000 m³/hr for 450 A.
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to back;Floor Standing Cabinet: front to top

Forced ventilation.
Air flow: 540 m³/hr for 50 A,
1195 m³/hr for 100 A/150 A;
Wall mount: bottom to top;
Rack module: front to backNoise level≤ 65 dB(A) typicalmodule: ≤65 dB(A) typical; cabinet:≤70 dB(A) typical≤ 65 dB(A) typical

Operator interface

Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted onunit
Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit,
order separately

Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted onunit
Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit
Floor standing cabinet: 7 inch HMI
mounted on unit

Wall mount: 4.3 inch HMI mounted onunit
Rack mount: no HMI mounted on unit,
order separately

User interface options

Language: English

Wall mount: IP20 & IP31
Rack mount: IP20
Floor cabinet: IP20
Wall and Rack module: none
Floor standing cabinet: circuit breaker

Wall mount: IP20 & IP31
Rack mount: IP20

none

E
F

HMI & Service Provisions

G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

219

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

EasyLogic™ APF

Selection Table and accessories

A
B

Selection Table
EasyLogic™ APF 208 V 50/60 Hz
Current Rating (A)Commercial Reference Number

IP

Mounting Type

Cable Entry

Dimension
H x W x D (mm)

Mass (kg)50

EZAPF05024W20

IP20

wall mountTop

750 x 507 x 205

41

100

EZAPF10024W20

750 x 507 x 205

41

50

EZAPF05024W31

45

100

EZAPF10024W31

100

EZAPF10024R20

IP31

wall mountSide

960 x 600 x 230

IP20

rack mountRear

200 x 530 x 733

41

45

EasyLogic™ APF 400 V 50/60 Hz

C
D

Current Rating (A)Commercial Reference Number

IP

Mounting Type

Cable Entry

Dimension
H x W x D (mm)

Mass (kg)50

EZAPF05044W20

IP20

wall mountTop

620 x 507 x 185

28

100

EZAPF10044W20

750 x 507 x 205

41

150

EZAPF15044W20

805 x 507 x 275

55

50

EZAPF05044W31

835 x 600 x 210

32

100

EZAPF10044W31

960 x 600 x 230

45

150

EZAPF15044W31

1015 x 600 x 300

60

50

EZAPF05044R20

180 x 530 x 603

28

100

EZAPF10044R20

200 x 530 x 733

41

150

EZAPF15044R20

270 x 530 x 788

55

300

EZAPF30044F20

2000 x 1000 x 600

342

450

EZAPF45044F20

IP31

IP20

IP20

wall mountrack mountfloor standing

Side

Rear

Top

405

EasyLogic™ APF 480 V 50/60 Hz

E
F

Current Rating (A)Commercial Reference Number

IP

Mounting Type

Cable Entry

Dimension
H x W x D (mm)

Mass (kg)50

EZAPF05053W20

IP20

Wall mountTop

750 x 507 x 205

41

100

EZAPF10053W20

750 x 507 x 205

41

150

EZAPF15053W20

805 x 507 x 275

55

50

EZAPF05053W31

960 x 600 x 230

45

100

EZAPF10053W31

960 x 600 x 230

45

150

EZAPF15053W31

1015 x 600 x 300

60

100

EZAPF10053R20

200 x 530 x 733

41

150

EZAPF15053R20

270 x 530 x 788

55

IP31

IP20

Wall mount

Rack mount

Side

Rear

G Accessories
EasyLogic™ APF Accessories

H

Commercial Reference
NumberDescription

Mounting unit

Dimension
H x W x D (mm)

Mass (kg)

EZAPF070HMI

EasyLogic™ APF 7 inch HMI

For rack-mounted modules orwall-mounted modules connectedin parallel

135 x 192 x 71

1.5

I
Learn more about
EasyLogic™ APF
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

220

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-C

www.se.com

Motor control

TeSys

General overview....................................................................D-222

D

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

221

General overview

www.se.com

TeSys

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Innovativeand connected solutions
for motor starters> Control> Protect> Power> Active

I
J
222

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

General overview

www.se.com

TeSys

A
B
C
D
Start smart. Run smart. With TeSys motor controls.
Stay smart with the world's best-selling motor control solutions from the inventor of theworld's first contactor - Schneider Electric™.

E

For almost a century, TeSys motor controls have driven the industry with innovations in motor protection,
monitoring, and control.
It started with the introduction of the industry's first BAR
contactor in 1924, and today, the legacy of innovation is built
into every TeSys motor control device.
Best-in-class safety and reliability, plug-and-play architecture,and flexible functionality mean TeSys motor control solutions
can meet your requirements across a wide range ofapplications, from the most common to the most advanced.

Wherever you are and anywhere your projects cometogether, you can trust Schneider Electric and TeSys
contactors, circuit breakers, relays, and switches forunmatched reliability, complete compatibility withinternational standards, and the robust support of theSchneider Electric global supply network.

F

Start smart, run smart and stay smart with TeSys motor
controls.

G

A Century

OF INNOVATION AND LEADERSHIP
1st BARContactor

1st Enclosed 1st Modular
Motor
Contactor
Starter

TeSys D
Contactor

1st Modular
3 in 1
Motor Starter

GV3 MSPwith

TeSys D
Green

TeSys
IslandH
TeSys Giga

TeSys Deca

I
1924

1935

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

1973

2000

2004

2008

2016

2019

2021

2021

223

J

General overview

www.se.com

TeSys
Superior safety for all industries

A

TeSys motor controls come with all of the isolation, protection and emergency handling you need to comply withinternational codes. High-contrast covers identify safety-critical devices to prevent inadvertent manual operation.
Every TeSys contactor is both mechanically linked and equipped with mirror contacts for safety applications and wherever
auxiliary contact state reliability is critical.

B
C
HVAC

Conveying

GensetPumping

Ensure 24/7 availability of your
HVAC system with reliable
products that can reach highambient temperatures without
derating.

Decentralize the control cabinetof your conveyor line andbenefit from up to 80% space
reduction.

Make certain your generator
starts even in the harshest
conditions with robust TeSys
solutions.

Optimize single or multidrive boosters for industry or
infrastructure with energy andcost-effective solutions.

Packaging

Oil and Gas

Water and Wastewater

Food and Beverage

G

Keep pace with the mostdemanding, high-end packing
applications with solutions thatcan perform 30 million AC53aelectrical cycles, like TeSys H.

Keep your employees andassets safe and improve
uptime in onshore andoffshore applications: pipeline
operations: LNG and natural gas
processing: and refining andpetrochemical applications.

Optimize the treatment anddelivery of safer water byreducing energy usage andlowering operating costs.

Serve your customers withenvironmentally friendly
products to improvesustainability, efficiency, andflexibility, allowing you to adapt
to changing customer habits.

H

Online selection tool

D
E
F

EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator

I

For Direct-On-Line and Star-Delta starters, motor circuit breakers withadvanced protection, motor management relays, configurations for total
coordination, drives, and soft starters.
No matter what kind of starting method you need, our online
EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Starter Configurator will help you toquickly and easily select the optimal combination of components to ensure
maximized motor safety, protection, and uptime.

J

Scan orclick onQR code224

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

General overview

www.se.com

TeSys
Visual aspect

Ne

w

A

The design of the TeSys core offer is evolving. Circuit breakers, contactors and several
other components are now sharing a modern look giving the control panel a new andqualitative visual aspect.
Schneider Electric's identity is fully revealed by the green parts.

B
C
TeSys function names

Ne

w

D

TeSys components are grouped by function name, for easier identification.
These functions are related to motor, power, control and protection.

TeSys Power• Short-circuit protection solution

E

TeSys Control

F• Contactors and starters

TeSys Protect

G• Motor and load protection devices

TeSys Active

H• Intelligent relay and motor starters

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

225

General overview

www.se.com

TeSys

A
B
C
D
E

TeSys components full names at a glance
Old names

NEW names
TeSys Function - Component Series

TeSys Vario, mini Vario

TeSys Control - Switch-disconnectors

b TeSys DF
b TeSys LS
b TeSys GK

TeSys Power - Fuse carriersb DF typeb LS typeb GK type

TeSys GS

TeSys Power - Switch-disconnector fuses

1 - 30 kvarb TeSys GV2
b TeSys GV3
b TeSys GV4TeSys Power - Deca circuit breakers

b Frame 2b Frame 3b Frame 4

b TeSys GV5
b TeSys GV6

TeSys Power - Giga circuit breakers

b Frame 5b Frame 6

TeSys Db TeSys Control - Deca control relays
b TeSys Control - Deca contactors

TeSys LRD, LR9D

TeSys Protect - Deca overload relays

TeSys H

TeSys Control - Hybrid motor starters

TeSys U

TeSys Control - Ultra motor starters

TeSys island

TeSys Active - island motor starter

New

Complementary indications

F
G
H
I
Learn more about
TeSys
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

226

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-D

www.se.com

Variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters

Altivar 12................................................................................. E-228
Altivar ATV320......................................................................... E-233
Altivar ATV340......................................................................... E-236
Altivar 212............................................................................... E-242
Altivar ATV600......................................................................... E-248
Altivar ATV900......................................................................... E-252
Altivar soft starter ATS480....................................................... E-256
Altistart 22............................................................................... E-259
Altistart 01............................................................................... E-260

E

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

227

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Discover Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters
Improve your energy efficiency and sustainability with Altivar variable speed drives and soft
starters. Manage motor control applications up to 20 MW with products ranging from compact
products to custom-engineered solutions. Our connected devices offer built-in intelligence toimprove operational efficiency, reliability, and safety in various areas, such as industrial processes,
machines, or buildings.

Altivar Machine
Drives for efficiency, safety, reliability

H

Altivar Machine provides the most advanced automation solutions while optimising design and reducing
engineering costs for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs).

Altivar 12

Altivar ATV320

Altivar ATV340

Variable speed drives for small
machines with three-phase 240 V
0.18 to 4 kW asynchronous motor

Smart variable speed drives from
0.18 to 15 kW (0.25 to 20 Hp)

IoT-ready variable speed drives forsafety and heavy duty applications
from 0.75 to 75 kW (1 to 100 Hp)

I
J
228

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar variable speed drives and soft starters
Altivar Building

Altivar Process

Connected drives for HVAC
and pumping

Services-oriented connected drives for industry
and utilities

Efficient, compact, and connected productfor buildings that’s easy to integrate with yourbuilding management system (BMS).

Smart, connected drives from 0.75 kW to 20 MW in low and medium voltage,
with embedded services to help you optimise your business through processoptimisation, energy management improvements and asset management.

Altivar 212

Altivar ATV600

Altivar ATV900

Altivar 212 is a variable speed drives for 3-phaseasynchronous motors from 0.75 kW to 75 kW.

Variable speed drives with embedded
Services dedicated to process
Industry and Utilities for 3 phases
synchronous, asynchrous and special
motors from 0,75 kW to 2,6 MW.

Variable speed drives for demanding
applications dedicated to maximum
productivity with excellent motor
control and connectivity capabilities
from 0.75 kW to 2,6 MW.

A
B
C
D
E
F

Altivar Soft Starters
Reliable, compact, robust soft starters
Open and easy to integrate into your installation, Altivar Soft Starters is a wide and consistent line of soft starters from 0.37 to 900 kW
that make your machines last longer.

G

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Altistart 22

Altistart 01

Soft starters for Process & Infrastructures from 3 to 900 kW.
The Altivar™ Soft Starter ATS480 is the next evolution of soft starters for digitization
optimized to meet cybersecurity standard. Designed to address process andinfrastructures, ATS480 simplifies project execution and maximizes the availabilityof your applications, even in the most demanding environments. ATS480 builds
on the proven robustness and start/stop performance extending the lifetime of the
ATS48 equipment and preserving your initial investment by reusing current design.

Soft starters for pumps
and fans from 4 kW to
400 kW and 3-phaseasynchronous motors.

Soft start units and soft
start - soft stop units for
single phase or 3-phaseasynchronous motors
from 0,37 to 75 kW.

HI
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

229

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar 12

Designing technology that freesA
you from technical tasks
B

With the Altivar 12, you get greater reliability and simplicity ofoperation and save even more time for all your applications.
• The smallest drive with integrated EMC for compact machines• Ever more intuitive and user-friendly programming and menusC• Can be configured in complete safety with the power off, even in its packaging• A design that can withstand even the harshest environments• Quick and simple to set up• With no compromise on quality, and components designed to last 10 years

D
E
F
G
H
I
J

Small
> The small format
and advanced
functions of the
Altivar 12 meanthat it can easily
replace any
existing drive in its
category.

Collaborative
designWe surveyed ourcustomers andusers to determine
their needs.
The result is
the innovative
Altivar 12.

Economical

Ecological> Design: Save time by using the SoMove
software workshop> Commissioning: Quicker configuration
with the power off download function> Wiring and mounting: Quicker andeasier installation with integrated Modbus
communication.

Sturdy• New generation
long-life
components(10-year service
life under normal
operatingconditions)• Cards are coatedas standard
and resistanceto disturbed
power supplies
has been
increased towithstand harshenvironments> An average of 30% energy savings(with the Pump/Fan control profile)for the majority of applications> Less cardboard to be recycled only one box is used for bulk orders.

Easy toidentify• All theidentification
markings on the
product are ona hinged door on
the front panel• Easy
identification of
the connections

Make the most of our energy and resources

230

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine

Altivar 12

Choose peace of mindA

The Altivar 12 integrates as standard all the technologies that will makeyou forget it is there. Its design and choice of components make the
Altivar 12 an extremely efficient, reliable and durable drive.

No compromise on quality

B• Ever higher performance for your motors assured by:- The factory settings, which provide a high quality drive from the very first time
the power is turned on- The integration of Standard (U/f), Performance (sensorless flux vector control,or SVC) and Pump/Fan (quadratic profile Kn²) control profiles- High dynamic performance on acceleration as well as on braking

C- Excellent speed regulation on machine load surges• Reduced noise and maintenance:- No fan on models up to 0.75 kW at 240 V- Cassette type fan, operates automatically on detection of specific temperature
setting• Designed for easy fitting and wiring of the drive:D- A single tool
- Power terminals not tightened, ready for wiring- Easy access angles- Numerous, easy to identify markings• Fast detection and protection against the motor current peaks associated withcertain applications (motor switching, catching on the fly, etc.)

E• Perfect integration of single-phase 240 V model into the electrical network thanks
to its built-in EMC filter

F
Communicate intuitively with all
your applications
The Altivar 12 is immediately operational. It is configured using thenotched wheel or from the SoMove software workshop. The file that is
generated can be downloaded to the product even while it is still in its
packaging, using the Multi-Loader console. You save commissioning timeso that you can spend more time doing your job.

Save time on programming• A navigation button for easy menu access: you can set the parameters of yourapplication with just a few clicks• A three-level tree structure- Reference Mode: In local operation (On/Off buttons) and for speed adjustment
and display- Monitoring Mode: For displaying parameters- Configuration Mode: For configuring your applications and settings.

G

Fast

Versatile

With the MultiLoader console
you can configure
10 drives in theirpackaging is lessthan 5 minutes,
with no power
supply!

The Altivar 12
range is designed
for 120 to 240 V
power supplies.
For yourproductivity
requirements inthe most varied
applications,see the complete
Altivar® range on
our website:www.se.com

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

231

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar 12

A

IP20 or IP21 variable speed drives for asynchronous andsynchronous motors
Type of machine

Simple machines

B
C

Altivar 12

Characteristics
Power range for 50…60 Hz (kW/HP) line supply

DE

0.18…4/0.25...5Single-phase 100…120 V (kW/HP)

0.18…0.75/0.25...1

Single-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)

0.18…2.2/0.25...3

Three-phase 200…230 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)

0.18…4/0.25...5Three-phase 380…480 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 380…500 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 500…600 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 525…600 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 500…690 V (kW/HP)–

Degree of protection

IP20

Type of cooling [2]Heatsink or base plate

Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

F

0.1…400 Hz
Asynchronous motorb Standard (voltage/frequency)b Performance (sensorless flux vector control)b Pump/fan (Kn2 quadratic ratio)

Synchronous motor–

Transient overtorque150…170% of the nominal motor torque

Functions
Number of functions

G

8

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

1

Logic inputs

4

Analog outputs

1

Logic outputs

1

Relay outputs

1

Integrated

ModbusAvailable as an option–

Communication

H

40

Number of preset speeds

Cards (available as an option)–

Dialogue tools

IP54 or IP65 remote terminal

Configuration
tools

Setup software
Configuration tools

Standards and certifications

I

SoMoveSimple Loader, Multi-Loaderb IEC 61800-5-1
b IEC 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, categories C1 to C3, cat. C1 with option for ATV 212)
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, NOM, GOST

References

ATV 12[1] Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
[2] The type of cooling depends on the model.

J
232

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

Gerenal overview

Altivar Machine

Altivar ATV320

Presentation - ATV320 IP20 ProductA

The Altivar Machine ATV320 IP20 product is a variable speed drive for three-phaseasynchronous and synchronous motors from 0.18 to 15 kW.
The Altivar Machine ATV320 drive is robust, simple to commission, and easy tointegrate into different machine layouts and cabinets. It can also be integrated
into commonly used automation architectures. Altivar Machine ATV320 variable
speed drives are particularly suitable for applications involving simple industrial
machines.

B

Furthermore, Altivar Machine ATV320 embeds many practical functions so that
advanced application requirements can be covered. Altivar Machine ATV320 isdesigned to improve machine performance and increase machine availability
while reducing the total machine cost.

C
Flexible

Effective motor control

There are 2 different formats for IP20 products, book and compact:• The book format (1), 45 and 60 mm (1.77 and 2.63 in.) wide, is designed to be
mounted side-by-side to save significant space on the installation foot print.
• The compact format, 72 to 180 mm (2.83 to 7.08 in.) wide, is designed to be
integrated in compact electrical cabinets (200 mm (7.87 in.) cabinet depth orless) or mounted directly on the machine frame.

Control of both asynchronous and synchronous
motors is both simple and effective. Altivar Machine
ATV320 offers +/- 10% accuracy of motor slip in
open-loop control with asynchronous motors.

Advanced connectivity
Advanced connectivity allows the Altivar Machine ATV320 to operate in commonlyused automation architectures; CANopen and Modbus RTU communication
protocols are embedded and various communication fieldbus options are offeredbased on:• Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, EtherCAT, POWERLINK• Modbus serial link, CANopen, ProfibusDP, DeviceNet.

Functions dedicated tosynchronous motors

E

Altivar Machine ATV320 variable speed drives
integrate new functions for synchronous motors thatare suitable for the majority of commercially-available
motors.
• Simplified setting due to the reduced number ofconfiguration parameters (4 maximum)• Autotuning of the drive/motor combination• High-frequency injection for high performancein open-loop mode
As standard, Altivar Machine ATV320 drives support
to drive synchronous motor in open loop control.
This motor control law could help customer to reduceenergy consumption.
Each ATV320 drive has a corresponding synchronous
motor pre-selected in the SoMove software.
User could select and order synchronous motor
from the software easily and reduce time to design.

Robust design

F
G
H
I

Altivar Machine ATV320 variable speed drives can operate in harsh environment
conditions:• Up to 50 °C/122 °F without derating• Up to 60 °C/140 °F with derating without the need for an additional fan• The printed circuit boards are coated according to IEC 60721-3-3 class 3C3 forindustrial environments and 3S2 for solid particles.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

D

J
233

Gerenal overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV320

Advanced Variable Speed drive solution

A
B
C
D
E

The Altivar Machine ATV320 provides IP20 and IP6xvariable speed drive for three-phase synchronousand asynchronous motors in open loop control,and incorporates functions suitable for the mostcommon applications, including:• Torque and speed accuracy at very low speed,high dynamic performance with flux vector control
without sensor.
• Extended frequency range for high-speed motors.
• Parallel connection of motors and special drives
using voltage/frequency ratio.
• Static speed accuracy and energy saving for openloop synchronous motors.
The Altivar Machine ATV320 series focus on easy
integration for simple and advanced machine
requirements with proven motor control andconnectivity.
It offers enhanced automation capabilities andperformance for industrial machine applications:• Effective control of asynchronous and permanent
magnet motors• Complete integration into any system architecture(Ethernet, CANopen, Profibus, etc.)• Compact and book format for integration in a variety
of different cabinet types• Integrated safety function for compliance withfunctional safety standards• Enhanced resistance to polluted atmospheres.

By taking account of constraints on product setup
and use right from the design stage, Schneider
Electric simplifies the integration of the Altivar
Machine ATV320 drive into industrial machines.
It features more than 150 functions. It is robust,easy to install, and compliant with the Machinery
Directive 2006/42/EC.
ATV320 is fully integrated inside Schneider Electric’s
EcoStruxure Machine through DTM. PLCopencompliant libraries. EcoStruxure Machine can beused to develop, configure, and set up an entire
machine in a single software environment. Using FDT/DTM technology, it is possible to configure, control,and diagnose Altivar Machine ATV320 drives directly
in SoMachine and SoMove software by means of thesame software brick (DTM).
With seamless integration under this platform,
Altivar Machine ATV320 benefits from the advantageof shorter engineering and design times.
Optional Ethernet-based communication capability
makes it accessible to production data at any levelof automation system.

Applications

F

Altivar Machine ATV320 drives incorporate functions suitable for the most common applications, including:• Material handling• Hoisting• Packaging machines• Material working• Textile• Pumping• General machine
control.

G
H
Material handling application

Packing and packaging machines

Textile application

Hoisting application

Material working application

Pumping

I
J

234

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Machine

Altivar ATV320

Application segments
GeneralMaterial handling, packaging, textiles, hoisting, mechanical actuators,
material working
Conveyors, carton packers, gantry cranes, woodworking, metal processing,fans, etc.

SpecificA
B
C

ATV320Characteristics

Degree of protection

IP20

IP20

Power range for Single-phase 200...240V
50..60 Hz supply Three-phase 200...240V

0.18...2.2 kW/0.25... 3 HP

0.18...2.2 kW/0.25... 3 HP

0.18…15 kW/0.25…20 HP-

Three-phase 380...500V

0.37…4 kW/0.5…5 HP

0.37…15 kW/0.5…20 HP

Three-phase 525...600V

0.75…15 kW/1…20 HP-

Output frequency

0.1…599 Hz

Control type

Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

U/F ratio (2 points, 5 points, energy saving, quadratic), Flux vector control without sensor(Standard and Energy saving)
Vector control without sensor

Motor sensor

Integrated-

As an option

RS422 (speed monitoring)

Drive

D
E
F

Overload torque performance

Up to 200% Tn of over torque, and 170% tn of braking torque for open loop motor control

Integrated safety functionsb Control of asynchronous and synchronous motors; including IE2, IE3 and PM motors in open
loop
b MachineStruxure integration in SoMachineb Operation in Velocity mode and Torque control (with current limitation)b Customizable and flexible application functions with ATV Logic (up to 50 function blocks)
b Numerous application functions for targeted application segmentsb Embedded safety functions dedicated to targeted application segments
STO (up to SIL3 / PLe), SS1, SLS, SMS, GDLFunctions
Advancedfunctions

Number of preset speeds

Number of integrated I/O

3: 1 Bipolar differential ±10 V, 1 with Voltage 0...10 V and 1 with current (0-20 mA)

Digital inputs

6: 4 configurable (positive or negative logic), 1 with PTC probe input, 1x20 kHz pulse input

Analog outputs

1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)

Digital outputs

1: Configurable as sink or source

Relay outputs

2: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 1 with NO contacts

Safety function inputs

1 + 4: 1 with STO and 4 configurable for safety functions from digital inputs

Optional

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certifications

References

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

16

Analog inputs

Communication Integrated

G
H

Single port compatible with CANopen and Modbus Serial line
Ethernet IP and Modbus TCP, CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals,
PROFINET, Profibus DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet and PowerLink
Integrated Display, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software, simple loader (optional),
Multiloader (optional), and remote graphic terminal (optional)
EN 61800-5-1, EN 61800-3 (Environments 1 and 2, category C2, C3), EN 61800-5-2 up to SIL3
level, EN ISO 13849-1 up to PLe level, EN ISO 13849-2, EN 62061, EN 50495, EN 61800-9-2,
EN IEC 63000, CSA 22.2N274, EN 61000-3-2, CSA 22N4 (ATV320pppppB)e, UKCA, ATEX, UL 508C, UL61800-5-1, CSA 22.2 N274, GOST, EAC, CTICK, SIL, NOM(ATV320pppppB), KC (ATV320pppppB, ATV320pppppC)

ATV320pppppC

ATV320pppppB

235

I
J

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

Next level of automation performace

A

Altivar Machine drives offer extensive flexibility in machine applications.
Depending on customer requirements, Ethernet embedded drives areavailable up to 75 kW and Modular and Sercos drives are available up to
22 kW.

Latest innovations with
up-to-date technology

B• Modular drives from 0.75 kW to 22 kW/
1HP to 30 HP

C• Ethernet drives from 0.75 kW to 75 kW/
1HP to 100 HP• Sercos drives from 0.75 kW to 22 kW/
1HP to 30 HP

D
Advanced machine performanceE
F
G

Powerful dynamism and scalability
Altivar Machine ATV340 is a powerful drive that aims to match your machine’s
motor capabilities with maximum torque and speed performance.
With an optimized speed bandwidth up to 400 Hz, the Altivar Machine ATV340
is designed for dynamic applications that may require faster acceleration orsettling time.
• Robust enough to withstand high overloads, adaptable to the needs ofdemanding applications, it can provide up to 220% nominal torque for 2 s.

220 %Nominal torque for 2 s

1 ms

Application cycle time

• Compatible with a wide range of motors, including asynchronous (IE2, IE3)
motors, synchronous motors, and reluctance motors for various applicationsin closed[1] and open loop, to provide the adaptability and scalability yourmachine requires.
• Combination of ATV340 minimum application reaction time (1 ms task cycle)
and Ethernet or Sercos connectivity, maximizing your machine throughput.

Reduced machine design time

ra

te

il d

Your
machinee

Altivar Machine ATV340 accommodates numerous functions and features tosimplify machine design and reduces the engineering time from selection tocommissioning.
• A wealth of of interfaces, numerous I/O, multi-Ethernet protocol, Sercos protocol,
PTI/PTO, embedded encoders and multiple option interfaces offer maximum
flexibility in architecture design.
• Simple master/slave configuration, integrated application functions facilitate andfulfill application performance for hoisting, material handling, material working,and packaging machine segments.

Op

I

Simplified machine engineering

De
s

ve
ro

n
ig

H

Im
p

Altivar Machine ATV340 drives will help reduce your engineering time at every
stage of the process to speed up machine activation and operation.

Bu

Reduced machine design time helps increase
operation efficiency

J[1] Not supported by Sercos drives.

236

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine

Altivar ATV340

Sustained machine operationA

Robust design for long-lasting operation and reliable service
ATV340 has been designed to meet the needs of applications for harshenvironments such as vibration, shock and non-conductive dust, and where hightemperature resistance up to 60 °C/140 °F is needed.

B

Help to protect people and assets while providing continuityof service
Compliant with machine safety and cybersecurity standards, Altivar Machine
ATV340 drives offer an embedded solution that can form part of your enduring
protection system for your people and assets.
• Compliant with machine-related safety standards EN ISO 13849-1 and EN 62061• Achilles Level 2 certification against cyber attacks

Achilles™ Level 2 certified

C

Fast machine recovery
The Altivar Machine 340 keeps your machine up and running with minimal
downtime due to features that include:• Fast Device Replacement (FDR) service: With the MachineStruxure architecture
in place, device replacement takes just two simple steps by the service
technician. Firstly, the pluggable connectors mean a new drive can be fitted inless than 3 minutes, then the drive configuration can be downloaded from the
PLC in a single action.
• Data logging and monitoring by the local system or remote monitoring via theembedded Web server give users access to any motor or application-relevant
data anytime, anywhere. This information can be used for predictive maintenanceand to avoid breakdowns.

Cybersecurity foryour assets

D
E

Communication protocol efficiency
Smart design makes the Modicon M262 the IIoT- ready controller for Logic
and Motion machines.
• It offers a real-time automation fieldbus with Sercos for fast motion control, Safetyfunctions, and openess to other devices.
• One cable simplifies the architecture and fieldbus wiring, allowing EtherNet/IP
and Sercos devices to be managed on the same cable.
Modicon M262 Motion
controller, optimized local
I/O with Modicon TM3

Modicon TM5 Safety logic controller, Modicon TM5 Sercos interface
module, Modicon TM5 Safety I/O, Modicon TM7 Safety I/O

Optimized I/O with Modicon TM3: Distributed
I/O on Ethernet with TM3 bus coupler

F
G
H

Sercos/EtherNet/IP (up to 6 devices)I

Lexium LXM32SPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

Altivar Machine ATV340S

TeSys Island: connected load management system

Performance I/O with Modicon
TM5: Distributed I/O on Ethernetwith TM5 interface module

237

JGeneral overview

www.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340

A

Applications
Altivar Machine ATV340 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:• Packaging• Consumer packaged
goods machinery• Material working• Material handling• Hoisting• Textiles• Pumping• General machine
control

B
C
D

Packing and packaging machines

Consumer packaged goods machinery

Material working

Material handling

Hoisting

Textile application

Pumping

General machine control

E
F
G
H
I
J
238

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

239

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Machine
Altivar ATV340
Application segments

A

GeneralSpecific

Packaging, material handling, material working, hoisting
Palletizers, shrink wrapping machines, cardboard box folding machines,
standard cranes, automatic storage systems, grouping conveyors, slitters, etc.

B
C
Characteristics

D

Degree of protection
Power range for Single-phase 200...240 V
50..60 Hz supplyThree-phase 200...240 V

Drive

E

IP20

IP20

–

Three-phase 380...480 V
Three-phase 380...500 V
Three-phase 525...600 V
Output frequency
Control type Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP
0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP––
0.1…599 Hz
Voltage vector control without sensor, current vector control with sensor, U/F 5 points, energy saving mode
Open-loop synchronous motor control (with and without stall monitoring), closed-loop synchronous motor control, sync

Motor sensor Integrated
Available as an option
Overload torque performance

RS422 incremental, Sincos
Digital (RS422 incremental, EnDat2.2, SSI), analog (sin/cos 1Vpp), resolver
Up to 220% Tn in open loop or closed loop control

Integrated Safety functions
Number of preset speeds
Analog inputs

b Control of asynchronous, synchronous, special motors including all efficiency classes, PM motors, torque motors, cb Advanced MachineStruxure integration in EcoStruxure Machine Expert
b Operation in Velocity mode, Torque modeb Possibility of adding additional I/O or optional encoder feedback modules
b Numerous application functions for targeted application segmentsb Very dynamic motor control performance (up to 400 Hz speed bandwidth) and cyclic application task (1 ms)
b Possibility of Master/Slave daisy chain through PTO/ PTI
b Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual po–b Via integrated Web server continuous and real-tim
b Master/Slave drive-to-drive link via Ethernet
STO SIL3/PLe with dual input
16
2: 1 configurable input (voltage/current/thermal probe) and 1 bipolar differential input ±10 V c

Digital inputs

5 + 2: 5 configurable inputs (positive or negative logic) and 2 that can be configured as digital input or output

Analog outputs
Digital outputs 3,8
Relay outputs
Safety function inputs
Additional I/O modules
Safety modules

1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA)
2: Assignable
2: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 1 with NO contacts
2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety function
Extended I/O module and/or extended relay module
Safety Module Advanced

Functions

F

Advancedfunctions

G
Number ofintegrated I/O

H

Optional
modules
Communication Integrated

I

Optional

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certifications

J

References

240

Safety Module Advanced or CIP Safety module

2 ports for Modbus serial line
Dual port for EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP, 2 ports f
CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals,–
PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, and
POWERLINK
Status display LEDs, display terminal (optional), DTM (Device
Status display LEDs, embedded Web server, displa
Type Manager), SoMove software, EcoStruxure Machine Expert Expert software
software
UL508C/UL61800-5-1, EN/IEC 61800-3, Environment 1 category C2, EN/IEC 61800-3, Environment 2 category C3, E, UL, CSA, TÜV Rheinland, Green Premium, RoHS EU, China

ATV340pppN4

ATV340pppN4E

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

A
B
C
IP20

IP20

30…75 kW/40…100 HP

0.75…22 kW/1…30 HP

chronous reluctance motor control

Up to 180% Tn in open or closed loop control

D

Open-loop synchronous motor control (with and without stall monitoring),
synchronous reluctance motor control

E

Up to 220% Tn in open loop or closed loop control

conical sliding rotor, reluctanceFort, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)
me application data with customizable dashboards–
3: Configurable as voltage (0...±10 V c) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including 2: 1 configurable input (voltage/current/thermal probe) and 1 bipolar differential input
2 for probes (PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84)±10 V c8: Configurable inputs (positive or negative logic)
5 + 2: 5 configurable inputs (positive or negative logic) and 2 that can be configured
as digital input or output
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA)
1: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V c) or current (x...20 mA)
1: Assignable
2: Assignable
3: 1 with NO/NC and 2 with NO contacts
2: 1 with NO/NC and 1 with NO contacts
2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety function
2: STO_A\, STO_B\ for STO Safety functionG
H–

for Modbus serial line
CANopen RJ45 Daisy Chain, Sub-D, and screw terminals, PROFINET,PROFIBUS DP V1, EtherCAT, DeviceNet, and POWERLINK

Dual port for Sercos, 2 ports for Modbus serial line–

ay terminal (optional), DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software, EcoStruxure Machine

Status display LEDs, display terminal (optional), SoMove software used with DTM
over Modbus Serial line, EcoStruxure Machine Expert softwareI

EN/IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 60721-3-3, classes 3C3 and 3S3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1, Green Premium, Reach/RoHS

ATV340pppN4SPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

J
241

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

PresentationA

The Altivar 212 drive is a frequency inverter for 0.75 kW to 75 kW three-phaseasynchronous motors.
It has been designed for the most common fluid management applications(HVAC “Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning”) in buildings the service sector:• Ventilation• Heating and air conditioning

B• PumpingIts design is based on eco-energy with a reduction in energy consumption of
up to 70% compared to a conventional control system.
It is eco-friendly and complies with directives such as RoHS, WEEE, etc.relating
to environmental protection.

C

The Altivar 212 is operational from the moment the power is turned on; it can beused to achieve your building's maximum energy efficiency (see the “Energy gain”
curve on the previous pages).

Optimisation of building management

D

The Altivar 212 drive has been designed to considerably improve building
management by:• Simplifying circuits by removing flow control valves and dampers,• Offering flexibility and ease of adjustment for installations, thanks to its
compatibility with building management system connectivity• Reducing noise pollution (noise caused by air flow and motor)E

Its various standard versions make it possible to reduce installation costs byintegrating EMC filters, categories C1 to C3 depending on the model, which has
the following advantages:• More compact size
• Simplified wiring, thus reduced cost

Ventilation application

The Altivar 212 offer helps to reduce equipment costs while optimizing its
performance.

F

Compliance with international standards and certifications
The Altivar 212 offer has been designed to conform to the strictest international
standards and in accordance with recommendations relating to electrical industrial
control devices, including the Low Voltage Directive and IEC/EN 61800-5-1.

G

It takes into account observing requirements in respect of electromagnetic
compatibility and conforms to international standard IEC/EN 61800-3 (immunityand conducted and radiated EMC emissions).
Air conditioning application

The range is UL, CSA, C-Tick and NOM certified.

H

Flexible communication adapted to building management
The Altivar 212 drive can easily be adapted to all building management systems
thanks to its numerous functions and communication protocols integrated as
standard: Modbus, METASYS N2®, APOGEE FLN P1® and BACnet®.

I
J

The entire range has obtained e marking according to the European Low Voltage(2006/95/EC) and EMC (2004/108/EC) Directives.

With protocols offered as standard and the LonWorks® communication cardoffered as an option, the Altivar 212 drive is optimized for the building market(HVAC).

Quick and easy dialogue to make your installations easier to use
Pumping application

242

Numerous dialogue and configuration tools are also included in the Altivar 212
offer, making running installations quick, easy and cost-effective.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Building

Altivar 212

Orientated towards performance,
intelligence and building protection

A

Dedicated HVAC[1] variable speed drive for pumps,
fans and compressors.
For 0.75 to 75kW - 1 to 100 hp motors.

B

Focused on Building Management Systems (BMS)C• Easy integration to building supervision network using embedded protocols.
• Instant detection of system failure: belt breakage, pump running dry, phase
failure, etc.
• Preventive maintenance for reducing costs: fault alert, operating time, etc.
• Energy consumption monitoring.

D

Focused on user-friendliness• Easy set-up, commissioning and diagnostics tools: remote graphic terminal (6languages as standard), Multi-Loader, PC Software, Bluetooth capability andSoMove Mobile software.
• Compact size for better integration.

E

Focused on cost savings• Reduced investment costs (embedded functionalities).
• Quick return on investment (energy saving).

F

Focused on protection & efficiency• Continuity of service.
• Functions designed for buildings: fire mode, damper monitoring, mechanicalprotection, etc.
• ntegrated EMC filter.
• Antiharmonic technology (THDI ≈ 30%).

G

30%Full Speed(50 Hz)

H

48%

HVAC
Regulation
speed(30Hz)

40%

40%
0%

40%

90%
THDI
100%

I

Altivar 212 antiharmonic technology
Drives with integrated DC chokeJ[1] HVAC: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

243

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

AB

A single productVentilation

Heating andair conditioning

Air cooling unit

Condensation unit

Air Handling Unit

Roof Top Unit: ventilation block

ComfortPerformance• Reduce noise pollution (air flow, motor, etc.).

• Optimise control when processing fluids.
• Use of PID regulator (temperature, flow rate,pressure, etc.).

C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Security• Detection of belt breakage.
• Smoke extraction: forced operation with fault
inhibition.

Cost savings• Flow rates adjustment for better energy
management.
• Energy saving mode.

Simplicity• Automatic restart.
• Damper management.
• Preset speeds for a simple automatic control
sequence.

J

Robustness• Suppression of mechanical resonance.

Building management system• Connection to building supervision network.

244

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Building

Altivar 212

Save up to 70% on your energy bill!

A

Whatever the fluid (air, water), the Altivar 212 makes yourbuildings more comfortable, easier to manage and,at the same time, saves energy.

B

ECO2.0 for HVAC
Estimate energy savings on your pump and fan applications
ECO2.0 a free, multi-platform software to estimate energy savings and the payback
period for an Altivar variable speed drive[1] installation.
• Easy and fast access to energy and CO2 information.
• Customization with your own application motor data.
• Direct access to your drives-related technical information.
• Send and receive your project report by email.
• Decision-making support to identify the optimal Energy Efficient solution.
• Available for PC, tablet or smartphone online and offline as free download.

CD[1] Altivar 212, Altivar 61 and Altivar 61 Plus – from 0.37 to 2400 kW.

Power consumption (%)

E

100
80
- 50 %
60

F

80 %

40

20

30%
0

20

40

60

80

100
Fluid flow (%)

Illustrative curves only (not contractual)G

average reduction inenergy consumption
by using the control
mode dedicated topumps and fans.

H

Traditional control system
Altivar 212 standard torque ratio
Altivar 212 energy savings quadratic torque ratioI

At 80% flow rate, the energy consumption drops 50%.
Using the Altivar 212, energy consumption is reduced on average by 30% whenusing the control mode dedicated to pumps and fans.

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

245

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Building
Altivar 212

A

IP20 or IP21 variable speed drives for asynchronous andsynchronous motors
Type of machine

Pumps and fans(building (HVAC))[1]BC

Altivar 212

Characteristics
Power range for 50…60 Hz (kW/HP) line supplyDE

0.75…75/1...100

Single-phase 100…120 V (kW/HP)–

Single-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 200…230 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)

0.75…30/1...40

Three-phase 380…480 V (kW/HP)

0.75…75/1...100

Three-phase 380…500 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 500…600 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 525…600 V (kW/HP)–

Three-phase 500…690 V (kW/HP)–

Degree of protection

IP21

Type of cooling [2]Heatsink

Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

F

0.5…200 Hz
Asynchronous motorb Sensorless flux vector control
b Voltage/frequency ratio (2 points)b Energy saving ratio

Synchronous motor–

Transient overtorque

120% of the nominal motor torque

Functions
Number of functions

G
H

50

Number of preset speeds

7

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2

Logic inputs

3

Analog outputs

1

Logic outputs–

Communication

Relay outputs

2

Integrated

Modbus, METASYS N2, APOGEE FLN, BACnet

Available as an option

LonWorks

Cards (available as an option)
Dialogue tools
Configuration
tools

I

IP54 or IP65 remote graphic display terminal
Setup software
Configuration tools

Standards and certifications

PCSoft for ATV 212
Multi-Loaderb IEC 61800-5-1
b IEC 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, categories C1 to C3, cat. C1 with option for ATV 212)b EN 55011: Group 1, class A and class B with option card.
b CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, NOM

ReferencesJ–

ATV 212[1] Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
[2] The type of cooling depends on the model.

246

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

247

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Process

A

Altivar Process drives are specifically designed to meet the requirements offollowing market segments:• Water & wastewater• Oil & gas• Mining, minerals & metals• Consumer packaged goods (CPG)

B
C

Altivar Process range

EcoStruxure Plant™ integration

EcoStruxure Foxboro DCS process automation system

The association of Altivar Process services with Schneider Electric process
automation control systems like EcoStruxture Foxboro DCS (for process systems)
or EcoStruxure Hybrid DCS (for hybrid systems) offers a high-performance, global
automation and motor control solution with optimized total cost of ownership(TCO).

D
Mesh Control Network

The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, withimproved maintenance support to reduce downtime and helps to ensure operation
continuity.

Ethernet
Serial link

E
F

It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process
and control energy efficiency.

Valve

Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.

Pump

Altivar Process Drive Systems and drives

Altivar Process in EcoStruxure Foxboro
DCS architecture

Applications

G

Altivar Machine ATV600 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:

H
Water & wastewater

Oil & gas

Mining, minerals & metals

I
J
Consumer packaged goods (CPG)

248

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Business optimization

A

Optimum monitoring of your process• Instant reaction if pump efficiency drops thanks to embedded pump monitoring• Notification of critical operating points without additional sensors• Process integration with pressure, flow, and level control including compensationof flow losses.

B

Pump monitoring display

C• Up to 30% energy saving when on standby due to the innovative ‘‘stop & go’’operation without additional costs• Smart control of the internal fans depending on operation• Optimum energy efficiency over the whole lifecycle• Data logging and graphic display of the power consumption.

STOP

GO

Ready

Operating

Energy consumption

Energy-saving drive solution

Energy saved“Stop & go”

DEt‘‘Stop & go’’ function

Real-time intelligenceF

Web server and services via Ethernet
Configure your Altivar drive with the
EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator• Embedded Web server interface based on the Ethernet network gives you
process monitoring with your daily working tools.
• Local and remote access to energy use and customized dashboards means
your energy is visible anywhere, any time, on PC, tablet, or smartphone.

G

User-friendliness
Simple integration in PLC environments• Easy integration thanks to standardized FDT/DTM and ODVA technology• Supported by predefined EcoStruxure Control Expert libraries• Easy access via PC, tablet, or smartphone• Robust connection via Ethernet.

H

Sophisticated service concept

I• Modular design provides easy spare parts logistics• Optimized maintenance costs due to dynamic maintenance schedule, withintegrated monitoring of individual components• Simple exchange of power modules and fans
• Quick assistance with dynamic QR codes and Customer Care app.

Scanning the QR codefrom a smartphoneor tablet
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

J

Instant access to online
help

249

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600
Market segments

A

Water & wastewater, oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer
packaged goods (CPG)

B
C
Characteristics

D

Mounting type
Degree of protection
Power range
for 50...60 Hz line
supplyDrive

E

Three-phase: 200...240 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase: 380...440 V (kW)Three-phase: 380...480 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase: 500...690 V (kW/HP)
Output frequency
Control type Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Functions

Advanced functions

F
G
H
I

Number of integrated
I/O

Extended I/O module(optional)
Extended relay
module (optional)
Communication

Integrated safety function
Number of preset speeds
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Analog outputs
Relay outputs
Safety function inputs
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Relay outputs
Integrated
Option modules

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certifications

References

J

Wall mounting
IP20 and IP21/UL Type 1
0.75...75/1...100–
0.75...315/1...500
1.5...75/2...100
0.1...500 Hz
Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode
PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motorb Accurate measurement for monitoring system energy consumption (deviation < 5%)b Installation energy drift detectionb Embedded Ethernet with direct access to system configuration and monitoringb Integration of actual pump curves to optimize the system operating pointb Optimized pump monitoring based on actual operating pointb Sensorless estimated flow rateb Measurements expressed in working units (e.g. m³/h, kWh/m³)
b Limitation of overvoltage at the motor terminalsb Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR codeb Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboardsb Predictive and preventive maintenance tracking functions (e.g. temperature with
PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring)
1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
16
3: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), 2 of them including probes(PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84)
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
2: For safety function STO
2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), or for PTC,
PT100, or PT1000, 2- or 3-wire probe
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Assignable
3: NO contacts
Modbus/TCP, Modbus serial link
EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP dual port, ProfiNet, CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, andscrew terminal block, Profibus DP V1, DeviceNet, and BACnet MS/TP
Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
UL 508C and UL61800-5-1[1], EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 1 category C2,
EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 2 category C3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508[2], ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21, SEMI F47-0706

ATV630ppppp[1] Evaluated UL standards may differ per drive reference. Please refer to our website for more details.
[2] For marine product certificate, please contact your Schneider Electric representative.

250

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV600

Market segments
Water & wastewater, oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged
goods (CPG)A
B
C

Characteristics

Mounting type
Drive type
Degree of protection
Three phase: 380…480 V (kW/HP)
Power range
for 50...60 Hz line Three-phase: 400 V (kW)Three-phase: 440 V (kW)supplyDrive

Three-phase: 480 V (HP)Three-phase: 500 (kW)Three-phase: 600 (HP)Three-phase: 690 (kW)Output frequency
Control type Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

Cabinet integration
Drive products for cabinet integration
IP20
0.75...90/1...120
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.1...500 Hz
Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode
PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor

D
E

Functions
Advancedfunctions

Number ofintegrated I/OExtended I/O
module (optional)

Integrated safety function
Number of preset speeds
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital output
Analog outputs
Relay outputs
Safety function inputs
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Relay outputs

Extended relay
module (optional)
Integrated
Communication

Including all the advanced features of ATV600 drives:b Accurate measurement for monitoring system energy consumption (deviation < 5%)b Installation energy drift detectionb Embedded Ethernet with direct access to system configuration and monitoringb Integration of actual pump curves to optimize the system operating pointb Optimized pump monitoring based on actual operating pointb Sensorless estimated flow rateb Measurements expressed in working units (e.g. m³/h, kWh/m³)
b Limitation of overvoltage at the motor terminalsb Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR codeb Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboardsb Predictive and preventive maintenance tracking functions (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000
probe, fan monitoring)b Easy setting of drive identification for Altivar Process Modular drives
1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
16
3: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), 2 of them including probes(PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84)
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)–
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
2: For safety function STO
2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as voltage (0...±10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20mA), or for PTC, PT100, or PT1000 2- or 3-wire probes
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Assignable
3: NO contacts

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certifications

Modbus/TCP, Modbus serial link
Ethernet/IP, Modbus TCP and MD-Link dual port, CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw
terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1, DeviceNet, BACnet MS/TP, POWERLINK
Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove software
86/188/EEC, IEC 61000-4-2, IEC 61000-4-3, IEC 61000-4-4,
IEC 61000-4-5, IEC 61000-4-6, EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1,
TÜV certification, e marking, ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21

References

ATV630pppN4Z

Option modules

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

251

F
G
H
I
J

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Process automation

A

Altivar Process drives are specifically designed to meet the requirements of thefollowing market segments:• Oil & gas• Mining, minerals & metals• Consumer packaged goods (CPG)• Water & wastewater

B
C

The Altivar Process 900 series is focused on maximum productivity withexceptional motor control and connectivity.
It offers special functions for industrial process segments:• Excellent motor performance on any type of motor• Total control of any kind of coupling in master/slave applications• Network services to help ensure operation continuity even in case of connection
breakdown• Web server and data logging to help reduce downtime through rapid
troubleshooting and preventive maintenance

Altivar Process range
EcoStruxure Foxboro DCS process automation system

EcoStruxure Plant™ integration

D

The association of Altivar Process services with Schneider Electric process
automation control systems like EcoStruxture Foxboro DCS (for process systems)
or EcoStruxure Hybrid DCS (for hybrid systems) offers a high-performance, global
automation and motor control solution with optimized total cost of ownership(TCO).

Mesh Control Network

Ethernet
Serial link

E
F

The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, withimproved maintenance support to help reduce downtime and ensure operation
continuity.

Valve

It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process
and control energy efficiency.

Pump

Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.

Altivar Process Drive Systems and drives

Altivar Process in EcoStruxure Foxboro
DCS architecture

Applications

G

Altivar Machine ATV600 drives embed functions for high-performance machine requirements in the following applications:

H
Water & wastewater

Oil & gas

Mining, minerals & metals

I
J
Consumer packaged goods (CPG)252

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Process efficiency

A

Motor performance and connectivity• Excellent motor performance on any type of motor• Ethernet dual port offers maximum services such as connection to the control
room and process transparency• Network service helps ensure operation continuity even in case of connection
breakdown• Web server and data logging help reduce downtime through fast troubleshooting
and preventive maintenance.

Torque Vs Speed display

Complete control of your applications• Maximize your application performance by using drive-to-drive communication:
total control of any kind of coupling in master/slave applications• Total management and flexibility of speed and torque on rigid and elastic
coupling• Asset monitoring functions to increase production and reduce downtime.

B
C
D

Real-time intelligence
Web server and services via Ethernet
Configure your Altivar drive with the
EcoStruxure™ Motor Control Configurator• Embedded Web server interface based on the Ethernet network gives you
process monitoring with your daily working tools.
• Local and remote access to energy use and customized dashboards means
your energy is visible anywhere, any time, on PC, tablet, or smartphone.

E

User-friendliness
Simple integration in PLC environments

F• Easy integration thanks to standardized FDT/DTM and ODVA technology• Supported by predefined EcoStruxure Control Expert libraries• Easy access via PC, tablet, or smartphone• Robust connection via Ethernet.

G

Sophisticated service concept• Modular design provides easy spare parts logistics• Optimized maintenance costs due to dynamic maintenance schedule, withintegrated monitoring of individual components• Simple exchange of power modules and fans
• Quick assistance with dynamic QR codes and Customer Care App.

Scanning the QR codefrom a smartphoneor tablet

H

Instant access to online
help

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

253

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900
Market segments

Oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged goods (CPG),
water & wastewater

A
B
C
D

Characteristics

Mounting type
Degree of protection

Wall-mounting
IP20 and IP21/UL Type 1

Three-phase: 200...240 V (kW/HP)
Power range for50...60 Hz line supply[1] Three-phase: 380...440 V (kW)0.75...45/1...60
30...75/40...100––
0.75..220/1...350
55...315/75...500
1.5...75/2...100–
0.1...599 Hz
Standard constant torque, optimized torque mode
PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor

Drive

Three-phase: 380...480 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase: 500...690 V (kW/HP)
Output frequency
Control type Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

IP21/UL Type 1 without braking unit

Functions

E

Functions

Advanced functions

F
G
H
I

v Torque sharing on rigid couplingv Torque sharing on elastic coupling

Number of integrated
I/O

Extended I/O module(optional)
Extended relay
module (optional)
Communication

Integrated safety function
Number of preset speeds
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital output
Analog outputs
Relay outputs
Safety fu nction inputs
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Relay outputs
Integrated
Option modules

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certificationsJb High-performance motor control with an overload torque up to 180% Tn in an open or closed
loop
b Asynchronous, synchronous, special motors: all efficiency classes, brand independent,
permanent magnet motors, torque motors, conical sliding rotor, reluctance motorb Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual port, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)b Smart integration in PlantStruxure and Foxboro Evo process automation systemsb Optimized energy efficiency, detection of energy consumption drift of the installationb Adaptation to the process by dedicated functions with modular designb Embedded safety functions STO SIL3
b Master/slave and load sharing with drive-to-drive capability:

Referencesb Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR codeb Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboardsb Predictive maintenance (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring, etc.)
1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
16
3: 2 configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including probes (PTC,
PT100, PT1000, or KTY84), and 1 configurable as (0...±10 V)
8: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
1: Assignable can be used as pulse train output (PTO)
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
2: For safety function STO
2 differential analog inputs configurable via software as current (0-20 mA/ 4-20 mA), or for
PTC, PT100 or PT1000, 2 or 3-wire probes
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Assignable
3: NO contacts
EtherNet/IP and Modbus/TCP dual port, Modbus serial link
CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP
V1, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, and POWERLINK
Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
UL 508C and UL61800-5-1[2], EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 1 category C2,
EN/IEC 61800-3 environment 2 category C3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508 (3), IEC 13849-1, REACH, SEMI F47-0706, ATEX
2/22, ATEX 1/21

ATV930ppppp

ATV930pppppC[1] In “Normal duty”, power values are given for applications requiring a slight overload (up to 120%). For power values in “Heavy duty” applications requiring asignificant overload (up to 150%), see page 60852/2.
[2] Evaluated UL standards may differ per drive reference. Please refer to our website for more details.
[3] For marine product certificate please contact your Schneider Electric representative.

254

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

Selection guidewww.se.com

Altivar Process
Altivar ATV900

Market segments
Oil & gas, mining, minerals & metals, consumer packaged goods (CPG),
water & wastewater

A
B
C

Characteristics

Mounting type
Drive type
Degree of protection
Power range
for 50...60 Hz line
supplyDriveFunctions
FunctionsCabinet integration
Drive products for cabinet integration
IP20
Three phase: 380…480 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase: 400 V (kW)Three-phase: 440 V (kW)Three-phase: 480 V (HP)Three-phase: 500 (kW)Three-phase: 600 (HP)Three-phase: 690 (kW)Output frequency
Control type Asynchronous motor
Synchronous motor

0.75...90/1...120
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.1...599 Hz
Standard constant torque, variable standard torque, optimized torque mode
PM (permanent magnet) motor, synchronous reluctance motor

Advanced functions

Including all the advanced features of ATV900 drives:b High-performance motor control with an overload torque up to 180% Tn in an open or
closed loopb Asynchronous, synchronous, special motors: all efficiency classes, brand independent,
permanent magnet motors, torque motors, conical sliding rotor, reluctance motorb Integrated EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP dual port, cybersecurity (Achilles Level 2)b Smart integration in PlantStruxure and Foxboro Evo process automation systemsb Optimized energy efficiency, detection of energy consumption drift of the installationb Adaptation to the process by dedicated functions with modular designb Embedded safety functions STO SIL3
b Master/slave and load sharing with drive-to-drive capability:

DE
F

v Torque sharing on rigid couplingv Torque sharing on elastic coupling

Number of integrated
I/O

Extended I/O module(optional)
Extended relay
module (optional)
Communication

G

Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Relay outputs

b Contextual access to technical documentation through dynamic QR codeb Continuous and historical real-time measurements with customizable dashboardsb Predictive maintenance (e.g. temperature with PT100/1000 probe, fan monitoring, etc.)
b Easy setting of drive identification
1: STO (Safe Torque Off) SIL3
16
3: 2 configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), including probes(PTC, PT100, PT1000, or KTY84), and 1 configurable as voltage (0...±10 V)
8: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
1: Assignable, can be used as PTO (pulse train output)
2: Configurable as voltage (0...10 V) or current (0-20 mA)
3: 1 with NO/NC contacts and 2 with NO contacts
2: For safety function STO
2 differential analog inputs configurable via software current (0-20 mA/4-20 mA), or for
PTC, PT100, or PT1000 2- or 3-wire probes
6: Voltage 24 V c (positive or negative logic)
2: Assignable
3: NO contacts

Integrated

EtherNet/IP, Modbus/TCP dual port, Modbus serial link

Option modules

CANopen RJ45 daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP
V1, DeviceNet, EtherCAT, and POWERLINK
Graphic display terminal, embedded Web server, DTM (Device Type Manager), SoMove
software
86/188/EEC, IEC 61000-4-2, IEC 61000-4-3, IEC 61000-4-4,
IEC 61000-4-5, IEC 61000-4-6, EN/IEC 61800-3, EN/IEC 61800-5-1,
IEC 61000-3-12, IEC 60721-3, IEC 61508, IEC 13849-1,
TÜV certification, e marking, ATEX 2/22, ATEX 1/21

Integrated safety function
Number of preset speeds
Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Digital output
Analog outputs
Relay outputs
Safety function inputs
Analog inputs

Configuration and runtime tools
Standards and certifications

References
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

H
I

ATV930pppN4Z

255

J

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Soft starters for asynchronous motors
Presentation

A

Enables a secure and digital area
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is the new range of soft starters from Schneider Electric
designed to digitize the entire life cycle. Powered digitally by EcoStruxure, ATS480
increases efficiency from selection to maintenance.
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 had been designed to:• Respect cybersecurity requirements and usages according to the IEC 62443
standard• Meet the requirements of the most stringent applications in normal and heavy
duty• Cover the operational voltage range from 208 to 690 V in a single product range
up to 1200 A.

B
C

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 range

D

Extending the service life of ATS48 equipment
Easy replacement of ATS48 by ATS480• Same footprint and fixings• Same I/O• Same parameters• Same application behavior• Keep the same devices, such as circuit breaker and contactors• Transfer an ATS48 configuration to the ATS480 using SoMove Converter.
Make way for evolution• Connection to the main fieldbuses on the market- Modbus TCP- EtherNet/IP- CANopen- PROFINET- PROFIBUS DP- Modbus serial• Firmware update of the product and options- Single update: point-to-point- Mass update: multi-point• Reinforced robustness- Conformal coating of printed circuit board- Compliance with IEC/EN 60721-3-3 Class 3C3- Combination with TeSys Deca and Giga

E
F
G

Reducing engineering time and cost
With EcoStruxure tools, integrated automation system, and ATS480 Device TypeManager, the engineering time is drastically reduced all along the process fromselection to project execution.
• It takes just two minutes to select the complete soft starter solution with
EcoStruxure Motor Control Configurator: no need to be an expert• Optimization of the power architecture with EcoStruxure Motor Management
Design- Analysis of different solutions- Selection of the preferred devices according to the architecture• Definition of the architecture and detailed design with EcoStruxure Plant Builder
including the Bill of Material and quotation

H
I• With ATS480 DTM, associated derived function block (DFB), and faceplate:- Quickly write the PLC program in EcoStruxure Control Expert- Integrate ready-to-use faceplate in AVEVA System Platform- Adapt and modify parameters without stopping the installation- Set, monitor, and diagnose from the engineering station- DFB and faceplate available in General Purpose libraries• Mass firmware update with EcoStruxure Automation Device MaintenanceJ
256

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Soft starters for asynchronous motors
Helping to secure operations
The worthy successor of ATS48
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 has inherited the best of ATS48 recognized and provenattributes:• Torque control, the original: Pioneer of the torque control system (TCS), theSchneider Electric algorithm has been copied by major manufacturers but is stillat the leading edge
• Robustness: In terms of starting capabilities, even in the most demanding
applications• Simplicity: Just set a few parameters displayed in plain text in your language andyou are ready to start• Asset monitoring:- Monitoring of the motor with internal electronic thermal relay, PTC, or PT100
probe- Monitoring of the mechanics and hydraulics with control of acceleration anddeceleration- Monitoring of the main supply and others loads connected by reducing thevoltage drop during starting

Cybersecurity foryour assets

Achilles™ Level 2 certified

A
B
C

Increased continuity of service• Bypass according to AC3 for full back-up solution• No downtime in case of contactor failure: ATS480 thryristors are able tosupply the motor during the start and stop phase, but also during steady state
operations at the rated speed• Fast replacement of standard contactor by maintenance technician: no need forcomplete disassembly of the soft starter to replace an internal contactor

D

Cybersecurity best practices• User account management that includes user authentication, authorizationaccording to the access channels, and strong passwords• Hardening to restrict ports, functions, or services• Threat intelligence to manage cybersecurity-related events• Cybersecurity-compliant firmware upgradeE

Embedded troubleshooting and digital support• Easy root cause identification of warnings and detected errors• Embedded test routine when connected inside motor delta• Direct access to error page of documentation thanks to dynamic QR code
• QR code to documentation on the front of the ATS480

FSuperior sustainability
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is a Green Premium product designed to take accountof environmental considerations. With the Schneider Electric Green Premium
ecolabel, ATS480 meets the following requirements:• Use of hazardous substances- Compliance with the European RoHS directive (2011/65/EU and 2015/863/ EU)
and RoHS China- Compliance with REACH regulation No.1907/2006 for the declaration of substances of very high concern (SVHC), authorization (Annex XIV), and restriction (Annex XVII)- In terms of restrictions, Green Premium goes beyond current directives andregulations• Environmental impact
The Product Environmental Profile (PEP) is a quantitative Type III Environmental
Declaration in compliance with ISO 14025 that ensures appropriate reliability andtransparency. Based on a Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of the product along its
whole life cycle, the document presents the different impacts such as energy
consumption, carbon footprint, consumption of raw materials, and pollution of
air, water, and soil.
• End-of-Life management
The “ATS480 End-of-life” information document in accordance with IEC 62635
guidance contains the instructions for a responsible disposal of the products
and maximizes recycling in a step towards a more circular economy, improving
operational efficiency and reducing environmental hazards.
• Upgradeability
Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 can be upgraded with additional power options or
firmware.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

257

G
H
I
J

General overview

www.se.com

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480

Soft starters for asynchronous motors
Process, infrastructures, and industrial
machines

A

Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 is specifically designed to meet the requirements of thefollowing market segments:• Water and wastewater• Oil and gas• Mining, minerals, and metals• Food and beverage• Marine

B

ATS480 also meets the needs of industrial machines.
The Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 range increases availability, helps to ensure
continuous operations, and reduces downtime thanks to its:
• Torque control• Simplicity• Connectivity• Communication services• Robustness

CD

Applications
The Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 helps to secure soft starting and stopping evenfor the most demanding applications, while reducing mechanical wear and fluid
shocks in hydraulic applications.

E

ATS480 features include:• Sized for normal duty and heavy duty applications• Controlled acceleration thanks to TCS, the original torque control system• Controlled deceleration thanks to TCS, the original torque control system• Efficient dynamic braking and DC injection down to zero speed to stop large
inertia application• Up to 700% motor current starting without tripping• Boost function to override locked shaft, friction• Smoke extraction• CascadeF

EcoStruxure Plant integrationG

The association of Altivar Soft Starter ATS480 with Schneider Electric automation
control systems like EcoStruxure Process Expert (for hybrid systems) offers a highperformance, global automation and motor control solution with optimized total
cost of ownership (TCO).
Operation station

H

Engineering station

The solution provides operational integrity for people, processes, and assets, withimproved maintenance support to help reduce downtime and ensure operation
continuity.
It offers operational insight by accessing more information to optimize the process.
Based on market standards (FDT/DTM, Ethernet, etc.), it is a sustainable, scalable
solution that enables processes to be adapted easily and affordably.
An integrated automation system powered by EcoStruxure offers the following
benefits:• More efficient projects• Optimized operations

I
J
258

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altistart 22

Soft start/soft stop units
Presentation
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units support the controlled starting and stopping,via voltage and torque, of three-phase squirrel cage asynchronous motors for
power ratings ranging from 4 to 400 kW.

A

They are supplied ready for use in standard applications with class 10 motor
protection.
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units have been designed to meet the performancerequirements of applications where ruggedness, security of personnel andequipment, and ease of setup are a priority.

B

The bypass function (based on a bypass contactor) has been made easier to use
by integrating it into the starter. This approach suits applications where it may benecessary to bypass the starter at the end of starting in order, for example, to limit
the starter's heat dissipation.
Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units have an integrated display terminal that allows
the user to change both the programming and the adjustment or monitoring
parameters in order to adapt and customize the application in line with customer
needs.

Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop unit offer

They also feature an integrated thermal motor protection function as well as
machine monitoring functionality, and offer immediate installation setup capability
using SoMove setup software.

Applications
The integrated functions of Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units are compatible withthe more common types of application found in the construction, infrastructure, orindustrial sectors:• centrifugal pumps, piston pumps• fans• screw compressors• material handling (conveyors, etc.)• specialist machinery (agitators, mixers, centrifuges)

C
DE

Altistart 22 soft start/soft stop units offer a truly cost-effective solution by providing:• a reduction in installation costs through optimum product sizes, integrated
bypass function, and faster wiring time
• a reduction in the stress associated with electrical distribution through fewer
current peaks and line voltage drops caused by motor starting• a reduction in machine running costs through reduced mechanical stressF

The three phases of the motor windings are controlled to help maintainperformance, whatever the situation (with or without load, any voltage or power
range, etc.).

G

Conformity to standards
Description
Conducted andradiated emissions
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Maximum ambient
pollution
Relative humidity
Degree of protection

For ATS22C14…C59

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

H

Performance
Conforming toIEC 60947-4-2
Conforming toIEC 60068-2-6
Conforming toIEC 60068-2-27
Conforming toIEC 60664-1
Conforming toIEC 60068-2-3
For ATS22D17…C11

Class A
1.5 mm/0.06 in. from 2 to 13 Hz
1 gn from 13 to 200 Hz
15 gn for 11 ms
Degree 2
95% non-condensing, nodripping water
IP 20(IP 00 if no connection)
IP 00

I
J

259

General overview

www.se.com

Altistart 01

Soft starters for asynchronous motors
PresentationA

The Altistart 01 soft starter operates either as a torque limiter on starting, or as asoft start/soft stop unit for asynchronous motors.
Using the Altistart 01 starter enhances the starting performance of asynchronous
motors by allowing them to start gradually, smoothly, and in a controlled manner. It
helps to prevent mechanical shocks, which cause wear and tear, and subsequent
maintenance work and production downtime.

B

The Altistart U01 limits the starting torque and current peaks on starting on
machines that do not require a high starting torque.
It is designed for the following simple applications:• conveyors• conveyor belts• pumps• fans• compressors• automatic doors and gates• small cranes• belt-driven machinery, etc.

C
D

The Altistart 01 is compact, easy to install, and can be mounted side-by-side[1].
It complies with standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2, and carries UL, CSA, C-Tick, and
CCC certifications, and e marking.
The Altistart 01 soft start/soft stop unit offer comprises 3 ranges:• ATS01N1ppp soft starters

E- These control one phase of the motor power supply (single-phase or threephase) to limit the starting torque.
- They feature an internal bypass relay.
- Motor power ratings range from 0.37 kW to 11 kW.
- Motor supply voltages range from 110 V to 480 V, 50/60 Hz. An external power
supply is required for controlling the starter.

F- A contactor is always required to shut off power to the motor.
• ATS01N2ppp soft start/soft stop units- These control two phases of the motor power supply to limit the starting current and for deceleration.

G- They feature an internal bypass relay.
- Motor power ratings range from 0.75 kW to 15 kW[2].
- The motor supply voltages are as follows: 230 V, 400 V, and 480 V, 50/60 Hz.
The use of a line contactor is not necessary on machines where electrical isolation
is not required.

H[1] Side-By-Side Conditions:
The maximum starts per hour are 2 under following worst case conditions:Ramp-up time: 10 s
Motor current 5x rated softstarter current
Ambient temperature 40°C
Applications with shorter ramp-up times and/or lower motor current and/or lower ambient
temperature the cycle time can be increased.
E.g. ramp-up time 5 s -> starts per hour are 4 or motor current 3x Ie -> starts per hour are 4
For stronger conditions 15 mm distance are necessary.
[1] Please pay attention and consider for the operation of IE3 motors while dimensioning ofsoftstarters the resulting higher starting currents.
For the use of IE3 motors it is needed to dimension and design the softstarters one size
higher.

I
J
260

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

General overview

www.se.com

Altistart 01

Soft starters for asynchronous motors
Description

A• Altistart 01 soft starters (ATS01N1ppp) are equipped with:- a potentiometer for setting the starting time
- a potentiometer for adjusting the starting voltage threshold according
to the motor load
- 2 inputs:- 1 x 24 V c input or 1 x 110…240 V a input for powering the control part that controls
the motor

B• Altistart 01 soft start/soft stop units (ATS01N2ppp) are equipped with:- a potentiometer for setting the starting time
- a potentiometer for setting the deceleration time
- a potentiometer for adjusting the starting voltage threshold according
to the motor loadC

- 1 green LED to indicate that the unit is powered up- 1 yellow LED to indicate that the motor is powered at nominal voltage,if it is connected to the starter- a connector for:- 2 logic inputs for Run/Stop commands- 1 logic input for the BOOST function- 1 logic output to indicate the end of starting- 1 relay output to indicate the motor has reached a standstill at the endof the deceleration stage .

D

Equivalence table for contact references
Functions

ATS01N2ppLU/QN/RT

Relay outputs

R1A
R1C
C0M
LI1
LI2
LI + (+ 24 V positive logic)
BOOST
LO1
–

External power supply 0 V
Stop command
Run commandControl section power supply
BOOST
End of starting
115 V external power supply

E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

261

Selection guidewww.se.com

Soft Starters
Market segments

A

Simple machines

Applications
Simple starting

Simple starting and stopping

Single-phase 110…230 V (kW)Three-phase 200…240 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase 200…480 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase 208 V (HP)Three-phase 230…240 V (kW/HP)
Three-phase 380…440 V (kW)Three-phase 460…480 V (HP)Three-phase 500…525 V (kW)Three-phase 575 V (HP)Three-phase 660…690 V (kW)Operating cycle
Current limiting
Boost
Type of control
Deceleration
Braking
Number of controlled phases
Connection inside the delta
Bypass110…480
3…25
0.37…11/0.5…15
0.37…2.2–
0.37…11/0.5…15––
1.1…11
0.5…15––––––
Configurable voltage ramp
Voltage ramp–
1–
Integrated

200…480
6…32
0.75…15/1…20–
0.75…7.5/1…10–––
1.5…15
2…20–––

Thermal protections
Other protections

External–

Pre-heating
Smoke extraction
Multi-motor cascade
Second motor set
Embedded
Option modules

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Communication and runtime tools

2 potentiometers

3 potentiometers

Number of I/O

–
–
–
–
–
IEC/EN 60947-4-2
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, and CCC

–
3
–
1
1

ATS01N1pppp

ATS01N2pppp

B
C
Characteristics

D

Operational voltage range Ue (V)Operational current range Ie (A)For 50…60Hz line supply (kW/HP)
Power range

E
Motor control

F

–
2
–

Functions

G
H
I

Communication

Analog inputs
Digital inputs
Analog outputs
Digital outputs
Relay outputs

Standards and certifications

References

J
262

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

A

Industrial machines

Process and infrastructures, demanding machines

Simple starting and stopping for pumps and fans

Controlled starting and stopping for pumps, fans, compressors,
mixers, crushers, conveyors

BC
230…440
17…590
4…355
–
–
–
–
4…160/–
7.5…355––––
Normal duty
350% current rating
Yes
Configurable voltage ramp
Voltage ramp–
3
Yes
Integrated

208…600
17…5904…400/3…500
–
–
–
3…150
4…160/5…200
7.5…355
10…400
9…400
15…500–3–Electronic embedded, or with PTC
Underload, overload, motor phase loss, line phase inversion, excessive
acceleration time, current overload, ground leakage
–
–
–
Yes
Modbus serial link–
7-segment display, SoMove software
1 PTC probe
3––
2
IEC/EN 60947-4-2, EMC class A
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, GOST, CCC

ATS22pppQ

ATS22pppS6p

208…690
17…1200
4…900/3…1200
–
–
–
3…400
4…355/5…450
7.5…710
10…1000
9…800
15…1200
11…900Normal duty and heavy duty
500% current rating (700% rated motor current)
Yes
Torque control (TCS = torque control system), voltage control
Torque ramp
Yes
3
Yes
External with soft starter optimization or without bypass

D
E
F

Electronic embedded, with PTC, or with PT100 2- or 3-wire probes
Underload, overload, motor phase loss, line phase inversion, overcurrent,
excessive acceleration time, current overload, ground leakage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Modbus serial link
Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, PROFIBUS DP V1,
CANopen daisy chain, SUB-D, and screw terminal block
Plain text display terminal, graphic display terminal (option),DTM (device type manager), SoMove software
PTC or PT100 2- or 3-wire probe
41
2
3
IEC/EN 60947-4-2, EMC class A and B
e, cULus, UKCA, CCC, RCM, EAC, DNV, ABS, BV, CCS, REACH, RoHs

G
H
I

ATS480pppYJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

263

Selection guidewww.se.com

Usefull links> Altivar Machine Catalogues

A
B
Altivar 12

ATV320

ATV340> Altivar Building Catalogues

C
D

Altivar 212

E> Altivar Process Catalogues

F
ATV600G

ATV900> Altivar Soft Starters Catalogues

H
ATS480I

Altistart 22

Learn more about
Altivar variable
speed drives
and soft starters
range here

J

Altistart 01

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

264

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-E

www.se.com

Control and signaling, Automation relays &Power supply
Harmony
Push buttons

XB4......................................................................................... E-267
XB5......................................................................................... E-268
XB7......................................................................................... E-270

Cam switches

Harmony K.............................................................................. E-272

Tower lights

XVU......................................................................................... E-274

Control and time relays..........................................E-278
Timer Relays..........................................................E-290
Electromechanical Relays......................................E-294
Solid State Relays..................................................E-302

F

Modicon Power Supply
ABLM Modular power supply................................E-314
ABLS Optimized power supply..............................E-315
ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply.....................E-316

LinergyLinergy TR Terminal blocks....................................E-320

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

265

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Push buttons, Cam switches
and signaling units
SEE THE VIDEO

Improved reliability of panels, machines, andprocesses• Sealing effectiveness rated up to IP66, IP67,
IP68, IP69, IP69K, and type 4X

H• High impact resistance up to IK06 rating• Operating temperature ranging from-40 to +70°C/-40 to +158°F• Compliance with international standards(IEC, UL, CCC, EAC, JIS)
• Marine certified (BV, LROS, BDNV, GL).

High electrical performance• Contacts and heads designed to prevent
vibration, helping to ensure secure mounting
and wiring- Choose from standard, low-load, and highpower electrical contacts.
Lower maintenance• Harmony push buttons are designed to perform
up to 10 million operations- This represents more than 1,000 operations
a day for 27 years.

I

IP69

Robust performanceeven in harshenvironments

+70°C
-40°C

J
266

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB4 metal
Presentation
The Harmony® XB4 metal range of modular control and signaling units combines
simplicity of installation, flexibility, and robustness. It meets the requirements ofthe majority of industrial applications. These units are either available as complete
products or separate components for customer assembly.

Harmony XB4 range of control and signaling units forØ 22 mm/0.866 in. mounting

Harmony XB4 flush mounted control and signaling units forØ 30 mm/1.181 in mounting

This range includes:• Push buttons, selector/key switches, Emergency stop functions, and multipleheaded push buttons designed for parameter settings, adjustments, and start/
stop control of machines and installations• Pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, illuminated selector switches, andilluminated Emergency stop functions designed for visual signaling.
• Various accessories including:• Flush mounting kits:- redesigned, improving the look of the control panel- quick and easy installation in a 30.5 mm/1.20 in. hole making it compatible with
22 mm/0.87 in. devices- a cost-effective solution, as the control devices and the operating modes of themachine do not change.
• Other accessories: protective covers, legends and legend holders, push button
caps, boots, bulbs, etc.
The push button and switch control offer (illuminated and non-illuminated) is both
broad and comprehensive:• Push buttons, spring return with flush push, projecting push, recessed push,booted flush push, or mushroom head
• Emergency stop push buttons with 3 types of head: push-pull, turn to release,and key release• Pilot lights and illuminated push buttons with Universal LED and BA 9s basefitting bulbs• Selector switches with different types of operator: standard handle, long handle,
knurled knob, or key• Choice of heads: circular, double-head/triple-head rectangular, or toggle• Colors of push: white, black, green, orange, blue, red, or yellow• Connection type: screw clamp connector, Faston connector, spring terminal, orfor printed circuit board• Contact blocks for general purpose or specific applications (low current,
standard, or high power switching)• Choice of heads to meet the majority of industrial needs: from the mostbasic push buttons and pilot lights, to functions meeting modern machine
requirements, such as USB & RJ45 ports• Wide choice of accessories and spare parts• Other specific functions: complete potentiometer, hour counters, annunciator, or
joystick controllers.
Innovative complementary offers are also available:• Control and signaling units for severe applications• Wireless and batteryless push buttons• Biometric switches.

B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Environment
The performance of the Harmony XB4 range meets some of the most demanding
international standards and approvals:• Certified and approved for meeting requirements throughout all continents:
EN/IEC, CE marking, UL, CSA, CCC, EAC, JIS, NEMA, and marine approvals• Protection against ingress of solid objects, dust, and water: IP66, IP67, IP69,
IP69K, type 4X• Operating temperature range from -40°C to +70°C/-40°F to +158°F for
outdoor applications• Shock protection level up to IK06
• High vibration resistance with shakeproof connection screws(periodic retightening unnecessary).

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

A

267

I
J

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB5, plastic
PresentationA

The Harmony XB5 plastic range of modular control and signaling units combines
simplicity of installation, flexibility, and robustness. It meets the requirements ofthe majority of industrial applications. These units are either complete products or
separate components for customer assembly.
This range includes:

B• Push buttons, selector/key switches, Emergency stop functions, and multipleheaded push buttons designed for parameter settings, adjustments, and start/
stop control of machines and installations• Pilot lights, illuminated push buttons, illuminated selector switches, andilluminated Emergency stop functions designed for visual signaling• Flush mounting heads for Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. mounting and flush mounting kit
accessories combined to offer a modern look to the control panel

C
D• Harmony basic and configurable display offers data visualization• Various accessories including protective covers, legends and legend holders,push button caps, boots, bulbs, etc.
The push button and switch control offer (illuminated and non-illuminated) is both
broad and comprehensive:
Harmony XB5 range of control and signaling units forØ 22 mm/0.866 in mounting• Push buttons, spring return with flush push, projecting push, recessed push,booted flush push, or mushroom head
• Emergency stop push buttons with three types of head: push-pull, turn torelease, and key release• Pilot lights and illuminated push buttons with universal LED and BA 9s basefitting bulbs

E• Selector switches with different types of operator: standard handle, long handle,
knurled knob, or key• Choice of heads: circular, rectangular, double-head/triple-head rectangular, or
toggle• Colors of push: white, black, green, orange, blue, red, or yellow• Connection type: screw clamp connector, faston connector, spring terminal, orfor printed circuit board

F
G• Contact blocks for general purpose or specific applications (low current,
standard or high-power switching)Harmony XB5 flush mounted control and signaling units forØ 30 mm/1.181 in mounting• Choice of heads to meet the majority of industrial needs, from the mostbasic push buttons and pilot lights, to functions meeting modern machine
requirements, such as USB & RJ45 ports• Wide choice of accessories and spare parts• Configurable display for simple machine function• Other specific functions: complete potentiometer, hour counters, annunciator, or
joystick controllers.
Innovative complementary offers are also available:• Control and signaling units for severe applications

H• Wireless and batteryless push buttons• Biometric switches.

I
J
268

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB5, plastic
Basic display: Harmony Digital Panel meter

Harmony Digital Panel meter

Harmony XBH is a digital panel meter for mounting on a control panel or directlyon the front of a machine. With the simple 4-digit display, it is easy to view processdata from long distances. The display is easy to mount directly in a Ø 22 mm/
0.866 in. hole and is supplied directly from the measuring loop. It has 2 digital
outputs for setting a high and low limit and can be configured using the blue andred buttons on the side of the housing. An external alarm can be connected to thepanel meter for providing an additional alert in the event of reaching a high or low
limit threshold. Harmony XBH panel meters have an IP65 protection rating and theoperating temperature can be between -20 and 60°C/-4 and 140°F.

A
B

The following settings can be adjusted using the configuration buttons:• Minimum and maximum value of the input signal• Number of decimals• Number of measurements per second

C• LOW limit and HIGH limit output threshold• LOW limit and HIGH limit hysteresis and time delay• Password protection for the configuration.

D

Environment
The performance of the Harmony XB5 range meets some of the most demanding
international standards and approvals:• Certified and approved for meeting requirements worldwide: EN/IEC,CE marking, UL, CSA, CCC, EAC, JIS, NEMA, and marine approvals

E• Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects, dust, and water:
IP66, IP67, IP69, IP69K, type 4X• Operating temperature range from -40°C to +70°C/-40°F to +158°F for
outdoor applications• High chemical robustness• Shock protection level up to IK03

F

• High vibration resistance with shakeproof connection screws(periodic retightening unnecessary).

GHIJPNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

269

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB7, monolithic
Control and signaling units Ø 22

PresentationA

The Harmony® XB7 range of plastic control and signaling units is a monolithic
range designed for use in the industrial, tertiary and building sectors. It is simple
to use and quick to install.
This range includes:• Push buttons and switches designed for Start/Stop control of machines andinstallations, adjustment and parametering (contact functions): Push buttons,
selector/key switches, Emergency stop or Emergency switching off push buttons

B• Pilot lights designed for visual signaling (signaling functions)• Illuminated push buttons designed for control and signaling (contact functions +signaling functions)• The range comprises complete units, with round plastic bezel, and 6 pilot light.

C

The push button and switch control offer comprises:• Flush and projecting spring return push buttons, with or without marking• Flush latching push buttons, without marking• Projecting spring return or latching illuminated push buttons• Emergency stop trigger action and mechanically latching mushroom head
push buttons (conforming to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850)

D• Emergency switching off mechanically latching mushroom head push buttons(conforming to standard IEC 60364-5-53)• Selector switches, with standard black handle, and key switches• Legends and legend holders• Accessories and spare parts.

E

The pilot light signaling offer includes:• Pilot lights with integral LED• Pilot lights for BA 9s base fitting bulbs.
The two types of pilot lights are for direct supply or with resistor.

F

Installation
Harmony XB7 products are both simple and quick to install:• Mounting by single installer• Fixing by a single locking nut.

G

Two types of connection are available:• Screw clamp terminals• Faston connectors (only for pilot lights).

Environment

H

The performance features of the XB7 range meet the following specifications:• International standards and approvals:- For the entire range: EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14, GB 14048.5

I- For Emergency stop push buttons: EN/IEC 60947-5-5, EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1- For Emergency switching off push buttons: EN/IEC 60364-5-53.
• International certifications: UL, CSA, CCC, GOST
• Degrees of protection:- Front face: IP65 (IP54 for Emergency switching off push buttons)

J- Rear face: IP20 (protection against direct contact).
For more technical information, please refer to our website
www.se.com

270

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Push buttons XB4, XB5 and XB7
TypePush buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights

A
B
C
Type references

XB4

XB5

XB7

D

Description of rangeb Push buttonsb Multiple-headed push buttons
b Emergency Stop push buttons
b Selector switches and key switchesb Illuminated push buttons
b Pilot lights
b Flush mounted push buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights [1]b Push buttons
b Emergency Stop and Emergency switching off
push buttons
b Selector switches and key switchesb Illuminated push buttons
b Pilot lights

Products

Complete units or sub-assemblies (body + head)

Monolithic

Bezel

Metal, chromium plated, or black

Double insulated

Double insulated, dark gray (or white for pilot lights)

Shape of head

Circular

Circular

CircularE

Features

Drilling or cut-out for fixingFb Ø 22 mm/0.866 in.
b Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. (for flush mounted control and signaling units)Ø 22 mm/0.866 in.

Conforming to IEC 60529

IP66, IP67, IP69, and IP69K

b IP65 (control buttons and pilot lights)
b IP54 (Emergency switching off push buttons)

Conforming to UL 508 and
CSA C22-2 No. 14

Enclosure type 4, 4X, and 13

Enclosure type 3 (push buttons and Emergency stop)and 4 (pilot lights)

b Spring clamp terminal connectionsb Screw clamp terminal connections
b Faston connectors
b Connector with adapter for printed circuit board

b Screw and captive clamp terminal connections
b Faston clip connections (pilot lights)

1…6 mm/0.039…0.236 in.

1…6 mm/0.039…0.236 in.

Degree of protection

G

Cabling

Mounting
Panel thickness

H[1] Flush mounted control and signaling units are available for Harmony XB4 and XB5 ranges only.

I
Learn more about
Harmony
Push buttons
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue XB4

Catalogue XB5

Catalogue XB7

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

271

Selection guidewww.se.com

Cam switches

Harmony Type K

A

Type

Type K10

Type K1/K2

Cam switch model
Applications

K10p

K1p

B
C
D
E

Used in building control panels and consoles, type K cam switches allow control of processes andutilities in industry and buildings and direct control for simple machines.

Functions
Off-On/On-Off switches

1 to 4-pole

1 to 6-pole

Stepping switches

2 to 4-position, 1 and 2-pole

2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole

Changeover switches

1 to 4-pole

1 to 5-pole

Measurement switches

Voltmeter and ammeter

Voltmeter and ammeter

Reversing switches-

2 and 3-pole

Reversing star-delta switches--

Pole change switches-

2 and 3-speed

Characteristics

F
G

Conventional rated thermal current (Ith)

10 A

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

440 V

690 V

Electrical operating characteristics

b AC-15 - A300
b 240 V - 3 A

b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 1.1 kW - 4.6 A
b AC-15b 230 V - 3 A

Front plate degree of protection

IP65

b IP40b IP65 (with seal)

Product composition

Complete switchesb Complete switchesb Adaptable sub-assembliesb Special products (Consult our Customer
Care Centre)

CompatibilityØ 16 and Ø 22 control and signaling unitsØ 22 control and signaling units

Front mounting

Single Ø 16 or Ø 22 holeb Multi-fixingb Single Ø 22 hole

Rear mounting-

Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm/1.42 in. centres

Front plate dimensions (mm)30 x 30 mm/1.18 x 1.18 in.

b 45 x 45 mm/1.77 x 1.77 in.
b 60 x 60 mm/2.36 x 2.36 in. (adaptablesub-assemblies)

Operating heads

b Black standard handleb Metallic legend, black marking

b Black and red standard and long handles
b Key operatorb Metallic headb Metallic legend with black marking or blacklegend with white marking

Approvalsb cULusb EN/IEC 60947-3
b EN/IEC 60947-5-1

b UL-CSAb EN/IEC 60947-3
b EN/IEC 60947-5-1

Fixing

H
I
J

272

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Cam switches

Harmony Type K
Type K30...K150

A
B
C

K2p

K30p

K50p

K63p

K115p

K150p

1 to 6-pole

1 to 6-pole

2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole-

1 to 5-pole

1 to 4-pole--

2 and 3-pole

2 and 3-poleStar-delta

Star-delta

2 and 3-speed

2-speed

20 A

32 A

50 A

63 A

115 A

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 2.2 kW - 8.3 A
b AC-15b 230 V - 4 A

b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 5.5 kW
b AC-15b 230 V - 14 A

b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 7.5 kW
b AC-15b 230 V - 16 A

b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 11 kWb -b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 15 kWb -b AC-3 - 3-phaseb 230 V - 22 kWb -b IP40b IP65 (with seal)

IP40

b Complete switchesb Adaptable sub-assembliesb Special products (Consult our Customer
Care Centre)

Complete switchesØ 22 control and signaling units-b Multi-fixingb Single Ø 22 hole

By 4 holes on 48 mm /1.89 in. centres

D
E
150 A

G
By 4 holes on 68 mm/2.68 in. centres

Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm/1.42 in. centres Screw fixing, 4 holes on 48 mm/1.89 in. centres

Screw fixing, 4 holes on
68 mm/2.68 in. centres

b 45 x 45 mm/1.77 x 1.77 in.
b 60 x 60 mm/2.36 x 2.36 in. (adaptablesub-assemblies)

64 x 64 mm/2.52 x 2.52 in.

88 x 88 mm/3.46 x 3.46 in.

b Black and red standard and long handles
b Key operatorb Metallic headb Metallic legend with black marking or blacklegend with white marking

b Black standard handleb Metallic legend, black markingb UL-CSAb EN/IEC 60947-3
b EN/IEC 60947-5-1

b cULusb EN/IEC 60947-3

HI

Learn more about
Harmony K
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

F

273

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Signaling units type XVU Ø 60
Modular tower lights

A

Harmony XVU
modular tower light with
innovative featuresB

The Harmony XVU modular range of tower lights are 360° pilot lights andcommonly used signaling product for a wide range of applications. These tower
lights are visual and audible signaling units that cornes with a combination of
innovative features, high performance and simplicity.

High performance light• True color and homogeneity lightC• lmproved visibility• LED super-bright flash with long life performance.

Customized voice message

D• A free of charge configuration software allows to customize the audible signals
via SD card
• The sound unit plays voice message when customer inputs PLC signals• Adjustable volume up to 86 dB at 1 m/3.281 ft.
The mix of homogeneity
light and true color
improves the aestheticof the tower lightE

Simplified wiring• Pulse signal units use one signal wire to define different types of signaling• Flexible and configurable light patterns• Up to 256 different combination of audible and visual signals

Playlist Builder

F

Configuration of
audible signal via
Playlist Builder
softwareG

Addition of pulse signal
unit to the existing
range of Harmony
XVU tower lights• Up to 16 different combination of visual signals (color combination)• One pulse signal multi-color unit can be implemented instead of several single
color illuminated units• Reduction in 1/0 wires to connect PLC with tower light• CE, UL, CSA, and PCT certified.

Aesthetic design• Available in black and metallic silver body
• Reduced diameter (0 60 mm/2. 362 in.) makes them suitable for small equipment• Aesthetic design distinguishes them from other tower lights.

HI> Super bright LED technology

J> Pulse signal unit enables up to 75% reduction in wiring

274

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Signaling units type XVU Ø 60
Modular tower lights

Simplicity

A• Simple and easy assembly without use of any tools• Convenient mounting option with: direct mounting, pole mounting andthree-in-one adjustable wall mounting.

Good resistanceB• Resistant to dust and water and are UL/CSA compliant• The illuminated units have IP65 degree of protection, and are resistantto cutting oilWith the indicator
marks, the units are
simple and quick toassemble• Audible units have IP54 degree of protection.

C
D

IP65
IP54

Degree of protection
and complianceE> User-friendly

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

275

General characteristics

www.se.com

Harmony Signaling units type XVSignaling solutions
Harmony type XVModular tower lights

Type references

XVU

Type of products

Tower lights for customer assembly of up to 5 units

DiameterØ 60 mm/2.362 in.

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

b IP65 for illuminated unitsb IP54 for audible unitsb IP55 for flexible mounting unit

Type of signalling

SteadyYes

Flashing

Yes

High flashingYes“Flash”–Sound

Yes (buzzer or editable voice)

Incandescent bulb-

LED bulb-

Integral LED

Yes“Flash” discharge tube

-

A
B
C
D
E
Light sources

F
G

Halogen bulb-

Colors of illuminated units

b Greenb Red
b Orangeb Blueb Whiteb Yellow

Connection

Spring cage connection terminals

Support panel drilling or cut-out

b Mounting on support tube and adjustable support tube: 4 x Ø 6 mm/0.236 in.
b Flexible wall mounting: 3 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
b Direct mounting:v 2 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
v 3 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
v 4 x Ø 5 mm/0.197 in.
b Mounting on bracket: 2 x Ø 9 mm/0.354 in.

H
I
Learn more about
Harmony XVU
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

276

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

277

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Control and time relays

A
B
C
D
E

Enhance operational efficiency and optimize equipment
availability with Harmony, our widest range of relays.
Harmony relays are designed, manufactured, and tested to meetyour needs for both wired logic functions and PLC Interfaces.

> Control relays> Timer relays> Electromechanical relays> Solid state relays

F
G
H
I
J
278

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Control relays
Near Field Communicationand conventional Control Relays

A

Harmony Control relays monitor and detect abnormal operating conditions
concerning phase, current, voltage, frequency, speed, or temperature. The relays
inform users of abnormal conditions, and allow them to initiate the necessary
corrective actions before serious and costly breakdowns can occur. By monitoringenergy network statuses, they enable both electrical and mechanical load control.

B
C

They are suitable for a wide range of applications:• Hoisting: construction cranes, harbor cranes• Packaging: motor voltage, current overload• Lifts: construction lifts, passenger lifts, escalators• Textile: motor voltage, current overload• Water: liquid level on water tank at water andwaste water recycling plant.
Depending on the product model, control relays
are categorized into 8 product families:• 3-phase control• Current control• Voltage control• Frequency control

D

Harmony Control relay functions
Monitoring
Control relays monitor physical and electrical values. They measure variable
signals such as phase (presence, sequence and symmetry), voltage, current,
and frequency. They also control liquid levels and process operating rates.
Informing
Control device outputs provide users with electrical information. In addition,
setting faults are signaled by simultaneous flashing of all LEDs.
Protecting
Integrated in the control circuits of automated systems, they enable
automatic shutdown management and provide fault information, thus
protecting the equipment.
Managing• Level control

When the power is switched on, the control relays are inhibited to enable
correct measurement circuit setting. The outputs operate with positive logic,
the contact or contacts being closed under normal conditions and opening
as soon as a fault or power supply loss is detected.

• Pump control.

Commissioning• Speed control• Lift temperature control

E

When the diagnostic button is used, the downstream circuit can be closed
immediately without sending a fault input signal to the relays. This shortens
the testing time during commissioning and troubleshooting.

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

279

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Control relays

A

Harmony Control relays with unique design andfeatures• Compact modular sizes: 17.5 mm/0.69 in., 22.5 mm/0.88 in.,
35 mm/1.38 in.
• Adapted for industrial and building control panels

B• True RMS measurement that minimizes the possibility of unexpected trips
from highly polluted networks (except RM17TG and RM22TG)

Dial pointer LED indicator• Diagnostic button to check the downstream circuit immediately and reduce
commissioning and troubleshooting time [1]• IP50 lead-sealable settings protection cover helps prevent dust andunintended human intervention

C

Diagnostic button• Status indication by LEDs, additional dial pointer LED for easy setup in
dark conditions [1], and power “On” status indication when relay is ready to
perform• Optimization of power supplies• Worldwide certification:®

D

Harmony Control relay with NFC [2] technology

E

Simplify product selection
One product reference with 7 control functions: Phase loss, Phase sequence,
Asymmetry, Overvoltage, Undervoltage, Overfrequency, and Underfrequency.
Achieve unprecedented accuracy

F• Digitized setting eliminate the need for screw driver• Timed delay can be set by minute, second or millisecond.
Fault diagnosis

G• Fault status indication by LEDs

NFC Control Relay:• Real time fault analysis and Historical fault data are viewable in APP.

As simple as
1 	 Install
2 	 Open app
3 	 Set parameters

Superior security
4 digit password protection.

Scan here to check out
the NFC Control Relay
video

H> A simple approach to monitoring your equipment> To control your machines and processes of the futureI
J[1] Available in RM35JA32MR, RM35JA32MT, and all RM22 references.
[2] Near Field Communication.

280

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

www.se.com

General overview

Harmony Control relays

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

281

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays
Type

Modular relayA
B
C

RM17TG00
RM17TG20

RMNF22TB30

RM22TG20

RM17TT00

RM22TR31
RM22TR33

b Phase sequenceb Phase loss

With/without memory
selection in the app.
b Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Asymmetryb Undervoltageb Overvoltageb Under-frequency
b Over-frequencyb Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Overvoltage andundervoltageb 208…480 V ab 208…440 V a

208…480 V a

208…480 V a

208…480 V ab 200…240 V ab 380…480 V a

1 or 2 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A (individuallyconfigurable)

2 CO 8 A

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

Self-poweredb 208…480 V a line
to lineb 120…277 V a line
to neutral

Self-powered–

0.1s...60 min–

17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

22.5/0.885

Application
3-phase control

Functions

D
E

Values controlled

Output contact rating

F
G

Supply voltage

Time delay
0.1…30 s

Size (mm/in.)
17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

H
I
J
282

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays

A
B
RM17TU00

RM22TU21
RM22TU23b Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Undervoltage

RM17TA00

RM22TA31
RM22TA33

RM17TE00
RM35TF30

RM17UB310
RM35UB330
RM35UB3N30

RM35TM50MW
RM35TM250MW

b Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Asymmetryb Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Asymmetryb Phase sequenceb Phase lossb Asymmetryb Overvoltage andundervoltageb Overvoltage andb Phase sequence
undervoltage between b Phase loss
phasesb Motor temperatureb Overvoltage andundervoltage between
phases and neutralb Absence of neutral/
phase

208…480 V ab 200…240 V ab 380…480 V a

208…480 V ab 200…240 V ab 380…480 V ab 208…480 V ab 220…480 V ab 220…480 V ab 208…480 V ab 120…277 V ab 208…480 V ab Motor temperature:
PTC probe resistance15 Ω to 3100 Ω

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

1 or 2 CO 5 A

1 CO or 2 CO 5A

2 NO 5 A

Self-powered

C
D
E
F

24-240 V z

0.1…10 s–

0.1…10 s

0.1…30 s

0.1…10 s

0.3…30 s

17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

17.5/0.69 or 35/1.377 17.5/0.69 or 35/1.377 35/1.377

G

–

H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

283

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays
Type

Modular relayA
B
RM17UAS15315M

C

RM17UAS14
RM17UAS16
RM17UAS15

RM35UA11MW
RM35UA12MW
RM35UA13MW

Application
1-phase voltage control

Functions

D

Undervoltage (without memory)

Overvoltage or undervoltage (with/without memory)

220 V ab 9…15 V cb 20…80 V z
b 65…260 V z

b 0.05…5 V z
b 1…100 V z
b 15…600 V z

1 CO 5 A

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 5 A

Self-powered

Self-powered

24…240 V z

3…15 min

0.1…10 s

0.3…30 s

17.5/0.69

17.5/0.69

35/1.377

Values controlled

E

Output contact rating
Supply voltage

F

Time delay
Size (mm/in.)

G
H
I
J
284

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays

A
B
RM22UA21MR
RM22UA22MR
RM22UA23MR

RM22UA31MR
RM22UA32MR
RM22UA33MR
RM22UA33MT

RM17UBE16
RM17UBE15

RM22UB34

Overvoltage (without memory)b Overvoltage (with/without memory) Overvoltage and undervoltage in window mode (without memory)b Undervoltage (with/without memory)b Overvoltage and undervoltage inwindow mode (with/without memory)b 0.05…5 V z
b 1…100 V z
b 15…500 V z

b 0.05…5 V z
b 1…100 V z
b 15…500 V z

b 20…80 V z
b 65…260 V z

80…300 V z

2 CO 8 A

2 CO 8 A

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

24…240 V z

b 24…240 V z
b 380…415 V a

Self-powered

110…240 V z–

0.1…30 s

0.1…10 s

0.1…30 s

22.5/0.885

22.5/0.885

17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

285

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays
Type

Modular relayA
B
RM17JC00MWC

RM22JA21MR

Application
1-phase current control

FunctionsD
E

Integrated current transformer

No integrated current transformer

Overcurrent (without memory)

Overcurrent (without memory)

2…20 A

4 mA...1 A

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

24…240 V z

24…240 V z––

17.5/0.69

22.5/0.885

Values controlled
Output contact rating
Supply voltage
Time delayF

Size (mm/in.)

G
H
I
J
286

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays

A
B
RM35JA31MW
RM35JA32MW

RM22JA31MR
RM35JA32MR
RM35JA32MT

b Overcurrent (with/without memory)b Undercurrent (with/without memory)b Overcurrent (with/without memory)b Undercurrent (with/without memory)b Overcurrent and undercurrent in window mode (with/without memory)b 2…500 mA
b 0.15…15 A

b 4 mA...1 A
b 150 mA...15 A

2 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

24…240 V z

b 24…240 V z
b 380…415 V ab Inhibition time delay upon startup 1…20 s
b Time delay 0.3…30 s

0.1…30 s

35/1.377

22.5/0.885, 35/1.377

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

287

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays
Type

Modular relayA
B
RM22LG11MR
RM22LG11MT

C

RM35LM33MW

RM22LA32MR

RM35LV14MWb Level 1/Level 2b Fill operationb Empty operationb Standard sensitivity

b Level 1/Level 2b Fill operationb Empty operationb Low sensitivityb Standard sensitivityb High sensitivity

b Level 1/Level 2b Fill operationb Empty operationb Low sensitivityb Standard sensitivityb High sensitivityb Empty or fillb Input for discrete sensor AON:
Contact/PNP/NPN

b 5…100 kΩ

b 0.25…5 kΩ
b 5…100 kΩ
b 0.05…1 MΩb 0.25…5 kΩ
b 5…100 kΩ
b 0.05…1 MΩ

–

1 CO 8 A

2 CO 5 A

2 CO 8 A

1 CO 5 A

b 24…240 V z
b 380…415 V a

24…240 V z

24…240 V z

24…240 V z–

0.1…5 s0.1…30 s

0.1…5 s22.5/0.885

35/1.377

22.5/0.885

35/1.377

Application
Level control

Functions
By resistive probesD

By discrete sensor

Values controlled

E
Output contact rating

F

Supply voltage
Time delayG

Size (mm/in.)

H
I
J
288

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Control relays

A
B
RM17TU00

RM22TU21
RM22TU23

RM17TA00

RM22TA31
RM22TA33

RM17TE00
RM35TF30

Pump control

Frequency control

Speed control

Temperature control for elevator machine rooms
and 3-phase suppliesb Overcurrent andundercurrentb Phase sequence on
3-phase supply
b Phase loss on
3-phase supply

Over-frequency andunder-frequency (with/without
memory)Over or under operating rate/
speed (with/without memory)b Elevator Machine roomb Elevator Machine room
temperaturetemperatureb Over temperature and under b Over temperature and undertemperaturetemperatureb Phase loss and phasesequenceb Current: 1…10 A
b 3-phase 208…480 V ab 1-phase 230 V ab Mains supply: 50 or 60 Hz
b High threshold: -2…+10 Hzb Low threshold: -10…+2 Hz

Time controlled between
pulses:b 0.05…0.5 s, 0.1…1 s,
0.5…5 s, 1…10 s
b 0.1…1 min, 0.5…5 min,
1…10 minTemperature:b Low threshold: -1…11°C
b High threshold: 34…46°C

Temperature:b Low threshold: -1…11°C
b High threshold: 34…46°C
b 3-phase supplies:
208…480 V a

1 CO 5 A

2 CO 5 A

1 CO 5 A

1 CO 5 A or 2 NO 5 A

2 NO 5 A

b 208…480 V a , 3-phaseb 230 V a, 1-phase

120…277 V a

24…240 V z

24…240 V z

24…240 V z

b Inhibition time delay upon
startup 1…60 s
b Time delay 0.1…10 s

0.1…10 s

Inhibition time delay upon
startup 0.6…60 s

1…10 s

1…10 s35/1.377

35/1.377

35/1.377

35/1.377

35/1.377C

3-phase and 1-phase

D
E
F
G
H
I

Learn more about
Harmony
Control Relays
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

289

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays

A

Near Field Communicationand conventional Timer Relays

B
C
D

Harmony Timer are timing relays designed to time events in industrial automation systems by closing andopening contacts before, during, or after a set time period. They are designed for hard-wired logic automatedsystems to complement the functions of industrial progammable logic controllers (PLCs).

They are suitable for a wide range of applications:

Depending on the product model, these relays support multiple time ranges:• Machines: single machine, and industrial
automation and processes• Modular DIN rail mounted timing relays• Buildings: lighting control, access control door
locks, roller shutters

E• Water segment: pumping and irrigation systems• HVAC: fans and centralized water systems.
The Harmony Timer relays also feature:• Wide power supply range from 24 to 240 V z

F• Single or multi timing ranges from0.02 s to 999 hrs• Screw or spring connection terminals

RE17• Miniature plug-in
timing relays

RENF

RE22

• Panel mounted/plug-in
timing relays• Relay or solid-state output

G• Conformity to IEC 61812-1 and EN 61812-1
standards• UL, CSA, GL, RCM, EAC, CCC, and China
ROHS compliance• Easy to set up with wiring diagrams on the sideof the product.

H

REXL

RE48A

Harmony Timer Relays• Innovative, ergonomic and configurable
offer with single or multifunction types

I
J
290

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays
Harmony RE22 Timing Relays

A

Modular relays with unique features• Innovative: dial pointer LED indicator and diagnostic button to assist setup
and troubleshooting• Compact and reliable• Energy efficient: simple to implement, operate, and maintain

B

Dial pointer LED indicator• Compliance with standards and certifications• QR code embedded in instruction sheet for easy setup.

> A complete range of reliable and flexible offers

C

Diagnostic buttonD

Harmony NFC Timing Relays
The NFC timing relay is designed to time events in industrial automation systems
by closing or opening contacts before, during, or after a set timing period.
The mobile app, Zelio NFC created for NFC timing relay is Android enabled andcan be downloaded on the phone from Google Play.

Simplify productselection• One productreference• 28 timing functions• 2 outputs• Wide range ofvoltage supplied(24...240 V c /a).

Achieve
unprecedented
accuracy• Reduce error margin
from 10% to 0.2%
• Timing can be set byhour, minute, second,or millisecond.

Diagnose your relay• Read relay status• Overwrite the output• Manage relays
without power.

Count on superior
security• Four-digit password
protectionwithout
power.

Save valuable time
• Clone settings• Store settings• Share settings
through SMSF

NFC Timing Relay:
As simple as
1 	 Install
2 	 Open app
3 	 Set parameters

Select Function

Select Time

Diagnose

G
H
I

Security setting> World’s first industrial NFC timing relay

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

E

J
291

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays
Type

Modular and DIN rail mounted

A
B
RE17Lppp

RE17LpppS

RE17Rppp

RE17RpppS

Application

C
D

These timing relays enable simple automation cycles to be set up using wired logic.
They can also be used to complement the functions of PLCs.

OutputSolid state

Relay

Timing relays with solid state output reduce the amount of
wiring required (wired in series). The durability of these timing
relays is independent of the number of operating cycles.

Relay outputs provide complete isolation between
the supply circuit and the output.
It is possible to have several output circuits.

Screw type

Screw type

Connection
Spring type

Spring typeTime ranges
b 7 ranges:
v 1s
v 10 sv 1 minv 10 minv 1hv 10 hv 100 hE
F

Depending on model:b 6 ranges:
v 1s
v 10 sv 1 minv 10 minv 1hv 10 hb 7 ranges:
v 1s
v 10 sv 1 minv 10 minv 1hv 10 hv 100 h

G
H
I
J
292

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Timer Relays

A
B
RENF

RE22

REXL

RE48A

C
D

Screw type0.1 s to 999 h

Depending on model:b 7 ranges:
v 1s
v 10 sv 1 minv 10 minv 1hv 10 hv 100 hb 7 ranges:
v 1s
v 3s
v 10 sv 30 sv 100 sv 300 sv 10 minb 7 ranges:
v 0.5 sv 1sv 3sv 10 sv 30 sv 100 sv 300 sb 1 range:v 30 sb 10 ranges:
v 1s
v 3s
v 10 sv 30 sv 100 sv 300 sv 30 minv 300 minv 30 hv 300 hb 7 ranges:
v 0.1 s...1 s
v 1 s...10 s
v 0.1 min...1 min
v 1 min...10 min
v 0.1 h...1 h
v 1 h...10 h
v 10 h...100 hb 14 ranges:
v 1.2 sv 3sv 12 sv 30 sv 120 sv 300 sv 12 minv 30 minv 120 minv 300 minv 12 hv 30 hv 120 hv 300 hE
F
G
HI

Learn more about
Harmony
Timer Relays
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

293

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

A

Interface, miniature, andpower electromechanical relays

B
C
Harmony relays offer interface, miniature, universal, and power electromenchanicalrelays, from 1 CO to 4 CO contacts, up to 30 A. The electromechanical relays help
to reduce the size of enclosures and at the same time increase machine reliability.

Harmony Electromechanical Relays• Used to multiply the number of input andoutput contacts, or for logic processing controlD
RSL relays for compactness

E

Flexible offer• Available as a single-referenced complete product (relay and socket) or
customer-assembled product• Wide choice of sockets ranging from 12 to 230 V a• Standard and low level contact types.

F

Enhanced performance• Sockets with integrated reverse polarity protection circuit• Relays for high breaking capacity or low-level current application
requirements• Power-on and Relay status LED indicator.

G

LED indicator for RSL relay status

Simple installation and cabling• Locking/unlocking lever for removing and replacing the relay in the socket• Simple DIN rail mounting and commoning link accessory• Choice of screw connector or spring terminal connection for sockets.

H

RSL relays are compact modular relays conforming to IEC/EN 61810-1,
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14, and EAC international standards.

Screw connector

Spring terminal

I
Learn more about
Harmony
Electromechanical
Relays range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

294

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays
RXG relays for reliability

A

Complete offer
RXG relays offer a broad range of coil voltages, from 6 V to 110 V c and
24 V to 230 V a. The relays are available with/without lockable test button,
LED, and clear cover.
Easy to mount and use

B

These are the latest relays with a single-step lockable test button. The Faston
pin terminal mounts quickly and securely. The slim 16 mm/0.629 in. socketfor 2 CO saves panel space.
Expandable relaysC

RXG relays can be expanded with protection modules such as diode, diodewith LED, varistor with LED, and RC circuit.

> Latest interface relay with easy testing function

Single-step lockable
test buttonD

RXM relays for automation control

E

Easy to select• Wider choice of contacts (2, 3, and 4 CO)• Broad range of control circuit voltages and different socket types.
Convenient to use• One-step lockable test buttonF• Mechanical indicator for contact status• “Power On” LED for readiness.
Simple to install• 64% less wiring time with Push-in Sockets (no screwdriver required)G• Sockets for both DIN rail and panel mounting, time-saving bus jumper• Direct mounting with DIN rail or flange adapter.
Designed to perform• Eco-design with RoHS and REACH• Flexible add-on protection modules

LED indicator for relay status

H• Push-in Socket with 223.75 Newton max pull out force, reliable in vibration
environment.
RXM industrial relays bring features for easy and improved control ofsimple and complex automation systems.

I
Push-in terminal: insert without tool

> Miniature in size and powerful in performanceJ
Note: The Zelio Relays range name has been changed in 2020 to Harmony Relays. As thetimeline for each range is different, during the transition period there will be both Zelioand Harmony ranges shown on different product datasheets and packaging.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

295

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays
Type

Plug-in relays

A
B

RXGpppp [1]Interface relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)b 1 CO/10 A
b 2 CO/5 A

C

Control circuit voltagea24…230 Vc

6…110 V

Pin type
Flat (Faston type)Operational voltage

D

Up to 250 V z

Durability (operating cycles per hour)
Electrical, resistive load

100,000

Mechanical, no-load

b 10,000,000 for AC coilb 10,000,000 for DC coil

FunctionsE

LED

Yes (depending on version)

Mechanical indicator

Yes (depending on version)

Test button

Yes, lockable (depending on version)

Contact type

Standard

Accessories
Mounting adapters for DIN rail

F

No

Mounting adapters with fixing lugs No

Type of associated Sockets

G
RGZE1S35M

H

RGZE1S48M

RGZE05P

RGZE08P

RGZE05E

RGZE08E

Contact terminal arrangements
Separate

Mixed

Connection
Screw connector

Push-in terminals

Screw clamp terminals

Accessories

I

Protection modules

Yes

Timer module

No

No

Maintaining clamps

Yes (plastic, integrated)

Socket identification legend

Yes

Bus jumper

Yes

No
Yes, 2-poleNo

Conventional thermal current (Ith)J

10 A for 1 CO

5 A for 2 CO

10 A

5A

10 A

5A

[1] Pre-assembled interface relays RSL1PVpp and RSL1PRpp (standard type relay + socket), RSB (relay + socket + clamp + protection module + label),and RXG (relay + socket + protection module) are also available.
[2] When using relay RSB1A160pp with socket RSZE1S48M, terminals must be linked.

296

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

A
RSL1pB4pD [1]RSBppppppp [1]Slim interface relays

Interface relays

1 CO/6 A

b 1 CO/16 A
b 1 CO/12 A
b 2 CO/8 A–

24…240 V

12…60 V

6…110 V

Flat (PCB type, reinforced)

Flat (PCB type)B
C

Up to 400 V a/300 V c

D60,000100,000

10,000,000

30,000,000No

Yes (with protection modules)

E

No
No
Standard and low level

Standard

Sockets with LED and protection circuit

Sockets without LEDFGRSLZVpp

RSLZRpp

RSZE1S35M

RSZE1S48M

RSZE05P

RSZE08P

H

Separate
Screw connector

Spring terminals

Screw connector

Push-in terminals

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes (plastic, integrated)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes, 2-pole

Yes, 20-pole
6A

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

6A

12 A

(2 terminals) x 10 A [1] 12 A

I

10 A

J
297

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays
Type

Plug-in relays

A
B
C

RXMpppppp [1]Miniature relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)b 2 CO/12 A
b 3 CO/10 A
b 4 CO/6 A
b 4 CO/3 A (low level)

Control circuit voltagea24…240 Vc

12…220 V

Pin type
Flat (Faston type)D
E

Operational voltage
Up to 250 V z

Durability (operating cycles per hour)
Electrical, resistive load

100,000

Mechanical, no-load

10,000,000

FunctionsLED

Yes (depending on version)

Mechanical indicator

Yes

Test button

Yes, lockableContact type

Standard and low level

Accessories

F

Mounting adapters for DIN rail

Yes

Mounting adapters with fixing lugs Yes

Type of associated Sockets without LEDG
RXZE2M114M

H

RXZE2M114

RXZE2SpppM

RXZE14P

Contact terminal arrangements
Mixed

Separate

Connection
Screw connector

Screw clamp terminals

Screw connector

Push-in terminals

Accessories

I

Protection modules

Yes

Yes

Yes

Timer module

No

No

No

Maintaining clamps

Yes

Yes

Yes (plastic, integrated)

Socket identification legend

Yes

Yes

Yes

Bus jumper

No

Yes, 2-pole (Ith = 5 A)

Yes, 2-poleb 12 A for 2 CO [2]b 6 A for 4 CO

b 12 A for 2 CO
b 6 A for 4 CONo

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

J

10 A

10 A

[1] Pre-assembled miniature relays RXM (relay + socket + clamp + label) are also available.
[2] Except for sockets RXZE2S11pM: 10 A.
[3] To be used with specified sockets only.

298

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays

A
782XpXHpp-p [3]B

Hermetically sealed relays
b 4 CO/5 A
b 4 CO/3 A (low level)b 2 CO/5 A

C

6...240 V
6…110 V
Flat (Plug-in type) [3]D

Up to 264 V a/121 V c
100,000
10,000,000

E

No
No
No
Standard and low level
No

F

No

Sockets

G
70-782E14-1

70-461-1

Mixed

70-782EL14-1

70-378-1

70-379-1

Separate––

Screw connector

Screw clamp terminals

Screw connector

Solder lug

PCB pins

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

–

–

–

–

Yes, 2-pole

–

–

10 A

10 A

10 A

5A

10 A

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

H
I
J
299

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays
Type

Plug-in socket mount

Panel/DIN rail mount with Panel/DIN rail mount withflat (Faston type) terminals screw terminals

725pXXpBM4L-p

725pXXpBC3ML-p

A
B

725pXXpSC3ML-p

Power relays
Number and type of contacts/conventional thermal current (Ith on NO contact)b 1 NO/30 A
b 2 NO/25 A

C
Control circuit voltageDa

24…240 Vc

12…24 V

Pin type
Flat (Faston type)

Screw typeOperational voltage
Up to 264 V a/26.4 V c

Durability (operating cycles per hour)

E
F

Electrical, resistive load

100,000

Mechanical, no-load

5,000,000

Functions
LED

Yes

Mechanical indicator

Yes

No

Test button

Yes, lockable

Yes, non-lockableContact type

Standard

Accessories
Mounting adapters for DIN rail

No

–

–

Mounting adapters with fixing lugs No––

Type of associated Sockets

GH

70-725-1

Contact terminal arrangements

I
J

Separate–

Screw connector–

Protection modules

Yes–

Timer module

No–

Maintaining clamps

Yes–

Socket identification legend––

Bus jumper

No–

Connection
Accessories

Conventional thermal current (Ith)30 A–[1] 100,000 for RPM1 and RPM2; 60,000 for RPM3 and RPM4.
[2] 30 A when mounted with 13 mm (0.51 in.) gap between two relays and 25 A when mounted side-by-side without a gap.

300

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Electromechanical Relays
Plug-in relays

Relays withclamp fixing

A
B

RPMpppp

RUMpppp

RPFpppp

Power relays

Universal relays

Power relays

b 1 CO/15 A
b 2 CO/15 A
b 3 CO/15 A
b 4 CO/15 A

b 2 CO/10 A
b 3 CO/10 A

b 2 CO/10 A
b 3 CO/10 A

b 2 NO/30 A [2]b 2 CO/30 A [2]C

24…230 V
12…110 V

12…220 V

12…110 V

12…24 V

Flat (Faston type)

Cylindrical

Flat (Faston type)

Flat (Faston type)

Up to 250 V z

Up to 250 V z

Up to 250 V z

100,000 [1]100,000

100,000

10,000,000

5,000,000

5,000,000

Yes (depending on version)

Yes (depending on version)

–

Yes

Yes

–

Yes, lockable

Yes, lockableStandard

Low level (depending on version)

Yes

No

–

Yes

No

–

D
E

–
Standard–

F

Sockets without LED

G
H

RPZFp

RUZCpMRUZSCpM

RUZSF3M

Mixed

Mixed

Separate

Screw connector

Screw connector

–

Yes

Yes

–

Yes (for 3-pole and 4-pole)Yes–

Yes (on socket RPZF1)

Yes

–

Yes

Yes

No

No

16 A

12 A

–

I

–
Yes, 2-pole (Ith = 5 A)

J––

Note: The Zelio Relays range name has been changed in 2020 to Harmony Relays. As the timeline for each range is different,
during the transition period there will be both Zelio and Harmony ranges shown on different product datasheets and packaging.
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

301

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

A

Slim interfaces, Modular DIN railand Panel mount solid state relays

B
C
D
E
F

The Harmony SSR series offers slim interface (SSL), modular DIN rail (SSD, SSM)
and panel mount (SSP) solid state relays that provide complete, compact, andinnovative solutions for a wide variety of applications with interfacing control andload switching.
They are the ideal solution for packaging, plastic molding, textile, and heating
furnace applications.

Harmony Relays - Solid State Relays

G
H• Choose long life and silent operation with Harmony SSRs

Maintenance free

Silent and reliable switching

fully electronic, unlimited life spanno moving parts, noiselessswitchingHigh switching frequency

Sustainablility in harsh environment

allows precise and quick control

resistance to shock, vibration,and contamination

I
J
302

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSL solid state slim interface relays
Choose a slim interfacing solution with SSL relays

A

Slim relay-socket solution• Complete range of control input and load output configurations for both
AC and DC switching applications• Compact solution with 6 mm/0.236 in. width, allows customers to choose
the combination of relays and associated sockets from the wide range
available.

B

Pre-assembled SSL relays[*]
Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 4...12 V

b c 1...24 V
b c 1...48 V
b a 24...250 V

c 16...30 V

b c 1...24 V
b c 1...48 V
b a 24...250 V

SSL slim interface relay
mounted on SSLZ socket

C[*] SSL relays + SSLZ sockets.

DEnhanced performance in any situation• Socket with integrated reverse polarity protection circuit and control input/
relay status LED indicator• IP67 protection and fully encapsulated.

E

LED indicator for relay status

F

Simplified installation and mounting• Locking/unlocking lever for replacing relay from the socket• Simple mounting on DIN rail
• Choice of screw connector and spring terminal connection for sockets.
Screw connector

G

Spring terminal

H> SSL (1-phase) + SSLZ (socket) = Slim plug-in interface solution

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

303

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSD solid state DIN rail mount relays

A
B
C

Choose reliability and flexibility with
innovative DIN rail mount SSD relays
Performance

Output terminal

Input terminals• High I2T (up to 8320 A2S) to facilitate the use of
circuit breakers instead of fuses, allowing Type 1
coordination protection (as per IEC 60947-4-3)• High current rating (up to 35 A for 22.5 mm
models, and up to 60 A for 45 mm models)
at a compact size,optimizing the size of yourenclosure

Input terminals• Surge protection from applications with built-in
transient overvoltage protection.
Flexibility

Output terminal

Output terminals
Relay configuration• Relay and Contactor configuration to suit yourwiring preferencesD• Telescopic screw terminal options available
to facilitate the use of lug terminals.

Simplified selection and installation

E• Integrated heat sink to eliminate the need forthermal calculation• Spring and screw input connectors option isavailable for simplified wiring.

F
G

Wide range of standards and certifications

Pluggable Spring input connectors

Pluggable Screw input connectors

22.5mm/0.886 in.

45mm/1.772 in.

SSD1: 20, 30 and
35 A single-phase SSR

SSD1: 45 and 60 A
single-phase SSR• Complies with IEC 61373 for railway and rollingstock application• Electromagnetic compatibility complying
to IEC 60947-4-3 standard

H• Conforms to a wide range of internationallyrecognized standards and certification.

SSD relays

I

Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 4...32 V

b c 1...150 V
b a 48...600 V

z 90...280 V

a 48...600 V
Note: The SSD1 range references will be substituting the SSM1 range references for22.5 mm/0.886 in. width (20 A, 30 A) and 45 mm/1.771 in. width (45 A, 55 A).

J> The new generation solid state relays

304

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSM solid state modular DIN rail mount relays
Choose modularity with DIN rail mount SSM relays
11 mm/0.433 in.

Ready to use “Plug and play”

A

18 mm/0.709 in.

• Modular design of IP20 housing and built-in heat sink for optimized
operating conditions• Easy mounting on standard 35 mm/1.378 in. DIN rail with a securemounting latch.

B

Compact design• Requires less panel space due to slim width and thus reduces the size ofyour enclosures• Optimized modular design available in various sizes (11, 18, 22.5, 45 and
90 mm width) with load output current of 6, 12, 20, 30, 45, and 55 A.

SSM1 relays

SSM2 relays

Control input voltage

Load output voltage

Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 4...32 V

b c 1...48 V
b c 24...100 V

c 4...32 V

b a 24...280 V
b a 48...600 V

c 4...32 V

b a 24...280 V
b a 48...600 V--

b a 18...36 V
b a 90...140 V
b a 200...265 V

b a 24...280 V
b a 48...600 V--

SSM1: 6 A
single-phase SSR

SSM2: 6 A dual channel,
single-phase SSR

22.5 mm/0.886 in.

45 mm/1.772 in.

C
DE

SSM1 relays
Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 4...32 V

b a 24...280 V
b a 48...660 V

c 3...32 V

a 24...280 V

b a 90...140 V
b a 90...280 V

b a 24...280 V
b a 48...660 V

F
SSM1: 20 and 30 A
single-phase SSR

SSM1: 45 and 55 A
single-phase SSR

SSM3 relays
Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 4...32 V

a 48...600 V

a 90...140 V

a 48...600 V

a 180...280 V

a 48...600 V

G

90 mm/3.543 in.

H

Enhanced modular solution• Wide choice of relays with single-phase and three-phase options andcurrent ratings from 6 A to 55 A
• Zero voltage switching for resistive loads and random switching for
inductive loads

SSM3: 25 A three-phase SSRI• UL and cUL approved including the general purpose and motor controller
rating standards.

J> SSM1 (1-phase) / SSM2 (1-phase dual channel) / SSM3 (3-phase)= Plug & Play solution

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

305

General overview

www.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

SSP solid state panel mount relays

A

Choose a complete panel mount solution with
SSP relays
Complete solution• Single-phase and three-phase panel mount solid state relays with a rangeof heat sinks and accessories to meet application needs from 10 A to 125 A

BC• Easy product selection with simplified product nomenclature and direct
heat sink selection available in product data sheets• Wide choice of heat sinks with thermal resistance ratings of 0.2°C/W
to 2.5°C/W.

SSP1 relays

SSP1: Single-phase panel mount SSR

Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 3.5...32 V

c 1...150 V

c 3...32 V

a 24...300 V

c 4...32 V

a 48...660 V

a 90...280 V

b a 24...300 V
b a 48...660 V

D
SSP1.S relays

E

Control input voltage

Load output voltage

c 3...32 V

a 24...300 V

c 4...32 V

a 48...660 V

SSP1.S: Single-phase panel mount SSR withsmart diagnostic features

SSP3 relays
Control input voltage

F
G

Load output voltage

c 4...32 V

a 48...530 V

b a 18...36 V
b a 90...140 V
b a 180...280 V

a 48...530 V

Simple, safe, and robust screw terminals

SSP3: Three-phase panel mount SSR• Simple and easy wiring; accepts wires with different kinds of terminations(cable ends, fork lug, ring lug)
• Safe and fool-proof design with IP20 protection and integrated enclosure• Robust self-aligned screw terminals with proven effectiveness in helping toprevent screw jams.

H

Innovative SSP1.S with smart diagnostics and test button• Smart diagnostic features with built-in visual indicator and alarm output
enables quick response to unexpected results and correct monitoring of
SSR operation• A test button for easy debugging, testing, and commissioning.

I

Simplified installation and mounting• Product option with readily available factory-fit thermal pad• Heat sink offers panel and DIN rail mounting options.

J> SSP1 (1-phase) / SSP3 (3-phase) + SSRH (Heat sinks)= Complete solution

306

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

www.se.com

General overview

Harmony Solid State Relays

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

307

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

A

Type

Slim interface SSR

Modular DIN rail SSR

B
C

CustomerPre-assembly
assembly (Relay (Relay withans socket)
socket)Solid state Relay type

SSL [1][2]SSD1[3]

SSM1

Number of phase
1

D
E
F
G

Type of mounting
Plug-in PCB pins with DIN rail mounted socket

DIN rail mounted

a

–

–

90…280 V

b 18…36 V
b 90…140 V
b 200…265 Vcb 3…12 V
b 15…30 V
b 16…30 V

b 4…12 V
b 16…30 V

b 4…32 V
b 90…280 V

4…32 Va

24…280 V

24…250 V

48...600 V

b 24…280 V
b 48…600 Vcb 1…24 V
b 1…48 V

b 1…24 V
b 1…48 V

1...150 V

b 1…60 V
b 1…100 V

Control input voltage

Output load voltage

Output load currenta2A

b 20, 35 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in.
b 40, 60 A for 45 mm/1.772 in.

b 6 A for 12 mm/0.472 in.
b 12 A for 18 mm/0.709 in.

c0.1, 3.5 A

20, 30 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in.

b 6 A for 12 mm/0.472 in.
b 12 A for 18 mm/0.709 in.

Type of switching
Zero voltage

Yes

Random

Yes

DC

Yes

CoolingH–

Built-in heat sinkb IP67 (encapsulation)b IP20 (socket)

IP20

Yes (on socket)

Yes

Degree of protection
LED indication

I[1] SSL slim relays and SSLZ sockets.
[2] Pre-assembled SSL slim relays (relay + socket).
[3] The SSD1 range references will be substituting the SSM1 range references for 22.5 mm/0.886 in. width (20 A, 30 A) and 45 mm/1.771 in. width (45 A, 55 A).

J
308

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Harmony Solid State Relays

Panel mount SSR

A
B

SSM1 [3]

SSM2

SSM3

SSP1

SSP3

1

1 (dual SSR)

3

1

3

DIN rail mountedC
D

Panel mounted

b 90…140 V
b 90…280 V–

b 90…140 V
b 90…280 V

90…280 V

b 18…36 V
b 90…140 V
b 200…265 V

b 3…32 V
b 4…32 V

4…32 V

4…32 Vb 3…32 V
b 4…32 V

4…32 Vb 24…280 V
b 48…660 V

b 24…280 V
b 48…600 V

48…600 V

b 24…300 V
b 48…660 V

48…530 V–––

1…150 V–b 20, 30 A for 22.5 mm/0.886 in.
b 45, 55 A for 45 mm/1.772 in.

6A

25 A

10, 25, 50, 75, 90, 125

25, 50 A–––

12, 25, 40 A

–

–

Yes

Yes

–

Yes

–

–

–

Yes

–

E
F
G

Yes

Built-in heat sink

Option with thermal pad

H

IP20

Yes

I
Learn more about
Harmony
Solid State Relays
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

309

General overview

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Regulated power supply forindustrial use, rail mounting
The Modicon switch mode power supply offer is designed
to provide the DC voltage necessary for the automation system equipment control circuits.
They are fully electronic with a regulated output
voltage. The use of electronics makes it possible
to significantly improve the performance of
these power supplies, which offer• Compact dimensions• 100 to 240 V AC for phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1 – L2)
connections for the ABLM Modular, ABLS Optimized and ABL8RPM
universal types• Integrated overload, short-circuit, overvoltage,and undervoltage protection• 100 to 500 V AC for phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1 – L2)
connections for the ABL8RPS Universal types• Wide input voltage range• 380 to 500 V AC for 3-phase connections (L1-L2-L3) for the ABL8WP
Universal types• High degree of output voltage stability• Efficiency• Diagnostics via LEDs on the front panel

I

They deliver a stabilized DC output voltage that is precise to less than 3%,
whatever the load from an AC line supply, within the following ranges:• Remote diagnostics via relay contact with
ABL8RP/WP Universal.

• They comply with IEC standards and are certified to comply with the major
certifications bureau standards. Power supplies with 24 V DC output andpower output equal or lower than 90 W are also NEC Class 2 and Limited
Power Source compliant• The harmonic pollution is reduced to a minimum level across the entire
Modicon power supply types, ensuring compliance with the requirementsof standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2.
Modicon power supplies incorporateJ• An output voltage adjustment potentiometer to help compensate for any
line voltage drops in installations with long cable runs
• Direct mounting on 35 mm (1.37 in) omega rail.

310

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply
Modicon ABLM Modular power supplyA

Description
The ABLM Modular type meets the needs of simple automation systems withpower ratings from 10 to 60 W and an output voltage of 5, 12 or 24 V DC.
• The shape and compact nature of the housing mean that it can be mounted
directly on a panel, in a modular distribution panel or on a omega rail ina cabinet
Modicon ABLM Modular power supply

B• Modicon ABLM Modular power supply conform to the Overvoltage Category III
and therefore can be directly connected to central distribution boards.
In the event of an overload the power supply protection interrupts power; when
the source of the overload has been corrected, the power supply reverts to its
nominal state (automatic reset).

Modicon ABLS Optimized power supplyC
D

Description
The ABLS Optimized type offers competitive functionality for applications suppliedwith 12, 24 or 48 V DC and with power ratings from 50 W up to 480 W.

E
Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply

F

Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supplyG

Description
The ABL8RP/WP Universal type covers power ratings from 72 to 960 W in 24 V
DC and adapts to the majority of power distribution networks used throughout theworld. The same power supply can thus be connected phase-to-neutral (N-L1) orphase-to-phase (2 or 3 phases) for line supplies ranging from 100 V AC to 500 V
AC nominal.

H

The ABL8RP/WP Universal type offers:• Diagnostic functions (local or remote)• User choice of operating mode in the event of an overload (automatic or
manual reset)
Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply• Functional modules to help continuity of service, for protection against
microbreaks or prolonged outages, for paralleling and redundancy functions andfor discriminating protection against application overloads

I• A power reserve (boost function) for absorbing the transient current peaks
required by the application.
With ABL8RP/WP Universal power supplies, it is possible to meet the need for
auxiliary voltage (5 to 15 V DC) using DC/DC converter modules.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

J
311

General overview

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

A
B

Protective extra low voltage (PELV) and Safety extra low
voltage (SELV)• The Modicon power supplies can be used to supply protection extra low voltage (PELV)
or safety extra low voltage (SELV) control circuits in compliance with standard
IEC/EN 60364-4-41• They have the following characteristics:- Double insulated between the input circuit (connected to the line supply) and the low voltage output circuit
via an integrated isolation transformer- Internal circuitry limiting the output voltage to less than 60 V under single fault conditions.

C

Harmonic pollution (power factor)• The current drawn by a power supply is not sinusoidal. This leads to the generation of harmonic
currents that pollute the distribution network• European standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2 limits the harmonic currents produced by power supplies

DE• This standard covers devices between 75 and 1000 W, drawing up to 16 A per phase, andconnected directly to the public distribution network• Modicon ABLU3, ABL8RP/WP Universal and ABLS Optimized from 75 W power supplies conform
to IEC/EN 61000-3-2 and can therefore be connected directly to public distribution networks• Since ABLM Modular, ABLS1A12062, ABLS1A24021, and ABLS1A24031 power supplies havepower ratings that are less than 75 W, they are not subject to the requirements of standard
IEC/EN 61000-3-2. They can therefore be connected directly to public distribution networks.

F
G
H
I
J
312

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

General overview

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply
Output characteristics & conditions of use• The ambient temperature is a determining
factor that limits the power an electronic
power supply can deliver continuously• If the temperature around the electronic
components is too high, the integrated
overtemperature protection could activate
and/or the lifetime of the power supply may
be significantly reduced• Depending on product type, the upper
nominal ambient temperature is 50 or
55°C (122 or 131°F) for a standard
mounting position, at 230 V AC input
voltage. Above this temperature withdifferent input voltages, and/or with othermounting positions, derating is necessary
up to a maximum temperature of 60 or
70°C (140 or 158°F)

A• Derating is also necessary in case ofaltitudes greater than 2000 m (6561.6 ft)• The derating curves are given in eachproduct data sheet, available on our
website and directly accessable via the
QR code printed in front of the product(except on ABL8 products)

B• It is considered good practice to select a
power supply with a nominal output current
at least 20% greater than required

C
D• In most cases, there must be adequate
convection and sufficient clearance aroundthe products to assist cooling

E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

313

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABLM Modular power supply
DC

FunctionsA

The Modicon ABLM Modular are regulated power supplies designed to supply
control circuits in industrial and building automation up to 60 W.
• Thanks to their modular housing, they can be installed either in enclosures(Spacial and Thalassa) or industrial panels by clipping on omega (DIN) rail
• Direct, fixed mounting on panel is also possible without additional parts thanks to
the integrated mounting lugs

B

100...240 V AC
Modicon ABLM
Modular power
supply• Available with 18, 36 and 53 mm (0.70, 1.41, and 2.09 in) widths, ABLM modular
power supplies are one of the most compact ranges on the market
Zelio Logic Smart relay• Modicon ABLM Modular power supply conform to the Overvoltage Category III
and therefore can be directly connected to central distribution boards• A QR code is printed on the front of the power supplies and gives a directaccess to the latest technical documentation

CD• Modicon ABLM Modular power supply are the right choice for use with
Zelio logic Smart relays.

Product certifications

Main features• e marking

Nominal input voltage
Network system compatibility
Nominal output voltage
Operating temperature
Operating altitudes• CB Scheme• cULus Listed• cURus RecognizedE• Modicon ABLM Modular power supply meet NEC Class 2 and LPS (Limited
Power Source) requirements• RCM

100...240 V AC
TN, TT, IT
5, 12 and 24 V DC
-25°...+70° C (-13...158° F)
b 0...2000 m (6561.6 ft)
b 0…5000 m (16404.2 ft) with Derating• EAC

Conformity to standards• IEC/EN 62368-1

F• IEC/EN 61010-1• UL/CSA 61010-1• UL/CSA 61010-2-201

G

1

Description

2

1 	 Screw terminal for connection of the DC output voltage
2 	 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer (depending on models)
3 	 LED indicating presence of DC output voltage
4 	 QR code for access to the latest technical documentation
5 	 Screw terminal for connection of the AC input voltage
6 	 Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail
7 	 Retractable mounting lugs for panel mounting
8 	 2 fixing holes

3
4

H

8
5
6
7
8

I
J
314

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABLS Optimized power supply
DC

Functions
The Modicon ABLS Optimized are regulated power supplies, designed to supply
control circuits in industrial applications from 50 up to 480 W.
• They are available in 2 housing formats for a better adaptation to the enclosure:A- compact housing 75 mm height (2.95 in)- or book housing 124 mm height (4.88 in)• Available with a width from 27 mm (1.06 in), ABLS optimized power supplies are
one of the slimmer ranges on the market

100...240 V AC
Modicon ABLS
Optimized power
supplyModicon M221 logic controller• The printed circuit board of the power supplies (book housing) has a conformal
coating in order to resist to common dust and chemical pollutants

B• Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply meet NEC Class 2 and LPS (Limited
Power Source) requirements• Up to 6 output terminals make wiring easier• A QR code is printed on the front of power supply and gives a direct access to
the latest technical documentation.
Modicon ABLS Optimized power supply are the right choice for use with
Modicon M221/M241/M251 logic controllers and Modicon M262 logic/motion
controllers.

Product certifications

D

Main features• e marking

Nominal input voltage• CB Scheme

Network system compatibility
Nominal output voltage
Operating temperature• cULus Listed• cURus RecognizedCb 100…240 V AC
b 140…340 V DC
TN, TT, IT
12 , 24 and 48 V DC
-20°...+70° C (-4...158° F)

E

• RCM
• EAC.

Conformity to standards• IEC/EN 62368-1

F• IEC/EN 61010-1, IEC/EN 61010-2-201 (except
ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100, ABLS1A48025)• UL/CSA 61010-1, UL/CSA 61010-2-201 (except
ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100 and ABLS1A48025)• UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 107.1 (only for

ABLS1A24050, ABLS1A24100 and ABLS1A48025).

G
Description

1

1 	 Screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage
2 	 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer (except on ABLM1A24038)
3 	 Output DC status LED (green)
4 	 QR code for access to the latest technical documentation
5 	 Screw terminals for connection of the intput voltage (single-phase N-L1,
phase-to-phase L1-L2)
6 	 Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail

2
3
4

H

5

I

6
Compact housing
75 mm height (2.95 in)Book housing
124 mm height (4.88 in)

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

315

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply
FunctionsAC

The ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies offer is designed to provide the DC
voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment.

A
B• Comprising six products, this range meets the needs encountered in industrial
and commercial applications

DC
Modicon ABL8RP
Universal power
supplyModicon M340
Programmable automation
controller• These compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality ofoutput current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the
Modicon M340, Modicon M580, Modicon Premium, and Modicon Quantum
ranges• When used with additional function modules, they ensure continuity of service inthe event of power outages. Clear guidelines are given on selecting the function
modules and upstream protection devices that are often used with them toprovide a comprehensive, usable solution• ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies must be connected in phase-toneutral or phase-to-phase for ABL8RPS/8RPM, and in 3-phase for ABL8WPS.
They deliver a voltage that is precise to within 3%, whatever the load andwhatever the type of line supply, within the following ranges:

C- 85 to 132 V AC and 170 to 550 V AC for ABL8RPS- 85 to 132 V AC and 170 to 264 V AC for ABL8RPM- 340 to 550 V AC for ABL8WPS.

D

AC

Their very wide input voltage range allows a considerable reduction of parts held in stockand offers a distinct advantage in terms of machine design.

• Conforming to IEC standards and UL and CSA certified, they are suitable foruniversal use• ABL8RP/ABL8WP power supplies are all equipped with a harmonic filter, giving
compliance with standard IEC/EN 61000-3-2 concerning harmonic pollution

E

Modicon ABL8WP
Universal power supply• ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies have protection devices to ensure
optimum performance of the automation system. Their operating mode can be
configured as required by the user:- Manual reset protection mode: Priority is given to the voltage so as to ensure
the PLC logic states and nominal operation of the supplied actuators.
- Automatic reset protection mode: Priority is given to the current to ensure continuity of service until the maintenance team arrives.

F
DC

Modicon M580 Ethernet
Programmable Automation
Controller (ePAC)• Modicon ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal power supplies also have a power reserve,allowing them to deliver a current of 1.5 In at regular intervals. This avoids theneed to oversize the power supply if the device has a high inrush current to beable to maintain optimum performance of the automation system• The diagnostics for the Modicon ABL8RP/ABL8WP Universal range of power
supplies are available on the front of the device via LEDs (Uout and Iout) via avolt-free relay contact (PLC state)G• The products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer inorder to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations withlong cable runs.
These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on a 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail.

H
I
J
316

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Modicon Power Supply

ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply
Description

1

1 	 Spring clip for 35 mm (1.37 in) 5 rail
2 	 4 mm2 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the incoming AC voltage(single-phase, phase-to-phase, or 3-phase connection)
3 	 Protective glass flap
4 	 Clip-on marker tag
5 	 Locking catch for the glass flap (sealable)
6 	 Protection mode selector
7 	 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer8 	 Output voltage status LED (green and red)
9 	 Output current status LED (green, red, and orange)
10 	Screw terminals for connection of the diagnostic relay,
except on ABL8RPS24030
11 	4 mm2 (10 mm2 on ABL8WPS24200, ABL8WPS24400 and ABL8RPM24200)
enclosed screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage

2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

A
B

10
11

Note: Phaseo Universal power supplies shown in this document are identified as Modicon as
they will undergo a future brand change. All other product documentation will reference Phaseo
until the brand change occurs.

C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Learn more about
ModiconPower Supply
range here

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

J

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

317

Selection guidewww.se.com

Panorama of Modicon Power Supply range
Regulated power supply for industrial use, rail mounting

A

Modicon ABLM Modular power supply

Modicon ABLS
Optimized
power supply

Input Voltage

100...240 V AC

100...240 V AC,
140...340 V DC [1]Nominal output power

10 W

B
C
D
E

Voltage

G
H
I

15 W

18 W

25 W

30 W

50 W

60 W

50 W

75 W

Connection to world-wide line supplies
United States:
120 V (in phase-to-neutral) /240 V (in phase-to phase)

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection

Single-phase (N-L1)
or 2-phase (L1-L2)
connection

Europe:230 V (in phase-to-neutral) /400 V (in phase-to-phase)

Single-phase (N-L1) connection

Single-phase (N-L1)
connection

United States:
277 V (in phase-to-neutral) /480 V (in phase-to-phase)--

Yes, with automatic restart after the source of overload/short-circuit has been corrected

Yes, with automatic
restart after the sourceof overload/short-circuit
has been corrected

Diagnostic relay--

Certifications

e marking
CB Scheme
cULus Listed
cURus RecognizedRCM
EAC

e marking
CB Scheme
cULus Listed
cURus Recognized
RCM
EAC

Characteristics
Protection against overloads
and short-circuits

F

12 W

Power supply typeOutput voltage

Output rating

5V

-

-

12 V

-

ABLM1A12010 -24 V

ABLM1A24004 -ABLM1A24006 --ABLM1A24012 -ABLM1A24025 ABLS1A24021 ABLS1A24031

48 V

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ABLM1A05036 ---ABLM1A12021 -

-

-

-

-

ABLM1A12042 --ABLS1A12062

-

-

-

NEC Class 2, Limited Power Source

NEC Class 2, Limited
Power Source(except ABLS1A12062)-

Easy UPS control module
DC-DC

Compatible functionnal
modules[1] E xcept ABLS1A24021 and ABLS1A24038.

J
318

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Selection guidewww.se.com

Panorama of Modicon Power Supply range

A

Modicon ABL8RP/WP Universal power supply

B

91.2 W

120 W

240 W

480 W

100...120 V AC and 200...500 V AC

100...120 V AC,
200...240 V AC

380...500 V AC

75 W

480 W

480 W

120 W

240 W

C
960 W

D

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection-

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection

3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection

3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection

E

Yes with 2 possible modes:- automatic restart after the source of overload/short-circuit has been corrected- manual restart, the input voltage must be interrupted after the source of overload/short-circuit has beencorrected
Yes, depending on modele marking
CB Scheme
cULus Listed
CSA
RCM
EAC

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ABLS1A12100 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ABLS1A24038 ABLS1A24050 ABLS1A24100 ABLS1A24200

ABL8RPS24030 ABL8RPS24050 ABL8RPS24100 ABL8RPM24200

ABL8WPS24200

ABL8WPS24400-

ABLS1A48025 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

F
G
H

Converter module
Redundancy module
Buffer module
Universal Battery control module
Protection module
Easy UPS control module DC-DCI
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

319

General overview

www.se.com

Linergy TR - Terminal blocks

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Terminal block and bars,
earth and neutral bars as well as
auxiliary connections.
Linergy terminal blocks and bars are designed to provide the quick and reliable
connection performances you expect from a top-quality installation.
All Linergy terminal blocks and bars are engineered to ensure a long service life
providing heat-resistant material, firm connections and high vibration –resistance.

Linergy TR terminal blocks offer a wide variety of solutions foryour application:• Multiple connection options: screw, spring, push-in technologies• Conforms to the International standards of the IEC-UL-CCC-Marine• RoHS complianceI• Extensive connection and test accessories - Installations are completed
quickly andeasily> Simplicity of use> Consistency and cross-functionality
guaranteed> Few references for a maximum of
applications• Marking accessories• Plug-in bridges for all technologies.

J
320

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Linergy TR - Terminal blocks

Low Voltage control and signalling
NSY TRVNSY TRRNSY TRPA
B

Function

Ensures connection of Low Voltage
cables or wires

Ensures connection of Low Voltage
cables or wires

Ensures connection of Low Voltage
cables or wires

Technology

Screw clamp technology

Spring clamp technology

Push-in technology

Connection
functions• Passthrough (2.5 - 150 mm²)
• Protective earth• Disconnect type (blade or fuse)• Double deck, multi-pole• Multifunction• Neutral disconnect• Passthrough (2.5 - 35 mm²)
• Protective earth• Disconnect type (blade or fuse)• Double deck, multi-pole• Passthrough (2.5 - 4 mm²)
• Protective earth• Disconnect type (blade or fuse)• Double deck, multi-pole

Conductor nominal
c.s.a. (cross sectionarea)

2.5 mm² to 150 mm²

2.5 mm² to 35 mm²

2.5 mm² and 4 mm²

Number of poles•1-1x1/1-2x2•2-1x1/3-1x1•1-1x1/1-1x2/1-2x2•2-1x1/2-1x2/3-1x1•1-1x1/1-1x2/1-2x2•2-1x1/2-1x2/3-1x1

• UL
• CSA
• VDE
• ATEX
• LR
• GL
• DNV
• EAC

• UL
• CSA
• VDE
• ATEX
• LR
• GL
• DNV
• EAC

• UL
• CSA
• VDE
• ATEX
• LR
• GL
• DNV
• EAC

Rugged and reliable

Cost effective(quick and reliable)

Quickand innovative

DE

Clip-on mounting
on rail type
Certifications

F
G

Benefits

This technology not only provides
quality, safety and availabilityof equipment but optimizes
installation setup and operation
with their simple integratedfunctions

Spring technology is amaintenance-free connection
method assuring separationof mechanical and electricalfunctions. It also eliminates theneed for regular re-tighteningC• Solid conductors or conductors
with cable-ends can be directly
inserted into the terminal block
without tools• The actuation lever can be
operated with any tool for
releasing conductors

H
IJ

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

321

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Linergy TR - Terminal blocks

Low Voltage control and signalling
Cable ends

A
B
FunctionC• Facilitates the insertion of wires into the terminals andassures the insulation between adjacent connection• Allows the identification of the wires

DTechnology

Insulated cable ends

Connection
functions

Four available versions:

Conductor nominal
c.s.a. (cross section
area)

E

Certifications• Single conductor cable ends
• Single conductor markable cable ends
• Uninsulated cable ends
• Twin conductor cable ends
0.25 mm² to 50 mm²
• UL
• CSA

Benefits

F

Fast and reliable wiring
Use the AZ5 and DZ5 ranges of cable ends to simplify
wiring and provide optimum electrical continuity
between wire and terminal blockG
H
I
Learn more about
Linergy TR Terminal blocks
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

322

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-F

www.se.com

Electrical protection and control

Acti9 Active

General overview....................................................................G-324

Acti9

Technical characteristics........................................................G-329
MCBs......................................................................................G-329
AFDD......................................................................................G-330
SPDs.......................................................................................G-331
iCT..........................................................................................G-332
iTL...........................................................................................G-332
Auxiliaries & Accessories........................................................G-333

Easy9

General overview....................................................................G-336

G

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

323

General overview

www.se.com

Acti9 Active and Acti9A

Set a new standard
for electrical safety

B
C
D
E
F

Set a new standard for electrical safety
Active Safety System ensures enhanced safety and visibility for people, circuits,
appliances, and assets. It helps prevent earth-leakage, overload, overvoltage, shortcircuit, and improves fire-safety.
Acti9 Active is a family of all-in-one protection devices with in-built residual circuit
devices, miniature circuit breakers, arc fault detection devices (AFDD).

G
H
I
J

Thanks to in-built connectivity, Acti9 Active can send data and notifications to the cloud
via our latest generation of gateways - EcoStruxure Panel Server for remote monitoring
and asset management.

Make Active Safety your new standard
Give your customers greater control over their electrical installations with an Active Safety
System. Its advanced safety and connectivity features enable condition monitoring,
improve visibility, power availability, and reliability, and enhance protection, service
continuity, and efficiency.
The system enables you to offer more than just a safety solution. The insights it provides,
along with its remote-monitoring capabilities, support business owners’ efforts to ensure
the continuity and quality of services and help achieve greater peace of mind.
Innovative, yet compact and functional, an Active Safety System will help you differentiate asa forward-looking professional and bring you new opportunities to develop your business.

324

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

www.se.com

General overview

Acti9 Active
Achieving greater resiliency and reliability through Active SafetyA

Enhanced protection, power availability, and reliability

B

Increased service continuity• Fewer breakdowns with pre-alarms and alarms

Advanced safety

C• All-in-one solutions covering a wide-range of faults, with in-built MCB,MSU, RCD, and AFDD

Enhanced efficiency

D• Easy remote monitoring, diagnostics, and analytics mean fewer
disruptions and more efficiency gains

E
Simplified installation and wireless connectivity
Simple installation and upgradeF• Integrated devices and wireless connectivity to the gateway make thesystem easy to install and upgrade

Compact, requiring no extra spaceG• An integrated device in 36 mm makes it suitable for even small spaces

Easy maintenance• With diagnostics, analytics, and reminders for health checking, it's
simple to stay on top of the panel's condition and maintain it

HI
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

325

General overview

www.se.com

Acti9 Active

A
B

Best-in-class connectivity
in a simplified form
To realize the full potential of visibility and advanced protection, the Active
Safety System brings together a connected device, a gateway, and powermonitoring software.

C

EcoStruxure
Panel Server (the gateway)
One of the most advanced gateways formodern-day wireless systems. It’s simple
to commission and cost-efficient.

D
E
F

Acti9 Active
A range of devices providing advanced
safety functions and in-built connectivity.
They connect wirelessly to the gateway
and send data to enable monitoring,
diagnostics, pre-alarming, and alarming.

G

EcoStruxurePower Monitoring Expert
Intuitive-to-use software that aggregatesinstallation data for greater visibility anddisplays actionable insights. It alerts facility
managers to problems as they occur as wellas to predicted issues.

H
I
J
326

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

General overview

www.se.com

Acti9 Active

All-in-one protection
in a single 36 mm deviceA

A core part of the Active Safety System, the Acti9 Active VigiARC withintegrated residual current device (RCD), miniature circuit breaker(MCB), AFDD, and over-voltage protection delivers an exceptional levelof protection for people, appliances, circuits, from fire risks – enabled
by a compact all-in-one device. Available in both connected and nonconnected versions, Acti9 Active supports a variety of safety andconnectivity requirements.

B
C
D

PowerTag
MCB

MSU

RCD

AFDD

MCB

Integrated MCB for
appliance protection
and MSU circuit
protection fromtransient network
over-voltage

MSU

E
F

RCD

Integrated RCD for
greater protectionof people

MCB

G

MSU
Integrated AFDD for
greater protection
from arc-fault
related fires

H

MCB

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

327

General overview

www.se.com

Acti9 Active

A

Discover the full rangeof Acti9 Active devices

B Acti9 Active devices provide advanced protection with a varietyof options to suit any set-up.

C

Acti9 Active VigiARC

Acti9 Active ARC

DEF

A combination of
AFDD, RCD and
MSU add-on

G

An all-in-one device with integrated
connectivity and AFDD, MCB, RCD,
and MSUA combination of
AFDD andMSU add-on

An all-in-one device with integrated
connectivity and AFDD, MCB,
and MSU

Acti9 Active Vigi

H
I
A combination of RCD and MSU add-on

J
328

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

General overview

www.se.com

Acti9 ActiveA
Acti9 Active offer specifications

B
C

Acti9 Active VigiARC

Acti9 Active VigiARC add-on

Acti9 Active ARC

Acti9 Active ARC Add-on

AFDD+MCB+RCD+MSU

AFDD+RCD Add-on

AFDD+MCB

AFDD Add-on

Current ratings

6 A – 40 A

25 A, 40 A

10 A – 40 A

25 A, 40 A

Breaking capacity

6,000 A, 10,000 A, 10 kA

4,500 A, 6,000 A, 6 kA,
10 kA compliance

6,000 A, 10 kA

4,500 A, 6,000 A, 6 kA,
10 kA compliancePoles

1P + N

1P + N, 2P

1P + N

1P + N, 2P

Curve

B, C

B, C

B, C

B, C

30 mA, A SI

30 mA, A SI––

RCD sensitivity & typeAll devices are available in two options, connected and non-connected. While advanced visibility options can be realized with the full system, the all-in-one nonconnected version is also capable of advanced protection.

Whatever your needs, our Active Safety System solutions offer a range of specifications,so you can find the right connected or non-connected device for you.

D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

329

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9

A

Acti9 Miniature Circuit Breakers – MCBs
Acti9 iC40
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 40 A

• Suitable for isolation in compliance with IEC/EN 60898-1 and/or IEC/EN 60947-2• Available in 1P+N, 3P and 3P+N for circuits up to 40 A
• Breaking capacity at 4500 A/4,5 kA, 6000 A/10 kA and 10000 A/15 kA• Wide range of tripping curves available: B, C and D• Class 2 insulation for optimal protection of operators and unqualified persons• Wide range of operating temperatures: -25 / +70°C• Sharing same key features with Acti9 iC60 in regards to aesthetics, form-factor, andB
Crange of electrical auxiliaries and accessories.
Product References

Application• Acti9 iC40 system isdedicated to the small
and medium buildings
applications.
• Low-voltage
final distribution
Installations.

• VisiTrip offers a visible fault indicator for fast and optimized on-site servicing• VisiSafe offers a visible green strip with reinforced insulation for maintenancein better safety conditions

D

Acti9 iC60
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 63 A

• Fully compliant with standards IEC/EN 60898-1 and IEC/EN 60947-2• VisiSafe: provides protection during maintenance work on downstream circuits• VisiTrip: signals with a redflag the faulty miniature circuit breaker outgoers to reduceEintervention time

• Class-2 insulation: double insulation distance to ensure continuous protection
or both operators and unqualified persons• Pollution Class 3 for operation in more polluted environments such as someF

industrial applications
Product References• Add-on fully immune Acti9 iC60 Vigi earth leakage protection devices: improved

Application
Providing essential
protection in industrial
and commercial
buildings, our miniature
circuit breakers work
especially well in
polluted environments
and networks.

continuity of service, especially in polluted environments and networks• Offers a wide range of electrical auxiliaries: remote indication of Acti9 iC60 status
and several tripping actuators: shunt trip, undervoltage trip, overvoltage trip.

G

Acti9 C120
Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 125 A• Nominal current: 63 A to 125 A• Large choice of breaking capacities (up to 15 kA at 415 VAC)

H
I

Product References

and tripping curves (B, C, D)• Compliant with IEC/EN 60898-1 or IEC/EN 60947-2 (depending of the version)• Suitable for isolation: compliant with IEC/EN 6047-2• VisiSafe provides a visible green indicator showing which circuits are
disconnected and safe for maintenance operations• Operating voltage: up to 440 V AC
• Insulation voltage: 500 V AC
• IP20 terminal insulation• Optional add-on residual current device modules: Acti9 Vigi C120
• Optional electrical auxiliaries for remote open/closed status for standard andadvanced applications (OF/SD low current version compatible with PLC)
• Comb busbar 1P/2P/3P/4P up to 125 A.

Application• Protection of electricalcircuits in all industrial
and commercial
buildings.
• Protection of electricalcircuits in medium,large and commercial
buildings and Industry.

J
330

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9

A
Acti9 NG125
High performance Miniature Circuit Breakers up to 125 A

Product References• Nominal current: 10 to 125 A• Provides the user with a large choice of breaking capacities(up to 50 kA at 415 VAC) and tripping curves: B, C, D...
• Fully Compliant with standards: IEC 60947-2• Suitable for isolation in accordance with industrial standards: IEC/EN 60947-2• Operating voltage: up to 500 V AC
• Insulation voltage: 690 V AC
• Provides installers with optional add-on earth leakage modules:
Acti9 Vigi NG125• Several optional auxiliaries: indication of state and tripping, shunt trip,
undervoltage trip, overvoltage trip
• Comb busbar 1P/2P/3P/4P up to 125 A.

Designed with
providing essential
protection to industrial
and tertiary buildings,
and machines in mind:• Outgoers in powerswitchboards• Incoming protection inmodular enclosure• Outgoers in control
panel (EV, power
OEMs...).

Acti9 AFDDC
DAll-in-one integrated protection device
Acti9 AFDD range of protection devices will help you actively manage electricalsafety and service continuity of your electrical installation thanks to a wide rangeof electrical fault protection:• Asset protection/ Fire safety (Arc-Fault related) thanks to an inbuilt Arc Fault
Detection Device (also available as Add-On).
• People protection from Earth Leakage (with inbuilt Residual Circuit Devices).
• Appliance and circuit protection from overvoltage, overload, and short-circuit(with inbuilt miniature circuit breaker).

Product References

B

AFDD mitigates the risk of electrical fires caused by electrical arcs resulting
from faulty or worn electrical appliances and circuits.

E
Application• Buildings

F• Hotels• Hospitals.

• Worn or aging cabling• Pinched conductors in earthed metallic cases• Pinched extension cables trapped by doors• Plugs being repeatedly removed by pulling the cable rather than the plug,
thus causing the insulation to fail
• Rodent damage to cable insulation• Damage caused by cables being exposed to sunlight (UV)
• Damage caused by drilling into walls with hidden electrical cables• Loose cable connections in wall socket outlets, power strip sockets
and junction boxes• Damage caused by heat, vibration and humidity to wall mounted cables
and sockets.

G
Application
Customize the PreAlarms based on yourpreference to haveample time to work on
resolving the issues.

H

Focus on Acti9 Active System
The AFDD offer is available in Acti9 Active range, with new functions integratedfunctions such as measurement, alarm, pre-alarm...

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

331

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9
Acti9 Surge Protection Devices – SPDsA
Protection of electrical and electronic equipment, telephone and computer lines
against transient overvoltages of atmospheric origin and maneuvering.

Acti9 iPRD

B
C

Surge Protection Devices Type 2 or 3, from 8 kA to 65 kA

Product ReferencesD• Certified for short-circuit current withstand, Isc up to 50 kA (IEC 61643-11: 2011)• The maximum discharge current covers from 8 to 65 kA• The maximum continuous operating voltage Uc is from 275 V AC to 460 V AC
• They are suitable for any earthing system: TT, TN-S, TN-C and IT• Withdrawable cartridges of Acti9 iPRD Surge arresters allow quick replacementof damaged devices• It is possible to use multipolar or unipolar products for serial assembly• The Acti9 iPRD surge arresters “r” version have dry contacts for transfering
remotely the end-of-life information• The Acti9 iPRD F40r surge arresters version is a self-protected solution withintegrated back-up Fuse to ease selection and installation

Application
Protect the electricalinstallations in allindustrial and tertiarybuildings against
induced or conductedsurges caused byindirect lightning strikes.

Acti9 iPF K
Surge Protection Devices Type 2 from 20 kA to 65 kA• Maximum discharge current: from 20 to 65 kA• Surge arrester/disconnector combinations is certified for short-circuit current
withstand Isc up to 6 kA (IEC 61643-11:2011)• Maximum continuous operating voltage Uc = 340 V AC
• Monobloc form factor• Multiple-pole or single-pole products for assembly.

E
F

Application• Protects electricalinstallations against
transient overvoltage
and surges caused
by indirect lightning
strikes in all industrial
and tertiary buildings.
• They can also be usedin residential sector
with appropriate rated
discharge current(20 kA).

Product References

Acti9 iPRD1, PRD1G

Surge arresters Type 1 or Type 1+2
Impulse discharge current Iimp:• 12,5 kA for Acti9 iPRD1 12.5r• 25 kA for:Acti9 iPRD1 x25r
Acti9 PRD1 25r
Acti9 PRD1 Master• 35 kA for Acti9 PRD1 35r

H

Certified for short-circuit current withstand, Isc up to 75 kA (IEC 61643-11:2011).
Acti9 iPRD1 F25r surge arrester version is a self-protected solution with integrated
back-up Fuse (easy selection and installation). All others must be associated withan upstream fuse or circuit-breaker.

I

Acti9 iPRD1 C25r surge arrester version is an ultra-compact solution (50% spacesaving on DIN Rail).
Product References

J
332

These surge arresters are all available with withdrawal cartridges to allow quick
replacement of damaged devices.
They come with output contacts for remote signaling of end-of-life information (forActi9 Smartlink or other input/output devices).
They are suitable for 230/400 V AC 50/60 Hz networks, any earthing system:
TT, TN-S, TN-C and IT (multi-poles or single-pole devices to be assembled).
Acti9 PRD1 Master is also suitable for 400 V IT earthing system.

Application
Acti9 iPRD1, PRD1 Type
1 or Type 1+2
Surge arresters
protect the electricalinstallations against
induced or conductedsurges caused by direct
lightning strikes.
• The IEC/EN 623052 specifies theuse of Type 1 orType 1+2 Surge
Protection Devices
in commercial andindustrial buildings
protected by alightning conductor
or a lightning rod• Surge Protection
Devices arerecommended when
there is higher riskof direct lightning
strikes.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9
Acti9 Electrical circuit control

A
Acti9 iCT
Modular contactors up to 100 A

Product References

Fully consistent with the entire Acti9 range, our DIN rail contactors withelectrical control help you control electrical circuits in industrial, residential andcommercial buildings efficiently• Rating: 16, 20, 25, 40, 63 and 100 A• 1 to 4 poles: 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P• Fully compliant with standards: EN 61095 and CEI 1095
• Excellent electrical endurance (O-C): 100,000 cycles• Provides users with up to 100 switching operations a day• 2 versions available with the option to use either standard or manually operated
contactors• Wide range of flexible optional auxiliaries including: state indication,interference filtering, dual control and time delay.

Application• Complete control andmonitoring solution forelectrical circuits in allindustrial, commercial
and residentialbuildings• Easily control andmonitor single -or
three- phase loads up
to 100 A• Effortlessly interface
between the control
gear and power
circuits for final
circuits such as
lighting, heating,roller blinds, wateringsystem, ovens, utility
motors (ventilation,
heat pump), and more.

B
C
D
E

Acti9 iTL
DIN rail Impulse relays

Product References

Designed with protection in mind and with a host of exclusive features, the Acti9
iTL DIN rail impulse relays, which are fully consistent with the entire Acti9 range,
give you total electrical control of circuits in industrial, residential and commercial
buildings.
• Class-2 insulation: providing enhanced protection for operators as well as
unqualified personnel• Rating: 16, 32 A
• 1 to 4 poles: 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P• Easy wiring of multiple control points• Wide range of control voltage: 230, 130, 48, 24 V AC; 110, 24, 12 V DC
• Lifetime - total number of switching operations (AC21): 200,000 for iTL 16 A;
50,000 for iTL 32 A
• Fully compliant with standards: EN 60-669-1 & EN 60-669-2-2• Great choice of built-in or optional auxiliary functions including: state indication,
centralised control, latched control, control for illuminated PB, step-by-step
control and time delay.

Application• Provides a complete
control solution forelectrical circuits in allindustrial, commercial
and residentialbuildings• Lighting management
via several easy wiringof multiple control
points push buttons.

F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

333

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9
Acti9 indication and tripping auxiliaries

A
Simplified electrical maintenance
Designed with protection and with a wide range of features, the Acti9 indicationand tripping auxiliaries combine easy installation with high levels of functionality.
It includes:• Automatic reclosing, remote control, remote indication, and tripping• VisiTrip for quick detection of faulty outgoers and reduced intervention time
• Clip-on assembly system for ease of use.

B

Application• Industrial buildings• Commercial buildingsC• Critical building

Product ReferencesD

Acti9 auxiliaries for remote indication of the state of the device to which they areconnected:• Remote indication of "open" or "closed" state and of "tripped" state• Instantaneous tripping when the control circuit is energized, de-energized, or if
there is a dip in its supply voltage• Time-delayed tripping (to cope with micro-breaks or brief voltage drops) when
the control circuit is de-energized, or if there is a dip in its supply voltage• Fail-safe emergency stop tripping.

• Data center• Machine• Infrastructure

Select the right offer:• For basic applications (from 100mA to 6A), use commercial references
A9A2690x

E• For low current applications (from 2mA to 100mA), use commercial references
A9A2691x• For Smartlink systems with dedicated connectors, use commercial references
A9A2689x.

F

Auxiliary RCA for remote control• Remote electrical control (opening and closing) of circuit breakers with orwithout Vigi iC60 add-on RCD and with or without auxiliary.

• Circuit-breaker resetting after tripping, in full accordance with protection

G
H

principles and regulations.

• Local control feature via an operating handle.

Product References

Auxiliary ARA for remote automatic reclosing• Easily perform automatic reclosing of the associated protection device after
tripping.

I
J• Increase the availability of hard to access and isolated installations without
supervision (mobile telephony systems, motorways, pumping stations, airports,
railways, meteorological stations, service stations, automatic teller machines,
public lighting, tunnels, etc.), by restoring them to operate without the need of
personal intervention in the event of a transient fault (atmospheric disturbances,industrial overvoltages, etc.).
Product References

334

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Acti9
Acti9 Comb Busbars

A

Acti9 comb busbar's primary function is to distribute electricity
into a Low voltage distribution panel.
Product References

Acti9 range includes 3 main family of comb busbar, for iC40, iC60 and C120/
NG125 ranges.
Being developed to work with dedicated devices, they are used to connect them
optimizing space and time, keeping high level of performances.
Several type of configuration are covered, MCB’s with or without Vigi andauxiliaries are available, for connection on top or bottom.

B

Application• Critical buildings• Commercial buildings• Industrial buildingsC• Buildings• Data Center• Industry.

D
E
F
G
H
I
Learn more about
Acti9 Active
and Acti9
ranges here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

335

General overview

www.se.com

Easy9

A
B
C
D
E
Protection devices MCB RCCB RCBO SW SPD

F

With everything from comb busbars to MCBs in the range, you are bound to findflexibility with the Easy9 protection range, designed to provide you with maximum
electrical protection in residential buildings.

Easy9 devices

G
H

Included in the range:• Miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) for short circuit protection and overload
protection• Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBs) for earth leakage protection• Residual current devices (RCBOs) for earth leakage protection, short circuit
protection and overload protection• Switches for Isolation• Surge protection devices (SPD) for Surge protection• Comb busbars for power distribution.

Application

I

Targeted towards the residential sector, the Easy9 range gives you electricalprotection in residential buildings, and provides you with complete peace ofmind, ease of use and reliability.
• Designed with the residential market in mind
• Ideally suited to individual and collective buildings.

J
336

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

General overview

www.se.com

Easy9
Easy9 Incoming Devices

A

Switch-disconnectors

B• Positive contact indication• Suitable for isolation according to BSEN 60947-3 standard• Manual control on front face by O-I leverC
Characteristics
Main characteristics
Operating category

AC-22 A

Permissible rated short-time withstand current (Icw)

12 Ie, 1 second

Conditional rated short-circuit current (Inc)

5000 A

Rated short-circuit closing current (Icm)

15 Ie

D

Additional characteristics
Degree of protection(IEC 60529)

Device only

IP20

Endurance (O-C)

Mechanical40 -100 A: 8500 cycles

Electrical40 -100 A: 1500 cycles

Operating temperature-25°C to +60°C

Storage temperature-40°C to +85°C

Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)

Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)

E
F

RCCB residual current circuit breakers

G• Positive contact indication• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by the position of the handle• (O - I engraved)

H

Characteristics
Main characteristics
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)

4 kV

Conditional rated short circuit current (Inc/I∆c)

4.5 kA or 6 kA

I

Additional characteristics
Degree of protection(IEC 60529)

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

Device only

IP20

Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)

Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)

Operating temperature-5°C to 60°C

Storage temperature-40°C to +85°C

J
337

General overview

www.se.com

Easy9

A

Easy9 Devices
Miniature circuit breakers 6 kA
Easy9 circuit breakers combine the following functions:• Circuit protection against short-circuit currents• Circuit protection against overload currents.

B• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by position of the handle• (O-I engraved)

C
Characteristics

Main characteristics

D

Voltage rating (Ue)230/400 V AC

Operating frequency

50/60 Hz

Electrical feeding

By the top and bottom

Additional characteristics
Degree of protection(IEC 60529)

E

Device only

IP20

Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)

Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)

Operating temperature-25°C to +60°C

Storage temperature-40°C to +85°C

F
G
H
I
J
338

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

General overview

www.se.com

Easy9
Easy9 Devices (continued)

A

RCBO residual current devices 6 kA
Certified compliant BS EN 61009-1.

B

Test "T"• Operating test button, on the front panel

C

Cable length• 1000 mm

D• Fault tripping indication on the front panel by
the position of the handle (O - I engraved)

E

Characteristics
Main characteristics
Endurance (O-C)

Electrical4000 cycles

Mechanical10000 cycles

F

Passive, will not trip in the event of a voltage loss

Additional characteristics
Degree of protection (IEC 60529)

Device only

IP20

Overvoltage category (IEC 60364)

IV

Operating temperature-15°C to +60°C

Storage temperature-40°C to +85°C

Hazardous substances

RoHS 2003 compliant

Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)

Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% to 55°C)

G
H
I

Learn more about
Easy9
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

339

www.se.com

340

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-G

www.se.com

Critical Power

Galaxy™ V Series

General overview....................................................................H-342
Technical specifications..........................................................H-345

Easy UPS series

General overview....................................................................H-346
Technical specifications..........................................................H-348

H

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

341

General overview

www.se.com

Uninterruptible power system

A
B
C
D
E
F

Galaxy™ V series:
Uninterruptible power system
Well suited for a wide range of applications

G• Edge, small, and medium data centers, and computer rooms• Manufacturing facilities• Telecommunication• Commercial buildings• Healthcare

H• Transportation

I
J
342

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

General overview

www.se.com

Galaxy™ V seriesA
New patented hybrid
technology

Provides up to 97% efficiency in double
conversion mode.
Electricity savings in full protection modeat every load level.

Compact design
optimised footprint

High-density technology and full front
access make Galaxy VS a footprint
saver well suited for confined spaces.

B
C

Li-ionBattery flexibility, including
Lithium-ion batteries

Increase availability and reduce TCO
with long-life, intelligent energy storage.

Maximum availability thanks tomodular architecture
Critical system components built as
modules for faster serviceability andfault tolerance. N+1 redundancy andscalability options available.

99% efficient in patented
ECOnversion™ mode

Recover your initial investment within
twothree years through energy savings.

D
E

EcoStruxure IT

Anytime, anywhere monitoring andservice support via smartphone app.

F
G

Leading performance> Robust and flexible design ideal for demanding environments at maximum performance

Reduce your energy billH

> By using ECOnversion mode, significant savings are achieved every year on your electricity bill

Quick to install and fits
> Everywhere thanks to its compact design

Simple to maintain and fast to serviceI> Thanks to its modular architectureJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

343

General overview

www.se.com

Galaxy™ V series
Galaxy™ VS/VM/VX

A

10 to 1500 kVA 3 phase UPS for small andmedium data centers and other businesscritical applications

B

Part of Galaxy V Series
DescriptionC

3 phase Uninterruptible Power System.
Designed for fast and easy installation, thisEcoStruxure-ready UPS features a wide operating
temperature window and strong overload protection,
all in a compact and lightweight footprint.

D

Characteristics
Normal AC supply input• 10 to 1500 kVA
• 3:3

E

• Input voltage (V): 380 / 400 / 415 V(Three-phase + Neutral)• Frequency (Hz): 40 – 70 Hz• Input power factor: >0.99• THDI: < 3% at full linear load
OutputF• Nominal output voltage (V): 3:3 – 380/400/415 V• Efficiency: Double conversion mode up to 96%• Efficiency: ECOnversion mode up to 99%• Overload capacity in normal operation 125% for
10 minutes and 150% for one minute [*]G• Output voltage tolerance ±1%• Lithium capable

Connectivity
Communication interface RS485, USB, Dry
contact, Modbus TCP/IP (SNMP optional) Five inch
touchscreen LCD, status, and display console.

H[*] Under 30°C degrees.

I
J
344

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

Technical specifications

www.se.com

Galaxy™ V series

A

Galaxy VS
Technical specifications

www.se.com

Galaxy VS
Galaxy VS

Topology
Nominal power (kW)Key features

Scalability option
N+1 redundancy option
Modular elements
DisplayHigh priority for C&I
Maintenance bypass
Parallel capability

Efficiency

Double conversion mode
ECO mode
ECOnversion mode

Input

Nominal input voltage
Input voltage range (phase to phase)
Single mains/dual mains
Input frequency
Input power factor
Maximum short-circuit rating
Backfeed protection

OutputNominal output voltages
Load power factor
Voltage regulation
Frequency
Overload
Output THDU on linear load

Battery type

Nominal battery voltage, UPS for external
batteries
Nominal battery voltage, UPS with internal
batteries
Charging power

Environment

Acoustic noise, UPS for external batteries
Acoustic noise, UPS with internal batteries
Dust protection
Seismic
Environmental

400 V

On-line double conversion
10 – 150 kW (parallel up to 600 kW) [4 UPSs in parallel]
50 – 150 kW
20 – 50 kW N+1
Power modules with Live Swap*, static switch module, smart battery modules, intelligence module
Color touch screen, 4.3 inches, status LED, mimic on display
Network management card included with ethernet (SNMP) and modbus. 8 dry contacts (4 inputs, 4 outputs)
Internal maintenance bypass. Optional maintenance bypass panel
Simplified 1+1 parallel (for redundancy); Up to 4 UPSs in parallel for capacity or redundancy

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

B

Up to 97%
Up to 99%
Up to 99%
380 / 400 / 415 V+/-15%
Single mains as standard. Easily converted to dual mains
40 – 70 Hz
IEC power factor: >0.99 @ load >25%, >0.95 @ load > 15%
65 kAIncluded
380 / 400 / 415 V
PF=1 (0.7 leading to 0.7 lagging without derating)+/- 1%
50/60 Hz +-0.1% free running
1 min @ 150%; 10 min @ 125%<1%
480 – 576 V (at ratings 50 kW, 100 kW, 150 kW); 60 kW: 432 – 576;384 – 576 V (at other ratings, including 60kW
and 120kW)
480 V DC
Charging power in % of output power at 0 – 40% load: 80% Charging power in % of output power at 100%
load: 20%57 dB (70% load) / 65 dB (100% load)
54 – 65 dB, depending on load percentage and model
Air filter included. Conformal coated boards
With optional kit. OSHPD tested
Green Premium Certified, RoHS, Reach* Model dependent
Specifications can be subject to change.

C
Galaxy™ V series

Galaxy VM
Technical specifications

www.se.com

Galaxy VM
Rated Power (kVA/kW)
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V)Normal and bypass AC inputs
Frequency (Hz)Input power factor
THDI

Bypass AC input
Input voltage range
Frequency

OutputPhase-to-phase output voltage (V)Load power factor
Output frequency
Overload capacity utility operation at 40°C
Output voltage regulation
Total harmonic distortion (THDU)
Output voltage tolerance

Overall efficiency

Efficiency at full load (AC-AC) at 100% load
ECOnversion modeStandard ECO mode

Overall efficiency
Control panel

Dimensions and weights

UPS (H x W x D)
Weight in lbs. (UPS)
450 kVA system bypass cabinet(H x W x D), weight
675 kVA system bypass cabinet(H x W x D), weight

Regulatory
Safety
EMC/EMI/RFI
Markings
Transportation
Seismic zone

Environmental

Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Operating elevation
Storage elevation
Max. audible noise at 1 m from unit

160/144

180/162225/202.5

360 – 576 (480 V three-phase)
Single input standard, dual input optional
40 – 70 Hz
0.99 at greater than 40% load
< 3% full load

D

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

432 – 528 V
50 Hz or 60 Hz
480 V (208 V & 600 V with transformer)
0.9
50/60 Hz +/- 0.1% (free-running)
150% for 1 minute and 125% for 10 minute+/- 1%< 2% at 100% linear load; < 3% at 100% non-linear load
Symmetric load (0 – 100%): +/- 1% static; asymmetric load: +/- 3% staticE

Up to 96.5%
Up to 99%
Up to 99%
Multifunction 7” touch-screen color LCD display with built-in NMC,
Modbus (SCADA and ION-E), two empty NMC card slots
77.56 x 39.45 x 33.62 in.
1,494
77.56 x 59.25 x 32.95 in. 1,069 lb

1,494

1,549

77.56 x 59.25 x 32.95 in. 1,113 lb.

UL 1778 Fourth Edition
FCC 47 Part 15
UL 1778
ISTA® 2B
OSHPD, IBC2012 and CBC2013 to Sds=2.02g
0°C – 40°C (32°F – 104°F)-25°C to 55°C (-77°F to 131°F) – without batteries-15°C to 40°C (5°F to 104°F) – with batteries
0% – 95% noncondensing 3,280 ft. at 100% load
3,280 ft. at 100% load
0 – 49,212 ft.
55 dB at 70% load, 65 dB at 100% load

F

Galaxy™ V series

Galaxy VX
Technical specifications

www.se.com

Galaxy VX
Galaxy VX

Topology
Nominal Power (kVA)
Technical Power Ratings
Parallel capability

Input

Rectifier Type
Nominal Input Voltage
Input Voltage Range
Input Connection
Input Frequency
Input Current Total Harmonic Distortion (THDI)
Input Power Factor
Walk-in
Short Circuit Withstand Rating

OutputInverter Type
Nominal Output Voltages

500 kW to 1500 kW UPS

On-line double conversion with ECOnversion mode
500 - 1250 kW (1250 kW input/output cabinet)
500 - 1500 kW (1500 kW input/output cabinet)
500 kW, 625 kW, 750 kW, 800kW, 1000 kW, 1100 kW, 1250 kW, 1500 kW
Up to 4 units (N+1)
IGBT active rectifier
380V / 400V / 415V / 440V / 480V, 3-wire (3PH + PE) or 4-wire (3PH + PE + N)
(600V with optional external transformer)+20% / -15%
Single or dual feed
50 or 60 Hz nominal (40-70 Hz)< 3% @ 100% load
> 0.990 to 300s (configurable)
100 kA

Output Voltage Distortion (THDU)
Output Power Factor

4 Level IGBT, high efficiency, transformerless
380V / 400V / 415V / 440V / 480V, 3-wire (3PH + PE) or 4-wire (3PH + PE + N)
(600V with optional external transformer)
0.7 leading to 0.5 lagging without UPS derating+/- 1%
50/60Hz +/- 0.1% (free running)
Continuous up to 110% 10 minutes up to 125% 1 minute up to 150%
Continuous up to 110% (380V / 400V / 415V / 440V)
Continuous up to 125% (480V)
1 minute up to 150% (all voltages)<2% at 100% linear load; <3% at 100% nonlinear load
1.0 kVA = kW

Double Conversion mode
ECOnversion mode

Up to 96.5%
Up to 99%

Type
Nominal DC Bus Voltage
Common battery string

Li-Ion, VRLA, Wet Cell, Flywheel
480 VDCYes (VRLA only)

Multilingual Graphics LCD Display
Compatibility with APC Communication cards
Communication Details

Yes
AP9630Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, Email
Modbus RS-485 (optional)

Load Power Factor
Voltage Regulation
Frequency Regulation
Overload in Normal Operation (at 40°C)
Overload in Bypass Operation (at 40°C)

Efficiency Details

Energy Storage Parameters

Communication

Mechanical Dimensions

1250 kW I/O Cabinet (H x W x D)
500 kW
625/750 kW
800/1000 kW
1100/1250 kW
1250 kW N+1

1500 kW I/O Cabinet (H x W x D)

77.6 x 126 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3200 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 149.6 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3800 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 173.2 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4400 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 196.9 x 35.4 in (1970 x 5000 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 220.5 x 35.4 in (1970 x 5600 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 245.1 x 35.4 in (1970 x 6200 x 900 mm)

Performance and Safety

Surge
IP level (Ingress Protection)

UL 1778 5th edition, cUL
CE, IEC 62040-1
IEC 62040-3 (VFI-SS-111)
FCC 47 Part 15
IEC 62040-2
OSHPD
IBC 2012
ANSI 62.4/B3
IP20

Operating Temperature
Humidity
Elevation / Altitude

0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F) without derating0 – 95% noncondensing
1000 m (3333 ft) 100% load without derating

Soft Start, Walk-in Charger for Compatibility with Gensets
Cold Start Function (start without mains)
Emergency Stop (EPO)
Frequency Converter
Backfeed Protection
Smart Power Test (SpoT)

Yes, Adaptative, Configurable 1 to 300s
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

EMC Emissions
Seismic

Environment

Standard Features

GH

77.6 x 94.4 x 35.4 in (1970 x 2400 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 118.1 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3000 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 141.6 x 35.4 in (1970 x 3600 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 165.2 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4200 x 900 mm)
77.6 x 188.8 x 35.4 in (1970 x 4800 x 900 mm)

500kW
750kW
1000 kW
1250 kW
1500 kW
1500 kW N+1

Standards and Approvals

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

Galaxy™ V series

I
Learn more about
Galaxy™ V series
range here

Scan orclick onQR codeGalaxy VS
offer

Galaxy VM
offer

Galaxy VX
offer

Galaxy VS
brochure

Galaxy VM
brochure

Galaxy VX
brochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

345

J

General overview

www.se.com

Uninterruptible power system

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Easy UPS Series
Business continuity made easy
The Schneider Electric Easy UPS 3 Series is an easy-to-install,easy-to-connect, easy-to-use, and easy-to-service 10-600 kVA
3 phase UPS ideal for small and medium businesses, data centers,
and other mission critical applications.
Easy to use, connect, monitor, andmanageH
I• User-friendly display interface supports easy
configuration• The optional network card enables:- Monitoring of UPS status remotely through a Web
interface- Monitoring and management of the UPS status
and performance through EcoStruxure IT’s cloudbased and on-premise software suites, bringing
you peace of mind.

Easy to maintain• Front and rear access for service

J• Quickly and easily replace the dust filter
conveniently located behind the front door
• Schneider Electric service team available to makeservice easy and improve uptime with proper
maintenance of your UPS and batteries.

346

Robust and competitive• Easy UPS 3 Series brings predictability to utility costs:- Up to 96% efficiency in double conversion mode
- Up to 99% efficiency in ECO mode

Over

120,000
satisfied customers• Minimize your power losses and coolingrequirements with up to unity power factor (kW=kVA)• Protect your data center or electrical room withthese fortifying features:- Embedded dust filter- Conformal coating- Operating temperature up to 40 C
- Wide input voltage range.

Proven performanceWith an established customer base of over 100,000
satisfied customers, we have been providing business
continuity around the world for more than 30 years.
The Schneider Electric Easy UPS 3 Series is the easyto-choose, easy-to-use power protection solution fortoday’s connected businesses.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

General overview

www.se.com

Easy UPS Series

Typical applications• Small and medium data centersand computer rooms• Manufacturing facilities• Telecommunication• Commercial buildings• Healthcare• Transportation

Easy UPS 3S/3M/3LA

10 to 600 kVA 3 phase UPS for small andmedium data centers and other businesscritical applications

B

Part of Easy Series
Description
3 phase Uninterruptible Power System.
Designed for fast and easy installation, this EcoStruxureready UPS features a wide operating temperature windowand strong overload protection, all in a compact andlightweight footprint.

C

Characteristics
Normal AC supply input

D• 10 to 40 kVA (Internal or External bateries)• 3:1 (10 to 30 kVA) 3:3 (10 to 600 kVA)
• Input voltage (V): 380 / 400 / 415 V (Three-phase + Neutral)• Frequency (Hz): 45 – 65 Hz• Input power factor: >0.99• THDI:E- linear load,- 5% non-linear load.
Output• Nominal output voltage (V):- 3:1 – 220 / 230 / 240 VF- 3:3 – 380 / 400 / 415 V• Efficiency: Double conversion mode up to 96%• Efficiency: ECO mode up to 99%• Overload capacity in normal operation 130% for 10 minutes
and 130-150% for one minuteG• Output voltage tolerance ±1%.

Connectivity
Communication interface RS232, RS485, USB,
dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP, optional network card Control
panel Multi-function LCD, status and display console.

H

Easy to install and start up> Rolls into position quickly and easilyI> Minimal footprint requirement with lightweight, compact form factor> Straightforward installation> Input, output, and bypass breakers are included> Emergency Power Off (EPO) switch is included> Easy Loop test verifies UPS performance before you connect your load,
without the need for a load bank
> Aesthetic design blends well into your installation environment

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

347

JTechnical specifications

www.se.com

Easy UPS Series

A

Easy UPS 3S
Technical specifications

www.se.com

Easy UPS 3S
Rated Power (kVA/kW)

Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2

B

Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V)Frequency (Hz)Input power factor
THDI
Input voltage range
Dual mains input

OutputNominal output voltage (V)Efficiency: Double conversion mode
Efficiency: ECO mode
Overload capacity in normal operation
Output voltage tolerance

10/10
10/10

15/15
15/15

20/20
20/20

30/30
30/30

40/40

380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral)
45 – 65 Hz>0.99<3% for 10 kVA UPS, <4% for 15-40 kVA UPS
304 V to 477 V at full load
Yes (default: single mains input)

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

3:1 – 220/230/240 V
3:3 – 380/400/415 V
Up to 96%
Up to 99%130% for 10 minutes and 130-150% for one minute+/-1%

Communication and management
Communication interface
Control panel

Weights and dimensions

UPS for external batteries, unpackaged/
shipping dimensions (H x W x D, mm)
UPS for internal batteries, without
batteries, unpackaged, shipping
dimensions (H x W x D, mm)
UPS for external batteries,
unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)
UPS for internal batteries, without
batteries, unpackaged/shipping weight(kg)
Battery string (1 string/4 modules),unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)Regulatory
Safety
EMC/EMI/RFI
Markings

Battery type

Battery type
Nominal DC bus (100% load)
Charging power in % of output power(selectable)

Environmental

Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Operating elevation
Audible noise at 1 m from unit
Protection class
Warranty

C

RS232, RS485, USB, dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP, optional network card
Multi-function LCD, status and display console
530 x 250 x 700 mm/
530 x 250 x 700 mm/
770 x 250 x 800 mm/
770 x 250 x 800 mm/
770 x 250 x 900 mm/
772 x 400 x 857 mm
772 x 400 x 857 mm
1015 x 400 x 982 mm 1015 x 400 x 982 mm 1015 x 400 x 1050 mm
1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 380 x 928 mm/ 1400 x 500 x 969 mm/ 1400 x 500 x 969 mm/
1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 563 x 1014 mm 1640 x 683 x 1114 mm 1640 x 683 x 1114 mm
36/50

36/50

112/145

112/145

60/77

70/86

122/158

152/190

158/195

Performance
Environmental

58/75

IEC 62040-3
IEC 62040-4

27 kg per module/28 kg per module

IEC/EN62040-1-1
IEC 62040-2
CE.RCM, EAC, WEEE
VRLA+/-192 to +/-240
1-20%

0°C to 40°C
0 to 95% non-condensing
0 to 1,000 m at 100% load
10-20 kVA: 60 dBA at 100% load; 30-40 kVA: 63 dBA at 100% load
IP20
One year with Schneider Electric-certified Field Service Representativeor Certified Service Partner Start-up Service (sold separately)* Under 30°C

Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS 3M

D

Technical specifications

www.se.com

Easy UPS 3M
Rated Power (kVA/kW) 60/60
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V)Frequency (Hz)Input power factor
THDI
Input voltage range
Dual mains input

OutputNominal output voltage (V)Efficiency: Double conversion
mode
Efficiency: ECO mode
Overload capacity in normal
operation
Output voltage tolerance

80/80

100/100

120/120160/160

200/200

915 x 360 x 850 mm/
1140 x 475 x 965 mm

1300 x 500 x 850 mm/
1500 x 625 x 975 mm

1300 x 500 x 850 mm/
1500 x 625 x 975 mm

1300 x 600 x 850 mm/
1500 x 725 x 975 mm

145/169

193/223

227/257

304/338

380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral + PE)
40–70 Hz
>0.99
<3% at full linear load
342 V to 477 V at full load at 40°C**
Yes (default: single mains input)

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

3:3 – 380/400/415 V
Up to 95.5%
Up to 99%125% for 10 minutes, 150% for 1 minute*+/-1%

Communication and management
Communication interface
Control panel

E

Weights and dimensions
UPS for external batteries,
unpackaged/shipping dimensions(H x W x D, mm)
UPS for internal batteries, without
batteries, unpackaged, shipping
dimensions (H x W x D, mm)
UPS for external batteries,
unpackaged/shipping weight (kg)
UPS for internal batteries, without
batteries, unpackaged/shipping
weight (kg)Regulatory
Safety
EMC/EMI/RFI
Markings

Battery type

Battery type
Nominal DC bus (100% load)
Charging power in % of output
power (selectable)

Environmental

Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Operating elevation
Audible noise at 1 m from unit
Protection class

RS485, USB, Dry contact, Modbus TCP/IP (SNMP optional)
Five inch touchscreen LCD, status, and display console

915 x 360 x 850 mm/
1140 x 475 x 965 mm

915 x 360 x 850 mm/
1140 x 475 x 965 mm

1970 x 600 x 1000 mm/ 1970 x 600 x 1000 mm/
2102 x 750 x 1125mm 2102 x 750 x 1125mm
109/133

140/164311 (360)

339 (387)

IEC/EN 62040-1
IEC 62040-2
CE TUV
VRLA+/-216 to +/-300
for external
batteries: 1-20%
with internal
batteries: 1-16%

Performance
Environmental

for external
batteries: 1-30%
with internal
batteries: 1-24%

IEC62040-3
IEC 62040-4

for external
batteries: 1-24%

for external
batteries: 1-20%

for external
batteries: 1-22.5%

for external
batteries: 1-24%

0 to 40°C
0 to 95% non-condensing
0 to 1,500 m at 100% load60-100 kVA: 65 dBA at 100% load*; 120-200 kVA: <70 dBA at 100% load*
IP20* Under 30 C** 342–150 with a linear derating of the load to 30%

F

Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS 3L

G

Technical specifications

www.se.com

Easy UPS 3L
Rated Power (kVA/kW)*
Normal AC supply input
Input voltage (V)Frequency (Hz)Input power factor
THDI
Input voltage range
Dual mains input

OutputParallelNominal output voltage (V)Efficiency: Double conversion mode
ECO modeOverload capacity in normal operation
Output voltage tolerance
Load Power Factor compatibility

250/250300/300

400/400

500/500

600/600

380/400/415 V (Three-phase + Neutral + PE)
40–70 Hz
>0.99
<3%
323 – 477V
Yes (default: single mains input)

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS

Up to 5 UPSs for capacity (or 5 + 1 for redundancy)
380/400/415 V
Up to 96%99%150% for 1 minute, 125% for 10 minutes, 105% continuous+/-1%
From 0.5 leading to 0.5 lagging

Communication and management
Communication interface
Control panel

RS485, dry contacts, Ethernet (SNMP, Modbus, TCP/IP)
7-inch touchscreen LCD, status, and display console

Weights and dimensions

UPS, unpackaged/dimensions (H x W x D 1970 x 600 x 850 mm
mm)
UPS, unpackaged weight (kg)425 kgRegulatory
SafetyEMC
Performance
Marking

Battery type

Battery type
Number of batteries
Charging power in % of output power(selectable)

Environmental

H

Relative humidity
Operating elevation
Audible noise at 1m from unit
Protection class1970 x 1000 x 850 mm
465 kg560 kg640 kg

720 kg

IEC/EN 62040-1
IEC/EN 62040-2
IEC/EN 62040-3
CE
VRLA
36 - 5026%

0 to 95% non-condensing
0 to 1500 m without derating
70 db
IP20

24%

72 db

* kVA/kW at 30°C

Easy UPS Series

I
J

Learn more about
Easy UPS Series
range here

Scan orclick onQR codeEasy UPS 3S
offer

Easy UPS 3M
offer

Easy UPS 3L
offer

Easy UPS Seriesbrochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

348

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-H

www.se.com

Medium Voltage Switchgears components

General overview....................................................I-350

Medium Voltage switching devices

Vacuum Circuit-Breakers......................................................... I-355
SF6 Circuit-Breakers................................................................. I-357
Vacuum and SF6 contactors.................................................... I-358
Indoor load break switch, disconnector and earthing switch..... I-359
Medium voltage Cradle............................................................ I-360
Medium voltage Fuses............................................................. I-361

I

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

349

General overview

www.se.com

Medium voltage Switchgear components

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

The widest range of components
to meet all your requirements
Get the right level of partnership to fulfil your business ambition
Growth opportunities in the medium-voltage business sector are increasing, now more than ever.
With access to the right resources, you can scale up your switchboard manufacturing operations andimprove the quality of your services.

Latest MV components

Dedicated portal accessGet high-quality MV components that comply
with the latest engineering standards and gain
privileged access to industry advances andcutting-edge solutions.

Update your skillset with training on upcoming
products and solutions and obtain tailoredproductivity tools to ensure higher output andefficiency.

Comprehensive technicalsupportGet dedicated help and advice on solutions thatfacilitate easier product integration and greater
productivity for your business.

350

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

General overview

www.se.com

Medium voltage switchgear components
Electricity is getting more Digital & Sustainable,
are you ready?

A

With the combined benefits of digitalisation, the Internet of Things and improved interoperability, there is significant potential
for improvement in energy management.
Increased versatility enables faster adaptation to customer needs and rapid product configuration, while operational data
analysis optimises operating conditions, predicts maintenance needs and enables better asset management.
As part of our commitment to sustainable and efficient energy, we also offer our partners innovative, compact and SF6-freesolutions. This is in line with our aim to help companies gain a competitive advantage through smarter switchgear withoutcompromising the environment.

PM109061

AirPacTSF6-free switch and disconnector

PM109061

PowerLogic P7
A major step forward for protection relays

BC

Decarbonize
Our offerings provide highly sustainable switchboards that promise longer
durations of life.
The use of Pure Air technology eliminates the use of SF6 gas, a known
high potential Global Warming gas, removing the risks associated withchanging regulations. Additionally, we continually strive to increase
equipment efficiency and longevity with groundbreaking innovations suchas the use of composite mechanisms, thereby promoting operational life
extension.

D
E

Digitize
Given the pressing regulatory mandates and evolving customer needs,
the need for highly efficient and durable installations has never been
more significant.
We provide the solutions that are engineered to boost the efficiency andoptimize the operation service life of these installations.
Constant information regarding the health of the power installation is
crucial in extending its operational lifetime.
Our service also significantly reduces downtime and intervention periods
by foreseeing and managing potential failures.

F
G

See PowerLogic™ range page 174

PM110584

EvoPacT HVX
A revolutionary circuit breaker

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

HPartner for the future
The wheels of Energy Transformation are now set in motion and we areprepared to extend our fullest support to our partners in this endeavor.
The winners in this transformation will undoubtedly be the ones that are
prepared and adaptable.
We offer a multitude of supports to our partners, such as a thoroughlyrefreshed MV portfolio, unwavering focus on sustainability, and fostering ofdigital services.
Moreover, our Pure Air technology, alongside connected devices, grants
our panel builder partners a significant competitive edge.
They are equipped to meet their customers' increasing demands for more
efficient and sustainable installations.

351

I
J

General overview

www.se.com

Medium voltage switchgear components

A
B

Longlife partner for your customer
Support your customers to face the challenges ofrunning efficient and durable electrical installation
For your end-user in industrial, commercial or infrastructure buildings
power failure is the worst scenario that can happen . Business comes to a
standstill, production and employees are idle.
Be informed 24/7 on health of your customer power installation

C
D

With digital services, as our partner you can leverage the power ofconnected equipment to effectively monitor electrical installations 24/7.
This advanced approach enables to be informed proactively about any
abnormal wear and tear.
Additionally, it also offers insights into the anticipated replacement ofcritical components, allowing to manage maintenance with improved
efficiency and minimal disruption. Hence, digital services revolutionize
equipment management, ensuring safety and prolonged operational
lifespan.
Be your customer best advisor to maintain service continuity

EF

As a trained and recognised partner of Schneider Electric, you will beable to recommend, propose or provide services to your customer tokeep their installation operating at optimum levels for a long service
life.
Become an expert in maintaining the availability and longevity ofelectrical distribution installations with field and digital services, you
can now maximise revenue with additional service opportunities.
Gain more expertise and expand your business portfolio• Differentiate from competitors with relevant services offerings• Increase staff expertise with dedicated trainingG• Be the solution provider and trusted advisor your customer needs.

H
I
J
352

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

General overview

www.se.com

Medium voltage switchgear components
Benefit from Schneider Electric brand image
and know-how

A
B
C
D
E

The experience of a world leader in Medium Voltage

F

Schneider Electric has been manufacturing MV cubicles for more than half century and has
an installed base of millions of products and devices. The Schneider Electric brand is known
worldwide and recognized.

G

A long history of innovation for a global offer
Based on this experience as a world leader, Schneider Electric has developed a large andcomprehensive range innovative Medium Voltage devices employing field proven and latest
breaking technologies. You benefit from a global leader's experience and know-how in electric
distribution, automation and power and control.

H

Schneider Electric devices can easily benefit from advanced functionalities of communicationand monitoring enabled by IoT devices to give final switchboard and installation valuable
information and enhanced operability of the complete system.

I

Quality certification: ISO 9001 and ISO 14001
Every unit of Schneider Electric has a quality operating organization, with procedures
recognized by many customers and official standard organizations. These procedures are:
• Uniform for all departments• Recognized by numerous customers and official organizations

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

J353

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

Medium Voltage
switching devices
354

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Circuit-Breakers

Vacuum Circuit-Breakers

Protection and operation of network

A

EvoPacT HVX

A revolutionary
circuit breakerfor MV distribution
PM110584

B

EvoPacT HVX MV circuit breakers
bring infrastructure, large industrial orcommercial buildings, electro-intensive
processes, or cloud and service providers
into the future with IoT-enabled featuresthat meet the needs of our All Digital, All
Electric world.
By bringing us closer to our facilities’operations than ever before,
EvoPacT HVX improves how weinteract with our electrical systems,
ushering in the digital revolution.

Learn moreC

Rated voltage
(kV)

Next
Generation

24

Max. rated
short-circuit current

31.5 kAMax. rated current

2 500 A

Versions• Fixed• Withdrawable

Number of poles

3p

Mechanical operations
cycles (ON/OFF)

30 000

Mounting

FrontalMechanism

Conventional spring

Standards• IEC• GB (Chinese)• ANSI

Longer service life

D
E
F
G

Benefits
EvoPacT HVX is designed with morethan 45 years of MV experienceand manufactured using in-house,
best-in-class components for a longer
operational life.
• Proven to last three times longer than theindustry standard for MV circuit breakers• Built to withstand up to 30,000
mechanical and electrical operations• Embedded pole for better dielectric andenvironmental pollution withstandH• Operate smater with innovative technology• Reduce operational risk
• Buil-in sustainability (Green Premium certified)• Service enabler for Partners

I• See video• Tested according to all major international
standards, including IEC, ANSI/IEEE
and GBJ
Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

355

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Circuit-Breakers

Vacuum Circuit-Breakers
Protection and operation of network

A

EvoPact HVX

EasyPact
EXE

Embedded poleO

C

PM110584

PM108877

PM109084

B
Rated voltage
(kV)

40.5
36

36

31.5 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA

31.5 kA

2 500
A

2 500 A

24
17.5

D

12

Max. rated
short-circuit current

E
F
G

12

31.5 kAMax. rated current

17.5

31.5 kA

50 kA

2 500 A

50 kA

3 150 A /4 000 A (1)2 500 A /3 150 A (1)Versions• Fixed• Withdrawable• Fixed• Withdrawable• Fixed• Withdrawable

Number of poles

3p

3p

3p

Mechanical operations
cycles (ON/OFF)

10 000

10 000

10000

Mounting

FrontalFrontalFrontalMechanism

Conventional spring

Conventional spring

Conventional spring

Standards• IEC• GOST• IEC• GB (Chinese)• GOST (2)• IEC• Kit and web ordering• Better safety• Opex optimization(thermal sensors)• Service enabler for Partners• Embedded pole for better dielectric &environmental pollution withstand• Assembled pole

Benefits

H• See video

I(1) Need forced cooling(2) Only 36 kV & 40.5 kVJClic to access to the product range

356

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Circuit-Breakers

SF6 Circuit-Breakers
Protection and operation of network

EvoPact LF

EvoPact SF1

A

EvoPact SF2

PM109997

PM109988

PM110000

B
Rated voltage
(kV)

40.5

C

36

36

25 kA

40 kA

31.5 kA

3 150 A

2 500 A

24
17.5

17.5

12

Max. rated
short-circuit current

12

50 kA

Max. rated current

40 kA

25 kA

25 kA

3 150 A

25 kA
1 250 A

Versions• Fixed• Withdrawable• Fixed• Withdrawable• Fixed• Withdrawable

Number of poles

3p

3p

3p

Mechanical operations
cycles (ON/OFF)

10 000

10 000

10 000

Mounting

FrontalFrontal and lateral

FrontalMechanism

Conventional spring

Conventional spring

Conventional spring

Standards

• IEC

• IEC

• IEC

E
F

• GOST

G

Benefits• Referenced product for
Nuclear Power plants• Integrated VIP trip unit (without auxiliary
power supply) in SFset up to 24 kV• Marine solutions
certified• Well suited for capacitor bank and inductive
load applications• Seismic version
available

D• Particularly adapted forhigh voltage ratings andharsh environment• Well suited for capacitor
bank and inductive load
applications

H
I
J

Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

357

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Contactors

Vacuum and SF6 contactors
Protection and control of network

A

Vacuum Contactor

SF6 Contactor

C
D

Rated voltage
(kV)

6 kA

Max. rated current

400 A (AC4)

Versions

12

7.2

Max. rated
short-circuit current• FixedFG

Mechanical operations
cycles (ON/OFF)

7.2

4 kA

315 A (AC4)• FixedE
Number of poles

Rollarc

12

6 kA

4 kA

(50 kA in
conjunction withfuses)(50 kA in
conjunction withfuses)

400 A (AC4)315 A (AC4)

12

7.2
10 kA

8 kA

400 A (AC4)• Withdrawable version equippedwith DIN or BS fuses• Basic• Optional on
board auxiliary
voltagetransformer• Withdrawable

1p - 3p• 300 000 (mechanical latch)• 1 000 000 (magnetic held)

PM107151

PM103784

B

CVX

PM103792

CBX

3p

3p

• 300 000 (mechanical latch)• 1 000 000 (magnetic held)• Fixed3p

3p• 100 000
(mechanical latch)• 300 000
(magnetic held)

Mechanism

Magnetic holding
or mechanical latch

Magnetic holding
or mechanical latch

Magnetic holding or mechanicallatchStandards• IEC• GB (chinese)

• IEC
• GB

• IEC

Version available for capacitor
banks:• LV supply
thanks tooptional on
board VT• Reference product inSF6 contactor market• High short circuit breaking
capacity in combination withfuses

• Soft breaking, suited for capacitor
bank, power transformers
and motors applications

BenefitsH• 1 pole version available forneutral Earthing• Specific version available forcapacitor banks

I• Nuclear powerplant & Marine
applications• Cradle available (consult us)

J
Clic to access to the product range

358

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Switches and Disconnectors

Indoor load break switch, disconnector
and earthing switch
SF6-free switch & SF6 switch &disconnector
disconnector
AirPacTA

Earthing switch

LBSkitEarthing switch
17/24 kV

EISC

Indoor load break switch, disconnector
and accessories

Rated voltage(kV)

PM108846

PE56373

PM109061

Function

PM105560

B
Earthing switch

36
24

36

24

24

24

17.5

17.5

12

Max. rated shortcircuit current
Max. rated current
Pole center distanceMechanical operations
cycles (ON/OFF)Standards

C

Earthing switch

25 kA/1 s

25 kA/1 s

25 kA/1s

1 250 A

1 250 A

1 250 A12

31.5 kA 31.5 kA 31.5 kA

25 kA

165
175
210
215
250

350
370
400
460

210

165
210
215
250
275
300

31.5 kA 50 kA 31.5 kA

160

200-240240

10 000 operations

1 000 O/C cycles(Class M1)

1 000 cycles

IEC

IEC

IEC 62271-102• Green Premium• Insensitive toenvironment• Reduced
maintenance• Reduced maintenance

Earthing switch for a wide rangeof rated voltages

E
F

Benefits• Insensitive toenvironmentD

Simple and robust
design easy to adapt
with a large choice ofoptions

G
H• Easy & flexible
integration• See video

I
J
Clic to access to the product range

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

359

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

CradleA

CradleC

Function

MC Cassette

DE57396

PM105644

B

M1-M2 Cradle

PM10893

L-Frame Cradle

Integration of switching device

Integration of switching device

Rated voltage(kV)Integration of switching device

40.5
36
24
17.5

D
E

17.5

12

7.2

12

Max. rated shortcircuit current

50 kA

31.5 kA

40 kA

31.5 kA

50 kA

Max. rated current

3 150 A

2 500 A

2 500 A

1 250 A

3 150 A

Recommended
cubicle width

650 1 000 mm

800 1 000 mm

Integration ofswitching device

EvoPact HVX Embedded Pole+ EasyPact EXE

1 100 mm

570 - 900 mm

EvoPact SF

EvoPact LF+ EasyPact EXE

G

VersionPM108877

PE58239

PM108519

PM108877

PM105605

F
With and without earthing switch

Without earthing switch

With earthing switch in option

Fully assembled by Schneider
ElectricTwo different arrangements for
HV connection using the upperand lower bushings

Full type tested solution includinginternal arc protection with MV door

Benefits

H
I
J
Clic to access to the product range

360

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

Medium Voltage switching devices

www.se.com

Fuses

Current limiting fuses

A

Function

Fusarc CF

PM103181-55

Protection to Medium Voltage distribution
devices (from 3.6 to 36 kV) from both the
dynamic and thermal effects of short-circuitcurrents

Solefuse

Rated voltage
(kV)

36

B
Tepefuse

MGK

36

24

24

C

24

17.5
3.6

7.2

12

7.2

12

12

7.2

D

Max. rated
short-circuit current

Up to 63 kA

Up to 50 kA

Up to 40 kA

Up to
50 kA

Max. rated current

Up to 250 A

Up to 125 A

Up to 0.3 A

Up to
250 A

Applications• Motors• Power Transformers• Capacitors

VoltageTransformers

Motors• Power Transformers• IEC 60282-1• IEC 60282-1• IEC 60282-1• IEC 60282-1• DIN 43625• UTE C64200, C64210• UTE C64200,
C64210E• Capacitors• Metering Transformers

Standards• VDE 0670-402

F

Benefits• High breaking capacity• High current limitationG• Low I2t values• Low breaking overvoltage• Low dissipated power• For indoor and outdoor applications• With a thermal striker
For additional information consult our MV fuses catalogue (ref: AC0479EN)

H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

361

Medium Voltage Switchgear components

www.se.com

Usefull links
Learn more on our Medium Voltage products and technology to extend
your business opportunities
Helping you design MV products according to IEC standards

A• Our talented electrical distribution experts share their industry-leading knowledgeof technological developments and evolving medium-voltage standards.

MV Technical Guide

B
Helping protect people and systems from arc flash in medium
voltage equipment• Easy to understand approach on arc flash systems installed in MV switchgear

C

Arc Flash eGuide
Improving your business with digital self-service• Digital self-service helps your business improve flexibility and productivity,
allowing you to quickly adapt to customer needs in changing times.

D

Digital Life Cycle eGuide
Schneider Electric EcoFit™ Life Extension Essential Catalog

E• Discover in a single catalog all assets and services to modernize existing MV and LV
installations by adding sensors and communication capabilities.

Catalog EcoFit™ Life Extension Essential

F
Leaflet EcoExpert Cerfified basic• We offer Panel Builders an easy way to get into Medium Voltage business.

G

Pre-assembled MV Switchgear

HPower Services Catalogues• Download EcoXpert Power Services catalog:
Enhance your portfolio, strengthen customer loyalty, and drive your business forward byleveraging our specialized services that complement your expertise as a Panel Builder.

I

Power Services Catalog

Learn more about
Medium Voltage
Switchgear
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

362

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-I

www.se.com

Incoming Protection

PowerLogic P1

General overview.....................................................................J-364
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-367
Product description - PowerLogic P1F....................................J-371
Product description - PowerLogic P1V....................................J-373

PowerLogic P3

General overview.....................................................................J-376
General characteristics PowerLogic P3 Standard...................J-380
General characteristics PowerLogic P3 Advanced..................J-382

PowerLogic P5

General overview.....................................................................J-386
General characteristics............................................................J-390
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-391

PowerLogic A1 and A3

General overview.....................................................................J-392
Technical characteristics.........................................................J-396

PowerLogic T300

General overview.....................................................................J-398
General characteristics............................................................J-402

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

363

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1

A
B
C
D
E
PowerLogic P1

F
G
H
I

Network protection relays

PowerLogic P1 at a glance
Built on over a century of experience in medium-voltage
protection relays, the new PowerLogic P1 is designed to meetyour customers’ needs for electrical protection, connectivity
and everyday ease-of-use.

Simple, reliable,
and easy-to-use
protection relays

PowerLogic P1 is designed to be an effective solution for simple
applications like overcurrent, earth-fault, voltage and frequency. Suitedfor basic distribution applications in commercial and industrial buildings,
industrial settings or distribution utilities or as LV applications when ANSI
functions are required. Ideal for back-up protection in new installations
or in retrofit applications when replacing legacy relays. Reduce time andcosts with simple installation, setting and configuration.
Get more benefits with digital, reliable and efficient PowerLogic P1:• Single function voltage or current protection

J• Incomer, feeder or transformer applications• Simple to order, install and operate.

364

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

www.se.com

General overview

PowerLogic P1

The PowerLogic P1 relays are
suitable for the applications
where overcurrent and/or earth-fault and voltage
protection are required.
PowerLogic P1F and P1V
models can be applied tomedium and low voltage
electrical systems.

PowerLogic P1 relays provide features for easy adaptation to different
applications and operation conditions. The P1F and P1V models can be
fully configured manually, without using setting software.
Alternatively, eSetup Easergy Pro (or Easergy Studio) setting software
allows configuration parameters to be modified for a specific application
via the USB port.
IEC 60870-5-103 and Modbus RTU integrated communication protocols
are available for flexible integration into most substation control or
DCS systems.

A
B

Close and trip commands can be executed via functional key on the front
panel, default menu window, DCS/SCADA system (RS485) or configured
binary input.
Three level password gives proper access rights for secure maintenanceof the relay.

C

As a device housed in a small sized flush-mountable case, the P1V andP1F models can be easily installed in all modern, dimension-focused
switchgear panels, up to IP54 ingress protection degree.

D

The relay can be also considered as a cost-effective answer to retrofit
demands of older substations.
In P1F we have, for overcurrent protection functionatily, selectablemeasuring criteria: True RMS and/or fundamental frequency (Fourier)current measurements allow to increase selectivity and adapt to theapplication.

E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

365

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1

A
B

Take PowerLogic protection relays further with EcoStruxureTM

450 000

EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity.

C

EcoStruxure systems
deployed since 2007
with the support of our
9,000 system integrators

EcoStruxure readyDE

Efficient asset management

24/7 connectivity

Enhanced safety

Help boost your efficiency andparticipate to reduce downtime
using predictive maintenance tools

Make better informed decisions
with real-time data that’s available
everywhere, anytime

Advanced features designed-in
based on well-known designs,
experience and technology

F
G

EcoStruxure™ architecture

Building

Infrastructure

Edge control
Connected products

I
EcoStruxurePower

IndustryApps, Analytics & Services

Cloud and/or 
on-premises

End-to-end
cybersecurity

H

Data center

EcoStruxure
Building

EcoStruxure
IT

EcoStruxure
MachineEcoStruxure
Plant

EcoStruxure
Grid

J
366

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JTechnical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1
ANSI or IEC

A

Ideal for industrial buildings, distribution utilities and LV applications(if ANSI functions are needed)

B

Features and options

P1V

Current

3CT + 1CT–

Voltage

1VT (option)

3VT or 4VT [*]Overcurrent protection–

Directional earth-fault protection

CE markings as per Directive
93/98/CEE
ISO/EHS/OHSAS certified
manufacturing facility reinforces
product quality and reliability.
Independent lab reports
available for CE.

C

P1F

D

–

[*]

Voltage protection–

Frequency protection–

InputsUp to 8Up to 6

Outputs

Up to 8Up to 8Programmable LEDs

66

USB [*] & RS485 [*]USB [*] & RS485 [*][*]E

CB control keys
Communications
Records[*]

DisplayF[*]

LCD 32 x 2

LCD 32 x 2[*] Depending on the modelG

FeederGreen Premium
eco-mark:
Schneider Electric commits todisclose reliable, comprehensive
information on the environmental
impacts of our products.

F

V

G

H

BusbarF

F

I

Capacitor

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

Generator

FeederTransformer

367

JTechnical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1
Selection guide

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

PowerLogic P1FPowerLogic P1VProtection functions

ANSI code

P1F1L P1F1L+

P1F1N P1F1B P1F1A P1F1E P1F1E+

P1V1L

P1V1N

P1V1A

Undervoltage

27

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

3

3

Positive sequence
undervoltage

27P

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

Negative sequence
overcurrent

46

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

Cur. unbalance,
broken conductor

46BC

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

Negative sequence
overvoltage

47

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

2

Thermal overload

49

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

Phase overcurrent

50/51

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

Earth fault overcurrent

50N/51N

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

-

-

-

Breaker failure

50BF

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

Switch On To Fault (SOTF)

50HS

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

Overvoltage

59

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

3

3

Neutral voltage displacement

59N

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

3

Derived Vo sequence
overvoltage

59N

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

3

3

VT supervision

60FL

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Directional earth-fault o/c

67N/21Y [*]

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

-

Magnetizing inrush detection

68F2

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

-

-

-

Auto-recloser

79

-

-

-

-

-

4

4

-

-

-

Over or under frequency

81

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

Lockout

86

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Cold load pick-up

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

Blocking logic

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

1

1

IDMT curves

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

15

15

15

Setting groups

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

[*] E/F Protection can be set as directional E/F protection or admittance protection

H
I
J
368

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JTechnical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1

Selection guidePowerLogic P1FPowerLogic P1V

Hardware

P1F1L P1F1L+

P1F1N P1F1B P1F1A P1F1E P1F1E+

P1V1L

P1V1N

P1V1A

Phase current inputs

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

Residual current inputs

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

Phase voltage inputs

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

3

3

Neutral voltage inputs

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

Digital inputs

-

-

-

4

4

8

8

-

2

6

Digital outputs

3+WD

3+WD

5+WD

3+WD

7+WD

5+WD

5+WD

3+WD

5+WD

7+WD

USB front port

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

-

1

1

RS485 rear port

-

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

1

1

Local/remote function

-

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

b

b

Local control with I/O keys

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

Remote control with RS485

-

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

b

b

Remote control with digital inputs

-

-

-

b

b

b

b

-

-

b

Time Synchronisation with digital input

-

-

-

-

-

b

b

-

-

b

RMS current values

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

-

-

Fundamental voltage values

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

b

Frequency

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

-

b

Positive sequence of voltage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

b

Negative sequence of voltage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

b

b

Thermal overload

-

-

b

b

b

b

b

-

-

-

Inrush current ratio

-

-

-

-

b

b

b

-

-

-

Positive sequence of current IS1

-

-

-

-

-

b

b

-

-

-

Negative sequence of current IS2

-

-

-

-

-

b

b

-

-

-

Relative IS2/IS1

-

-

-

-

-

b

b

-

-

-

Phase Peak Demand Current Values

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

-

-

-

Tripping context record

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

Sequence of event record

-

200

200

200

200

200

200

-

200

200

Disturbance record

-

-

-

-

4 sec

4 sec

3 sec

-

-

4 sec

Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Circuit breaker monitoring & diagnostics

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

-

-

1

Counters

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

-

-

1

Self-supervision (WD)

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

A
B
C

Control functions

D

Measurement

E
F
G

Logs and Records

H

Monitoring functions

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

369

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P1
Communication

Connection to SCADA using serial line

HMI/
SCADA

A

This architecture allows you to connect HMI/SCADA to a set ofPowerLogic protection relays using a multi-drop serial communication
link with master-slave communication.

Daisy chain

Seriallink

B
Relay 1

Relay 2

Relay n (n max= 32)

Available protocols:

Time synchronisation protocol:• Modbus RTU• Minute pulse• IEC 60870-5-103

Connection to SCADA using serial lines and legacy protocols
This architecture allows you to connect HMI/SCADA to a set ofPowerLogic protection relays using a multi-drop serial communication
link with master-slave communication protocols such as Modbus-RTU
or IEC 61870-5-103.
The RS485 serial communication port of the PowerLogic protection
relay enables simple daisy chaining suited for 2-wire. A termination
module is plugged into the last connection.

C
D

Data exchanged between
PowerLogic P1F / P1V and SCADA

E

ProtocolReal time data

ModbusIEC 60870-5-103

Measurement

b
b
b
b

b
b
b
b

b
b

-

b
b

b
-

Alarms and status
Controls

F

Time-stamped events

Systemconfigurator.icd file

Historical data
Disturbance records
Sequence of event record files

Setting management

G

Setting group change
Settings.scd file.iid fileEngineering system

H
eSetupEasergy Pro

I

eSetup Easergy Pro
eSetup Easergy Pro (or Easergy Studio) can be connected to a single
PowerLogic protection relay on the front USB port.
eSetup Easergy Set allows you to prepare the configuration of the relay
without having any physical relay. For this purpose, eSetup Easergy Pro
provides the latest version of the configuration description file directlyfrom the web.

J
370

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

Product descriptionwww.se.com

PowerLogic P1F

PM107253

Main features
The following functions are generally available in all devices:• Operate in 1, 2, or 3-phase arrangement• Two setting groups, selected from the relay menu, binary input or
SCADA/DCS• Flush mounted case
• Fundamental and True RMS (within a frequency range from 10 Hz
to 1 kHz) phase current value measurement• 9 button keypad to input settings, configure the relay and close andtrip command and display (graphical)• Fault record for most recent trips.
The P1F protection relays are comprised of a suite of protection
functions as well as auxiliaries. Each function can be individuallyconfigured or disabled to suit every kind of application.

Customer benefits
Learn moreA
BC

All available functions, including protection, automation,communication, LEDs, inputs and outputs, are easily programmablethrough the user-friendly human machine interface and/or the eSetup
Easergy Pro software interface.
The graphical LCD provides the user with key information (faults,
measurements, settings, etc). The menus have a pull-down structure foreasy use and quick access to any data. User can switch HMI language
directly through the front panel.

DE

8 LEDs (6 freely configurable) indicate the correct operation of therelay as well as other information regarding the protection of theelectrical system.
The hardware architecture and software algorithms have been
designed to operate on very short failure detection times.
Tripping occurs typically within 40 ms.

F

Application
PowerLogic P1F numerical overcurrent protection relay provides anoptimized solution. Typical applications are:
• Utility and industrial substation fitted with cost-optimized MV
switchboards• Retrofit relays of old technology, particularly during installation of
DCS systems• Transformers, incomers, bus couplers, overhead lines andunderground cables on MV systems• Neutral system protection (insulated, solid and resistance earthed)• LV substations.

G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

371

Product descriptionwww.se.com

PowerLogic P1FA
B

Protection function overview
IEEE
device no.

PowerLogic P1F functions

49

Thermal overload (true RMS)
2 independent thresholds (Alarm, Trip)

50BF

Circuit breaker failure

50/51

Three-phase non directional overcurrent
3 independent thresholds (21 groups of IDMT curves)

Model
L & L+

Model
N

Model
B

Model
A

Model
E

Model
E+

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

Switch on to fault (SOTF)
Inrush blocking (2nd harmonic)

C
D
E

Selective relay scheme logic
Blocking logic

b

b

b

b

Cold Load Pick-Up

b

b

b

b

b

b

50N/51N

Phase-earth non directional overcurrent
2 independent thresholds (21 groups of IDMT curves)

b

b

b

b

b

b

67N/21Y [1]Directional earth-fault protection (2 stages)

46

Negative phase sequence overcurrent

b

b

46BC

Broken conductor detection (I2 / I1)

b

b

79

Auto reclose (4 shots)

b

b

86

Output relay latching

b

b

b

b

b

b

Binary inputs

0

0

4

4

8

8

Output relays

3

5

3

7

5

5

Watchdog contact

1

1

1

1

1

1

Phase current inputs (0.1-40 In)

3

3

3

3

3

3

Neutral current input (0.01-2 IN or 0.05-12 IN)

1

1

1

1

1

1

F

b

Neutral voltage input (5-130 V)

G
H

1Circuit breaker supervision

b

b

b

Trip circuit supervision

b

b

b

Event recording

b [2]

200

200

200

200

200

Fault recording

20

20

20

20

20

20

Disturbance recording

4s

4s

3s

CB condition monitoring and Counters

b

b

b

2

2

2

b

b

Setting groups

2

2

2

Time synchronisation (via binary input)
LCD display

I

Back-lit

Mini-USB front port
Powering thru mini-USB front port

J

Back-lit

Back-lit

Back-lit

Back-lit

Back-lit

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

b

Modbus /IEC103

Modbus /IEC103

Modbus /IEC103

Modbus /IEC103

Modbus /IEC103

Remote communication (RS485)b

Measurements

b

b

b

b

b

b

CB control via front keys / RS485 / Binary input

b /-/-

b /-/-

b/b/b

b/b/b

b/b/b

b/b/b

[2]

[1] E/F Protection can be set as directional E/F protection or admittance protection[2] If the relay is equiped with RS485

372

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

Product descriptionwww.se.com

PowerLogic P1V

PM107253

Main features
PowerLogic P1V is a basic numerical relay that helps to provide
reliable and effective voltage and frequency protection with
automation, control and measurement functions. It may be applied to
all low voltage or medium voltage applications as a primary or back-up
protection device.
PowerLogic P1V has always been strongly linked to flexible and easyto-use protection relays. It inherits the well known MiCOM Px10 and
VAMP 11V series. With attention to simplicity and cost effectiveness,
the PowerLogic P1V becomes the reference for the most efficientdevices for standard protection applications.
Thanks to the cost to functionality ratio, the PowerLogic P1V is aninnovative solution that is tailored to user’s needs and can be appliedin any type of low or medium voltage nework where voltage or
frequency protection is required.

Customer benefits
Learn more

Many selectable options embedded in the relay offer a high levelof flexibility in terms of application and maintenance. VT ratio,
communication protocol, HMI language or independent settings ofhysteresis for under or over-voltage protection are all selectable in themenu. Moreover, only 3 relay models are used to accomodate specificaplications and operating conditions. This approach helps optimise theprotection to the requirements and helps minimize wasted functionality
and cost. A unique list of only 10 model variants (type designations)cover all model, voltage input range and auxiliary power supply
options, meaning that ordering and spares holding is simplified forease of use.
Switchable serial communication (IEC 6087-5-103 or Modbus) allows
the device to connect to almost any kind of scada system. A front USB
port and multilingual HMI makes PowerLogic P1V user-friendly with
reduced maintenance costs.
PowerLogic P1V is housed in a standard flush mounting case which
can be complemented by two optional accessories:• Wall mounting adaptor• Transparent plastic front cover to limit unauthorized access.

Application
PowerLogic P1V is a basic numerical relay provides reliable andeffective voltage or voltage and frequency protection with automation,
control and measurement functions. Typical applications are:
• LV or MV applications• Primary or back-up protection device• Retrofit of electromechanical relay.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

373

Product descriptionwww.se.com

PowerLogic P1V

A
BC

Protection function overview
IEEE
device no.

PowerLogic P1V functions

Model L

Model N

Model A

Phase-to-neutral or phase to phase voltage protection

b

b

b

27

Phase under voltage (AND/OR logic)

b

b

b

59

Phase over voltage (AND/OR logic)

b

b

b

59N

Neutral voltage displacement

b

b

59N

Derived Vo sequence over voltage

b

b

47

Negative sequence over voltage

b

b

27D

Positive sequence under voltageb

81U/81O

Under/Over frequencyb86

Output relay latchingbb

Blocking logic

D
E
F

b

b

b

b

Settable histeresis

b

b

b

Binary inputs

0

2

6

Output relays

3

5

7

Watchdog contact

1

1

1

Phase voltage inputs

3

3

3

Neutral voltage

11Remote communication (RS485)

Modbus /IEC103

Modbus /IEC103Mini-USB front portbbPowering thru mini-USB front portb

Event recording
Fault recording

G

20

200

200

20

20

Disturbance recording

4s

Countersb

Setting groups

22Time synchronisation (via binary input)

H

2

b

VT Supervisionbb

CB Supervision

b

b

b/b/-

b/b/b

b /-/-

CB control via front keys / RS485 / Binary input

I
Learn more about
PowerLogic P1
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

374

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

375

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3

A
B
C
D
E
PowerLogic P3

F
GNetwork protection relays
PowerLogic P3 is a complete range of protection relays for medium
voltage applications, including feeder, motor, transformer, and generator
protection. It embeds all the latest communication protocols on serial or
Ethernet links.
Based on more than 100 years of experience in network protection
relays, PowerLogic P3 benefits from the reliability of Sepam, MiCOM
and Vamp.

H
I
J

Unparalleled
Efficiency• Simple selection and ordering with
EcoReal MV• Simplified configuration with the new
eSetup Easergy Pro setting tool
• Faster delivery with on-the-shelfavailability of standard configurations.

376

Check
the brochure

BetterConnectivity• Simpler operation and maintenancewith the EcoStruxure™ Power
Device app• 9 communication protocols in one
box, including IEC 61850

Scan orclick onQR codeEnhanced
Safety• Embedded arc protection• Built-in virtual injection testing• Compliant with international
standards (i.e. IEC 60255-1).

• Increased number of inputs andoutputs for more possibilities.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3
Range overview

A
P3G30/P3G32

P3U30

P3T32

P3U30

P3F30/P3L30

P3U30

Generator
differential

Universal

Transformer
differential

Universal

Directional& Line diff.

Universal

B





T


G

Motor
differential





G

P3M30/P3M32

U

L

U

U
T

U

L

L

F

U

U

L

U

G

U

U

M

U

M

M

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

377

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3
PowerLogic P3 is a family of digital protection relays for
distribution networks dedicated to:A• Buildings and Industry:- Retail- Hotels- Education and research- Transportation

B- Industrial buildings• Utilities - Energy distribution.
PowerLogic P3 Standard• Large sites:C- Mineral and Metals- Water.

D

PowerLogic P3 protection relay is based on proven technology
concepts and developed in close cooperation with customers,
so it’s built to meet your toughest demands. It’s available in two
sizes to best fit your needs:

E• The PowerLogic P3 Standard combines protection functions such as directional
earth fault for feeder and motor protection in a one-box solution

PowerLogic P3 Advanced

F• The PowerLogic P3 Advanced features a modular design that allows userdefined conventional protection and arc flash protection solutions in both newand existing power distribution systems.

PowerLogic products are designed to be user friendly, a featurethat is proven in our customer reports day after day. You’ll benefit
from features that include:G• A complete set of protection functions, related to the application• Arc detection (PowerLogic P3 Advanced)• Dedicated circuit breaker control with single-line diagram, push buttons,
programmable function key and LEDs, and a customizable alarm• Multilingual HMI for customized messaging• Settings tool relay management software for setting parameters, configuring,and network fault simulationH• Both serial and Ethernet communication, including redundancy• IEC 61850 standard Ed.1 & Ed.2.

I
J
378

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3
Take the PowerLogic P3 further with EcoStruxureTM

450 000

EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity.

EcoStruxure systems
deployed since 2007
with the support of our
9,000 system integrators

A
B
C

EcoStruxure readyDE

Efficient asset management

24/7 connectivity

Enhanced safety

Help boost your efficiency andparticipate to reduce downtime
using predictive maintenance tools

Make better informed decisions
with real-time data that’s available
everywhere, anytime

Advanced features designed-in
based on well-known designs,
experience and technology

F
G
EcoStruxure™ architecture

EcoStruxurePower

Industry

InfrastructureH

Apps, Analytics & Services

Cloud and/or 
on-premises

End-to-end
cybersecurity

Building

Edge control
Connected products

EcoStruxure
Building

EcoStruxure
IT

EcoStruxure
MachineI
EcoStruxure
Plant

EcoStruxure
Grid

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

379

General characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Standard

ABC

The PowerLogic P3 Standard protection relay has been developed to meet your standard
protection needs for building, distribution utilities, and industrial applications.
Thanks to its optimized and flexible design, the PowerLogic P3 Standard provides an excellent
solution for various protection applications.

The user-friendly PowerLogic P3
Standard brings greater efficiency
to your operations by enabling rapid
ordering, configuration, and operations
for an unparalleled digital experience

PowerLogic P3 Standard at a glance
Universal• All-in-one box with feeder, transformer, and motor protections• All communication protocols embedded on serial and Ethernet links
including IEC 61850 ed.1 and ed. 2.

Robust• Best-in class reliability based on 100+ years of experience in Sepam,
MiCOM and Vamp relays• Strong tests performed in international laboratories• Compliant to IEC electro-mechanical standards

D• Designed for demanding industrial conditions with conformal-coatedprinted circuit boards.

Efficient and connected• Easy to order with 10 standard configurations delivered off the shelf in lessthan 7 days (location dependent)

E• Easy to configure with the unique eSetup Easergy Pro setting software• Easy to test with the virtual simulation test for direct injection of current andvoltage from eSetup Easergy Pro• Easy to install with withdrawable rear connectors with CT shortening• Easy to use and maintain with the embedded web-HMI and EcoStruxure™
Power Device app for direct access on site via your laptop, smartphone,or tablet.

F
G
H
I
J
380

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Standard
PowerLogic P3 is designed to cover all the standard applications with
only one device: the Universal Protection.

Feeder

A

U
U
U

U

U

B

U

C

M



Capacitor

Motor



FeederTransformer

D

PowerLogic P3 Standard is available in 2 models:Model
Communication
PowerLogic P3U20• 4 CT / 1VT• 10 DI / 5 DO / WD
• 8 DI / 8 DO / WD

Main advantages

Open communication
Openness to IEC 61850, while
protocols on serial or Ethernet keeping the core functionnalities
links, with IEC 61850
of PowerLogic P3 Standard relay

E

PowerLogic P3U30• 4 CT / 4VT• 16 DI / 8 DO / WD
• 14 DI /11 DO / WD

Open communication
Wide scope of possibilities,
protocols on serial or Ethernet with the directional protection,
links, with IEC 61850
synchro-check, fault location,and increased number of input
and outputs

A common set of functions extends the possibilities of protection
and control:

F
G• Single-line diagrams (mimic) in the display• Programmable protection stages• Programmable logics• 2 programmable function keys
• Synchro-check function

H• Direct-access USB port
• Up to 8 objects controlled.

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

381

General characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Advanced

A
BC

The PowerLogic P3 advanced is a protection relay developed to satisfy the protection needs
for buildings, distribution utilities, and industrial applications. Thanks to a wide scope offunctionality and Ethernet communication, PowerLogic P3 advanced provides a cost-effective
solution for the upper end of protection requirements in these applications.

Protect your staff and equipment andensure safer operations with
PowerLogic P3 Advanced’s built-in
arc flash detection and protection
functions.
You will experience greater operational
efficiency with rapid ordering,
configuration, and operations foran unparalleled digital experience
provided with PowerLogic P3.

PowerLogic P3 Advanced at a glance
Extended capabilities• Extended protection functions, including differential of line, transformer,
motor, and generator• Arc flash detection• All communication protocols embedded on serial and Ethernet links,
including IEC 61850 ed.1 and ed. 2• Increased number of inputs and outputs.

Robust• Best-in class reliability based on 100+ years of experience in Sepam,
MiCOM and Vamp relays

D• Strong tests performed in international laboratories• Compliant with IEC electro-mechanical standards.

Efficient and connected• Easy to configure with the unique eSetup Easergy Pro setting softwareE• Easy to test with the virtual simulation test for direct injection of current andvoltage from eSetup Easergy Pro• Easy to use and maintain with the embedded web-HMI and EcoStruxure™
Power Device app for direct access on site via your laptop, smartphone,or tablet.

F
G
H
I
J
382

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P3 Advanced
PowerLogic P3 is designed to cover a large scope of applications.

Line Differential

G

L

G

U

M

A
Generator
Differential

B

T

FeederM Motor
DifferentialTransformer
Differential

PowerLogic P3 Advanced is designed in 7 models, per application:

ModelPowerLogic P3F

Function

30

FeederProtectionLine

Line differential

PowerLogic P3L
30
30

Motor

Protection

Motor

Differential

DE

PowerLogic P3M
32

C

PowerLogic P3G30

Generator

Protection

32

Generator

Differential

Transformer

Differential

F

PowerLogic P3T
32

A common set of functions extends the possibilities of protection
and control:G• Single-line diagrams (mimic) in the display• Programmable protection stages• Programmable logics• 2 programmable function keys

H

• Synchro-check function• Direct-access USB port
• Up to 6 objects controlled• Arc flash protection.

IJ
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

383

Selection guidewww.se.com

PowerLogic P3 AdvancedA

PowerLogic™ P3 Standard

PowerLogic™ P3 contains

PowerLogic™ P3 Advanced

Two main devices, each with specific functions to address your needs
in a one-box design, regardlessof application.

B

P3F30

with directional

Feeder-P3L30

line differential

P3U20

TransformerCwith O/C
with directional E/F

P3U30

P3T32

-

with directional O/Cwith voltage protection

with differential

P3M32

Motor

P3M30

with differential

Generator

P3G30

with differential

P3G32

Characteristics

D

Measuring inputs

Phase current

1/5A CT or LPCT (x3) (5)Residual current

1/5A CT or 0.2/1A CT or CSH 2A/20A

VoltageVT (x1)

Arc-flash sensor input

-

Input
OutputInput
Analogue
OutputTemperature sensor input
Front port

10/8
5/8 + SF

DigitalE

Ambient temperature, in service

G
H

14/16
11/8 + SF

0 or 4 (1)0 or 4 (1)0 or 8 or 12 (1)USB type B
24 Vdc or 24...48 Vdc (20...57 Vdc) or
48 – 240 Vdc/ac (39...265 Vdc/ac) (4)-40...60 °C (-40...140 °F)

Nominal power supplyF

VT (x4) or LPVT (x4) (5)

1/5A CT or LPCT (x3) (5)
1/5A CT (x6)
(1/5A+0.2/1A) CT
2 x (1/5A+0.2/1A) CT,(1/5A + CSH 2/20A)
1 x (1/5A) CT
VT (x4) or LPVT (x4) (5)VT (x4)Loop sensor: 1
Loop sensor: 1
Point sensor: 2, 4 or 6 (1)Point sensor: 2, 4 or 6 (1) (2)
6 to 36
6 to 16
10 to 21 + SF
10 to 13 + SF
0 or 4 (1)0 or 4 (1)0 or 8 or 12 (1)USB type B
24...48 Vdc (20...57 Vdc) or 110...240 Vdc/ac(88...265 V dc/ac)-40...60 °C (-40...140 °F)

Communication
Rear ports
RS232, IRIG/B, RS485, Ethernet
IEC61850 ed1 & ed2
IEC 60870-5-101 & 103
DNP3 over Ethernet
DNP3 serial
Protocols
Modbus serial
Modbus over Ethernet
Ethernet IP (6)Profibus DP
SPAbusRedundancy protocols (RSTP/PRP)

Others4 objects
4 displays

Control

4 objects
8 displays

8 objects
3-8 display

Logic (Matrix + Logic equation)
Withdrawable CT connector with shorting-

Remote HMI
Hardware dimensions (W/H/D)I

171 x 176 x 214(3) mm/6.73 x 6.93 x 8.43 in[1] Depends on optional module[2] P3L30 can have 1 loop or 2-point sensors only
[3] 226 mm (8.90 in) with ring-lug connectors

Learn more about
PowerLogic P3
range hereJ

264 x 177 x 208 mm/10.39 x 6.97 x 8.19 in[4] Check the available power supply range from the device’s serial number label[5] LPCT and LPVT for P3U30, P3F30, P3M30 relays only
[6] Consult us for availability

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

384

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

www.se.com

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

385

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

A
B
C
D
E
PowerLogic P5

FGH

Network protection relays

The PowerLogic P5 at a glance
The PowerLogic P5 is a protection relay for demanding medium-voltage applications. It offers users industry-leading dedicatedprotection relay functionality to reduce risks, improve reliability, all with advanced connectivity. Additionally, it can be used witha range of digital tools that make everyday operations simpler for users. The PowerLogic P5 is part of the PowerLogic range ofpower monitoring and control solutions and has been built on more than 100 years of experience in protection relays, including
Sepam, MiCOM, and Vamp ranges, renowned for their reliability and performance.

Industry-leading protection functions

Maximized everyday simplicity• Built-in arc-flash protection function (optional)• Easier operation with digital tools including the
EcoStruxure Power Device app• Nearby control with a mobile applicationI• Latest cybersecurity built in, certifed according to IEC 62443 4-2 Security Level 1
and Achilles Level 2.

Best-in-class reliability• Powerful communication with plug and play ports
and seven protocols supported• Scalable hardware making it easy to upgrade as
your applications evolve.

• Withdrawable design for quicker maintenance• Backup memory function enabling industry-leading 10 minute recovery time!

J• Condition monitoring for reduced risk of power outages and maximized
equipment life
• Extended equipment lifetime when used with EcoStruxure Asset Advisor.

386

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5
Enjoy a package of sought-after features in one device

A
B
C
D

The PowerLogic P5 is a major step forward for protection relays, combining best-in-class features together in one device.

Built-in arc-flash protection functions

Improved recovery timeArc-flashes will always exist when switching or during
unexpected conditions.

When maintenance or testing is required, PowerLogic P5 helps dramaticallydecrease your outage recovery time. The backup memory can automatically
restore settings, you can continue your operations in as little as 10 minutes.[*]If the protection function detects an arc-flash,it isolates the connected circuit breaker within
milliseconds, preventing a growing arc-flash energy
and thus an unexpected risk of outage.

Advanced cybersecurity
With its optional cybersecurity package thePowerLogic P5 is one of the first protection relays tobe third-party certified according to IEC 62443 4-2
standard at Security Level 1. This means reduced
exposure to cyber threats and improved operational
security.
By default, the PowerLogic P5 includes importantfeatures such as password management,
port hardening and secured communication
compliant to the latest standards.

E[*] Result of mean time to repair (MTTR) calculation conducted by Schneider ElectricGreater connectivity
The protection relay features seven communication protocols. This includes
compliance with IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2, Modbus (serial/TCP),
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-101, Ethernet/IP, and DNP3 (serial/TCP).
PowerLogic P5 can support up to 3 Ethernet protocols simultaneously, including
offering dual redundancy with PRP/HSR and RSTP protocols. Moreover,all communication modules can be added at any time, including on-site,
during the product life cycle to allow you to upgrade your device in line with
future network evolutions.

F
G

Intuitive withdrawable design

H

With a handle built in as part of the design, the P5
can be quickly disconnected or exchanged to speed
up maintenance. Wiring, data, communication,and settings (including backup) can be stored withthe panel and will be there when the relay
is reconnected.

I
J

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

387

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

A

Make everyday operations easier with digital tools

B
C
D
E
F
G

The PowerLogic P5’s industry leading protection features are complemented by a comprehensive set of tools available on mobile devices
such as smartphones or tablets, and desktop computers. This means you get simpler installation, configuration, and maintenance,
enabling you to save time and money. Nearby control and monitoring allows users to fully operate the device via wireless communication,from a safer distance.

Digital tools for the PowerLogic P5 include:• EcoStruxure Power Build – Medium Voltage online ordering tool enables quicker and easier ordering• eSetup Easergy Pro software with virtual injection testing• Embedded web server, allowing easy and fast setting changes from a web browser

H• EcoStruxure™ Power Device app for simpler and safer operation and maintenance• mySchneider app, a simple way to access support and product data by flashing the QR code on the device.
As an EcoStruxure-ready solution, the PowerLogic P5’s digital benefits can be taken even further with best-in-class monitoring of substationequipment health. For example, when paired with EcoStruxure Asset Advisor, users get data for predictive maintenance, which helps them
reduce OpEx, speed up processes, and boost efficiency.

I
J
388

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5
Take the PowerLogic P5 further with EcoStruxureTM

450 000

EcoStruxure, Schneider Electric’s IoT-enabled, open and interoperable architecture
and platform, brings together Connected Products, Edge Control, and Apps,
Analytics & Services. EcoStruxure connected products deliver enhanced value
around safety, reliability, efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity.

EcoStruxure systems
deployed since 2007
with the support of our
9,000 system integrators

A
B
C

EcoStruxure readyDE

Efficient asset management

24/7 connectivity

Enhanced safety

Help boost your efficiency andparticipate to reduce downtime
using predictive maintenance tools

Make better informed decisions
with real-time data that’s available
everywhere, anytime

Advanced features designed-in
based on well-known designs,
experience and technology

F
G

EcoStruxure™ architecture

Data centerIndustry

InfrastructureApps, Analytics & Services

Cloud and/or 
on-premises

End-to-end
cybersecurity

Building

H

Edge control
Connected products

I
EcoStruxure
Power

EcoStruxure
Building

EcoStruxure
IT

EcoStruxure
MachineEcoStruxure
Plant

EcoStruxure
Grid

J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

389

General characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

A

PowerLogic P5 protection relay is based on proven technology concepts and developed
in close cooperation with customers, so it’s built to meet your toughest demands:• Modular design that allows user-defined conventional protection and arc-flash protection solutions• Compatible with conventional CTs/VTs or low power instrument transformers LPCT/LPVT compliant toIEC 61869-10 and IEC 61869-11• Embeds latest cybersecurity functionality to help prevent intentional mis-use and cyber-threats

B• Fast replacement with enhanced safety thanks to withdrawability and back-up memory that automatically
restore parameters without using any configuration tools• Advanced logic engine (option) supports the most complex automation & control schemes.

PowerLogic products are designed to be user friendly, a feature that is proven in ourcustomer reports day after day. You’ll benefit from features that include:C• A complete set of protection functions, related to the application• Arc-flash detection in PowerLogic P5x30 models• Dedicated circuit breaker control with single-line diagram, push buttons, programmable function keys, LEDs,
and customizable alarms• Multilingual HMI for customized messaging• Settings tool relay management software for setting parameters, configuring, and network fault simulationD• Both serial and Ethernet communication, including redundancy• IEC 61850 communication protocol including flexible product naming for smooth multi-vendor integration.

PowerLogic P5 is available in two sizes tobest fit your needs:

PowerLogic P5 digital protection relays are designed for power
distribution networks in:• Utilities - Energy distribution.

E
F• Large industrial processes:- Oil and Gas- Mining- Mineral and Metals- Water.

• Critical buildings and Industry:- Data Center- Healthcare- Transportation- Industrial buildings.
PowerLogic P5x20

PowerLogic P5x30

Range overview

G

P3G30/P3G32

P3U30

P3T32

P3U30

P3F30/P3L30

P3U30

Generator
differential

Universal

Transformer
differential

Universal

Directional& Line diff.

Universal

H





T

G



G

Motor
differential





I

P3M30/P3M32

U

L

U

U
T

U

L

L

F

U

U

L

U

G

U

U

M

U

M

M

J
390

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JTechnical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

PowerLogic P5
Technical characteristics

www.se.com

Technical characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic P5

PowerLogic P5

Electrical characteristics

Electrical characteristics

Power supply

Digital inputs

Rated voltage

P5x20

24-250 Vdc; 100-230 Vac

P5x30
Variation

Rated voltage
Switching threshold voltage

10 to 200 V, settable

Current drain

1 to 28 mA, settable [1]-20% / +20%
P5x20
P5x30

8 W ; 15 VA at 230 Vac

Maximum burden

P5x20

6 W ; 15 VA at 230 Vac

Digital outputs (relays)
Control relay outputs

4 W ; 10 VA at 230 Vac

P5x30

Rated voltage

100 msRated frequency< 0.02 Ohm
20 A
500 A

8A

Making current

30 A, 200 ms
50 W (24 to 127 V) / 30W (240 V) [2]240 V DC or AC

Continuous current

2A

Breaking capacity (L/R < 20 ms)

2 A (24 V) / 1 A (48 V) / 0.2 A (127 V) /0.1 A (240 V)

High-speed and high-break output

Very sensitive earth/ground fault CT input
Rated current

Breaking capacity (L/R < 40 ms)
Rated voltage

1A/ 5A

Input impedanceThermal withstand, continuous

Rated voltage

240 V DC or AC

Continuous current

10 A

Making current

1A

30 A, 200 ms

Input impedance< 0.02 Ohm

Breaking capacity (L/R < 40 ms)

10 A (24 to 240 V)

Thermal withstand, continuous

4A

Closing / opening time

1 ms / 200 ms

100 A[1] According to configuration[2] 50 W at 24 V with additional customer protection (RC or zener diode)

Thermal withstand, 1 sA

Signaling relay output

50/60 Hz

Phase CT and standard earth/ground fault CT inputs

Thermal withstand, 1 s

240 V DC or AC

Continuous current

11 W ; 22 VA at 230 Vac

Maximum interruption time

Measurement Inputs

Rated current

240 V DC or AC

24-48 Vdc
48-250 Vdc; 100-230 Vac

Typical burden [1]

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE FUNCTIONALDESCRIPTIONS

CSH input (for 470/1 dedicated sensors)
Rated current

2 A / 20 A (primary value)

Input impedance< 0.02 Ohm

Thermal withstand, continuous

300 A (primary value)

Thermal withstand, 1 s

20 kA (primary value)

LPCT inputs
Rated voltage

22.5 mV

Extended rated voltage

0.25 to 31.5 rated voltage

Input impedance

2 MOhms / 500 pF

Thermal withstand60 V

VT inputs
Rated voltage

200 V

Input impedance> 100 kOhms

Voltage withstand, continuous

1.2 rated voltage

B

LPVT inputs
Rated voltage

3.25 V/ 3

Extended rated voltage

0.25 to 1.5 rated voltage

Input impedance

10 MOhms / 15 pF

Thermal withstand25 V[1] According to configuration

Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS Series

CPowerLogic P5U20
Functional descriptionwww.se.com

Functional descriptionwww.se.com

PowerLogic P5U20

PowerLogic P5U20

Universal application with CT

Universal application with LPCT/LPVT

DM107150

PowerLogic P5U20 is used for feeder (incomer and outgoing), motor, or distribution
transformer protection.
It offers a complete set of c urrent-based protection functions and measurement, control
facilities and recording/monitoring functionsfor efficient operation of the power system.

PowerLogic P5U20 with Low Power CTs/VTs can be used for feeder (incoming andoutgoing), motor, or distribution transformer protection. It offers essential current andvoltage based protection functions, measurements, control facilities and recording/monitoring features for efficient operation of the power system. It is designed for use with
low-power sensors and is applicable in distribution networks of industrial installations
and utility substations for all levels of voltages.

eSetupEasergy Pro

ON

Mimic Diagram

Cable

DM107150b

HMI interface

ref: 59700

I1: 0.0A
I2: 0.0A
I3: 0.0A
P : 0.0W
V : 0.0V

Control buttons

USB
front
ports

6 programmable
3-color LEDs

F1

TIMER

OR

COUNTER

XOR

Output

SOTF

74

Ethernet module - Slot M
38
49T

99

86

Protocols

RJ45

Redundancy
protocol:• IEC 61850• Modbus• DNP3.0• Ethernet/IP

Slot M

RJ45

Serial module - Slot N

66

RJ45

Electricalconnection:• Modbus• DNP3.0• IEC -101
• IEC -103

48
51LR

TIMER

OR

COUNTER

Cable

OR

Slot N

Redundancy protocols:

1 Function key

Ethernet module - Slot M

68
H2/H5

79

99

SOTF

74

86

Protocols

38
49T

• PRP

Time synchronization:

59C

Protocols

CLPU

66

37

Back-upmemory

RJ45

RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8

Slot M + N
LC

LC

OR

RJ45

Electricalconnection:• Modbus• DNP3.0• IEC -101
• IEC -103

48
51LR

OR

Slot N
RJ45

Redundancy protocols:
• HSR

ST

OR

• RS485
2/4 wires• PRPTime synchronization:• PTP

Extension module - Slot P

59641

12

49

Slot M

RJ45• RSTP

Serial module - Slot N

• PTP

RJ45

Redundancy
protocol:• IEC 61850• Modbus• DNP3.0• Ethernet/IP

• HSR

ST

OR

Extension module - Slot P

RJ45
59C
67

50BF

D

ref: 59700
USB
front
ports

6 programmable
3-color LEDs

F1

Output

XOR

LC

Setting groups:4

RJ45• RS485
2/4 wires

AND

InputsSlot M + N
LC

OR• RSTP

Protocols

CLPU

37

eSetupEasergy Pro

ON

I1: 0.0A
I2: 0.0A
I3: 0.0A
P : 0.0W
V : 0.0V

Programmable Logic

Setting groups:4
79

Mimic Diagram

Control buttons

AND

Inputs68
H2/H5

HMI interface

1 Function key

Programmable Logic

CLICK HERE TO SEE
THE ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS

RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8

14

81
81U

81R

Back-upmemoryRTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8

59641

12

49

59641

OR
50
51

ABS

De-modulated
IRIG-B

Modulated
IRIG-B

47

14

59N

ABS

RTD1 RTD2 RTD3 RTD4 RTD5 RTD6 RTD7 RTD8

59641

OR
50
51

REL51045

67N
50N

60

51N

I1 / I2 / I3

DI2

DI3

DI4

DO2

DO3

DO4

I3

DI5

Io/Io’

Io

Io’

DI6

OR

DI1*

DI2

DI3

DI4

DI5

DI6

DI7

DI8

DI9

DI10

DI11

DI12

DO1

DO2

DO3

DO4

Power Supply - Slot B

Analog measurement board - Slot A

I2

DI1

DI2

DI3

DO1

DO2

DO3

DI2

DI3

DO2

DO3

DI4
DO4

60

Io

DI1

DI2

DI3

DI4

DO1

DO2

DO3

DO4

Current input
DO5

I1

I2

I3

Io

DI5

V/Vo
DI1

DI2

DI3

DO1

DO2

DO3

Voltage input

V1

DI1*

DI6

OR

DI2

DI3

DI4

DI7

DI8

DI9

DI10

DO1

DO2

DO3

DO4

DI1

DI2

DI3

DO1

DO2

DO3

Power Supply - Slot B

Measurement board - Slot A

DI5

12I/4O board - Slot C

6I/4O board - Slot C

59

51N

I1 / I2 / I3

5I/5O board - Slot C
DI1
DO1

50N

60

OR

WD

Modulated
IRIG-B

27
46
46BC* Speed detection

DI4

Other typesof control

De-modulated
IRIG-B

12I/4O board - Slot C

6I/4O board - Slot C
DI1
DO1

Current input

I1

50BF

REL51045

51C
46
46BC

V2

V3

Vo

DI6
DI12

OR

WD

Other typesof control

DI5
DI11

* Speed detection

DI4

5I/5O board - Slot C
DI4
DO4

DI5
DO5

Circuit-breaker controls
Depends on the configuration
Circuit-breaker controls

Easy UPS Series

Easy UPS Series

E
F
G
H
I
Learn more about
PowerLogic P5
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR codeOffer

Catalogue

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

391

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3

A
B
C
D
E
F

PowerLogic™ A1 and A3
Arc Flash Mitigation devices

G
H
I

PowerLogic A1 and A3 are designed to mitigate the Arc
fault inside electrical cubicles. That will reduce the Arc flash
damages and impacts.
Arc flash fault is an electrical phenomenon that occurs when electricity
passes through an air gap between two conductors. This develops
an arc of electrical current resulting in a powerful release of energy,
usually in the form of heat, light, and sound. The arc flash fault can becaused by many factors, which includes improper installation, loose or
corroded connections, or a fault in the electrical system. That can be very
dangerous, as it releases tremendous amount of energy quickly.

PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 are designed
to adapt to small to medium size
installation. The mechanical design,
installation possibilities, simple wiring,
and adapted configuration modes makethe PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 to adapt todifferent users during the life cycle ofthis range.

J
392

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3
Secured and Fast Connection

A
B
C
D
E

PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 are designed to simplify all the steps of the product life cycle.

1

2

3

DesignThe PowerLogic™ modular design
helps the solution designer toallocate each device per cubicle orgroup of cubicles, that makes thesolution structure easier and fasterto design.
Order
The PowerLogic™ modular
approach makes easier to orderdifferent pieces and build, while
reducing ordering
errors and simplifying themanagement of product stocks.
Install
By multiple installation possibilities
and product optimized sizes,
PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 can beinstalled in different environment in
new or existing cubicles.

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

ConfigurePowerLogic™ A1 and A3 can beeasily configured by using dip
switches or rotary switches and cover
all basic applications. In case ofcomplex installation, PowerLogic™
A3 can be configured by Easergy
Pro configuration tool. For mostapplications, a screwdriver is enough.
OperateDuring operation, PowerLogic™ Arc
range provide easy LED indication
on error information, trips or sensors
detection or defects. An operator caneasely identify and operate on the
Arc flash devices.
Maintain
During periodic maintenance,
PowerLogic™ Arc range allows tomove product on test mode to checksensors without tripping.

4

F
G

5

H

6

I
J

393

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3

A
B
C
D
E

Smart Design for Easy Installation• Arc flash protection is required for both LV
and MV cubicle.
Cubicle constructions are different depends
on voltage levels, electrical distribution
structure, national standards, and habits.
It makes installation constraints different foreach cubicle.

• If the panel depth is lower, PowerLogic™ Arc
devices could be installed with on the side
DIN rail mounting.
That makes the depth 70 mm for A125 or
A3-F devices, and 35 mm for A3-S devices.
The modification of the DIN rail mounting
fixation from back to side is easy and fast.

• The Arc flash protection could be installed in
newly constructed panels or undated panels
in existing cubicles in case of retrofit.
In retrofit, electrical panels are generally
fulfilled with other equipment and in this case,a newly added device should be compact to
fit inside available rooms.

• Flush mounting accessories are designed
to allow a robust and secured front panel
mounting of PowerLogic™ A1 and A3
devices.

• PowerLogic™ A1 and A3 range provide
several installation possibilities.
All devices can be fixed on back DIN rail
mounting.
With a total depth of 120 mm, devices could
be installed easily in LV panels.

• For faster and secured installation, productwiring is easier to pluggable connector.

• In all mounting positions, devices LEDs arevisually accessible.

Mechanical Mounting

F

Three Mounting modes for easy mounting in green field and brown field application

G
H• DIN Rail Back Mounting:for dept cubicle like in MV• DIN Rail Side Mounting:for limited depth cubicle like in LV• DIN Rail Flush Mounting:to get product access of the cubicle front

I
J
394

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3

The PowerLogic™ Arc range can be deployed in a single MV cubicle where three sensors can secure the arc protection up
to medium size application with numbers of MV switchgears or LV switchboards.
The connection flexibility and the easy logic built for common protection schematics, makes this range accessible and easy
to use for more applications.
Selecting the right device becomes simple and helps to avoid any error.

The PowerLogic™ Arc range for small to medium size applications is composed by:• PowerLogic™ A1: stand-alone device for
cubicle protection.

• PowerLogic™ A3: can be used as stand-alone device or associatedto other A3 devices and build a system solution. PowerLogic™ A3
devices could be connected through a high-speed bus to perform
high performance protection at system construction.

A
B
C
D

Selection guidePowerLogic™ Arc

A125

A3-F6P

A3-F12P

A3-S6PE

A3-S12PF
Number of Light sensors

4

6

12

6

12

Trip outputs

2

3

2

1

0

Watchdog trip

1

0

1

0

Operation modeStand Alone

System Main unit

Power supply

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

-

POE (Power Over Ethernet)

-

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Dimensions (mm / in)70.6 x 134.4 x 126.2 / 2.78 x 5.29 x 4.97

G

Extension Modules to A3-F

H

34 x 134.4 x 125.1 / 1.34 x 5.29 x 4.92

I
J
PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

395

General characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3
PowerLogicTM A125 Functions

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

We can supply an arc flash protection system tailoredto your application
PowerLogic™ A125 at a glance

User benefits• Dedicated unit for each bay
VAMP 125 Arc flash protection units areversatile and independently operating
devices for bay based protection.
• Designed for partners
They offer optimized and cost effective
solutions for panel builders and OEMs.
• Hardware– Interface for four Arc flash sensors– Two output relays: One relay output,
one high speed output– One change-over output for selfsupervision– Wide range auxiliary power supply– External inputs for remote control– External input for current criteria• Suitable productFit to various customer segments likeutilities, commercial and industrial
buildings, mining, steel, cement, otherindustry and OEMs.
An arc flash protection unit
is a protective device used
to enhance the environmentof your installation.

• Easy to integrate– QR code for product identificationand documentation– Simple configuration andcommissioning• Easy to use– Easy entry to arc flash protection– One variant with wide-range power
supply– Optimized for standard switchgear
configurations

Example of application
One or two incomers and several
outgoing feeders
The following applications are typically used for arc flash protection in MV
power distribution in commercial buildings and light industries. The arc
flash protection is commercialized using A125 arc flash protection units,
VA1-DA type point sensors and appropriate wiring between the units.

T1

Operation
Incomer cubicle has three sensors. Activation of sensor S1 operates T1
output. The arc fault happen in the CB compartment sensor S3 activatesand controls upstream CB via T2 output. Equally, if the arc fault happens in
the power transformer bushings, an upstream CB is tripped through T2.

T1

T1

T1

T1

J
396

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogic A1 and A3
PowerLogicTM A3 Functions

A
B

User benefits• Compact productEasy fits in MV and LV cubicles. Provides easy configuration
modes for faster installation in most applications Multiple cubicle
protection capabilityC• Easy to integrate– QR code for product identification and documentation access– With few references cover multiple application modes

An arc flash protection units A3-F6P and A3-S12P
are protective devices.

• Easy to use– Easy product selection– Dual power supply: Auxiliary and POE*
– Optimized for common electrical MV and LV cubicles– Easy multi-devices commissioning

D
E(*) Power Over Ethernet between devices and limited to two devices.

Versatile device to several
application

F

PowerLogic A3 can be used on standalone
mode to control one or two circuit breakers
and larger cubicles thanks to high numberof sensors supported. It can also be used insimple system mode, it means associated withother PowerLogic A3.

G

Many operation modes are possible:• Without selectivity: any sensor will maketripping all trip outputs.

H• With selectivity: make tripping the circuit
breaker related to the zone of the sensor.
That makes the faulty zone separated fromother circuits.

I
Learn more about
Vamp 125
range here

J

Scan orclick onQR code
Offer

Technical brochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

397

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

A
B
C
D
E
F

PowerLogic T300
Substation Controller

The PowerLogic T300 at a glance

G
H

The PowerLogic T300 tackle electrical distribution network and distribution automation challenges with this smart grid-readyremote terminal unit (RTU). PowerLogic T300 is a remote terminal unit configurable to your precise specifications. PowerLogic
T300 delivers advanced monitoring, protection, control, and automation functions in both overhead and underground electrical
distribution networks. The PowerLogic T300 is part of the PowerLogic range of power monitoring and control solutions and has
been built on more than 100 years of experience in remote terminal units including T200 and Saitel ranges, renowned for theirreliability and performance.

Industry-leading remote terminal unit

Maximized everyday simplicity• Compact and modular Automation RTU• Easier operation with digital tools including
embedded Web server with Wi-Fi connectivity
for easing commissioning, exploitation andmaintenance• Powerful platform, scalable to answer your needs• Advanced monitoring, protection, control, and automation functions• Nearby monitoring and control with a mobile applicationI• Latest cybersecurity built in, certified according to IEC 62443-4-2 Security
Level Capability 1, and designed according to a Secure Development lifecycle
certified as per IEC 62443-4-1.

• Powerful communication with plug and play ports
and main industrial protocols supported• Scalable hardware making it easy to upgrade.

Best-in-class reliability

J• Withdrawable modules for quicker maintenance• Backup power supply with full battery management to operate the substation
during the power outage• Condition monitoring for reduced risk of power outages and maximized
equipment life

398

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300
The PowerLogic T300 is the RTU to answer your evolving
challenges and prepare your business for the future.

A

Developed as per IEC 62443-4-2,
PowerLogic™ T300 has been designedwith a cyber security package. This shallhelp reduce exposure to cyber threats andimproved operational security. It includes
important features such as password
management, firmware signature, port
hardening, and secured communication
compliant to the latest international
standards.

B
C
D

Evolve with the grid: manage bidirectional
and intermittent power flow

Manage costs: reduce installation,
operation, and maintenance expenditures• Detect overcurrent faults including grid withinterconnected distributed energy resource
units• Optimize investment with modular
automation solutions• Detect broken conductors and voltage loss

• Enable remote and local operation andasset management including firmware andconfiguration update

Increase availability: improve SAIDI and
optimize MV and LV networks• Save cost on spare parts, training, andoperation of personnel by using a single
platform for multiple applications• Detect medium-voltage (MV) faults bycurrent and voltage measurements to reduce
outage time

Deliver efficiency: optimize networks tomanage growing consumption• Reduce low-voltage (LV) outage durations byblown fuse detection• Monitor transformers and substations to
optimize asset management

Maintain quality: deliver MV and LV stability• Reduce both technical and non-technicallosses• Accommodate demand growth• Manage load shedding and peak shaving• Detect neutral cut out at transformer levelF• Substation asset management based onthermal and environmental monitoring• Reconfigure the network automatically after
a MV fault (in centralized, semi centralized or
decentralized approaches)• Measure MV and LV voltage accurately for
Volt-Var optimization

E

G
H
I

Improve Cybersecurity: help defend
against malicious software andunauthorized access• As per IEC 62443, IEC 62351 and IEEE 1686
• SCADA communication and Wi-Fi Accesssecurity features

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JJ
399

General overview

www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

A

Make everyday operations easier with digital tools
Digital tools for the PowerLogic T300 include:• Three configuration tools are available with T300:- T300 Web Server: Dedicated to the end user for the operation,commissioning, exploitation and maintenance, this tool allows(according to the Cybersecurity access and roles)

B- Easergy Builder: Advanced Engineering tool for experts, this tool
enables adding/modifying the configuration of the T300 application:- T300 Generator: User friendly tool to generate standard T300
configuration file.The file generated can be downloaded directly toT300 using Web server interface or imported into Easergy Builder for
deeper customization.

C• An embedded Web Server as HMI interface and local supervisionof the substation for the user. Basic configuration, operation anddiagnosis are carried out by connecting a laptop, tablet or smartphone
to the T300 Web Server.

D• Operation and control: Alongside operation and control of the networkfrom the SCADA system, it is possible to operate the equipment locallyor remotely using data pages.

E• mySchneider app, a simple way to access support and product databy flashing the QR code on the device.
• EcoStruxure System Management (eSM) allows to track the evolutionof all the configuration & software artifacts throughout the lifecycle.

F- Device Management- Baseline Management: Backup Configuration and track- Mass Firmware & Configuration Update.

G
H
I
J
400

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-JGeneral overview

www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300
Take the PowerLogic T300 further with EcoStruxureTM

EcoStruxureTM has been deployed in almost
500 000 sites with the support of 20 000+developers, 650 000 service providers andpartners, 3 000 utilities, and connects over2 million assets under management.

A

EcoStruxure™ is our open, interoperable, IoT-enabled system architecture
and platform. EcoStruxure delivers enhanced value around safety, reliability,
efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity for our customers. EcoStruxure leverages
advancements in IoT, mobility, sensing, cloud, analytics, and cybersecurity todeliver Innovation at Every Level. This includes Connected Products, Edge Control,and Apps, Analytics & Services which are supported by Customer Lifecycle
Software.

Turn data into action

C

EcoStruxure™ architecture lets customers maximize the value of data.
Specifically, it helps them:

management

Greater efficiency withpredictive maintenancehelping to reduce downtime• Translate data into actionable intelligence and better business decisions• Take informed decisions to secure uptime and operational efficiency thanks toreal-time control platforms• Gain visibility to their electrical distribution by measuring, collecting,aggregating, and communicating data

24/7 connectivity
Real-time data everywhereanytime to make betterinformed decisions

Increased safety
Proven design and experience
combined with fast embedded
arc detection to enhancepeople's safety andequipment's protection

Connect

Connect
everythingfrom shop floor
to top floor

Collect

Capture critical
data at every level,from sensor
to cloudAnalyze

Take action

Convert data intomeaningful
analytics

Drive action
through real-time
information andbusiness logic

CLOSE THE LOOP

IndustryE
F

H

InfrastructureApps, Analytics & Services

Cloud and/or
on-premise

End-to-end
cybersecurity

Data center

D

G

EcoStruxureTM architecture

Building

B

I

Edge control
Connected products

EcoStruxure
Power

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

EcoStruxure
Building

EcoStruxure
IT

EcoStruxure
MachineEcoStruxure
Plant

J

EcoStruxure
Grid

401

General characteristics

www.se.com

PowerLogicTM T300

A

Operating an electrical distribution grid is an increasingly complex business. The challenges
posed by growing demand, integration of distributed generation resources, and aging
infrastructure – to name just a few – each affect overall grid reliability and customer satisfaction.
Network control center

B

SCADA/DMS

MDM/AMM

Other services

Electrical utilities

C
HV/MV

D
PowerLogic™ T300

E
F
G

MV/LV

PowerLogic™ T300 keys grid control applications use:
- Centralized grid control as MV substation controller and power monitor- Decentralized automation network reconfiguration such as sectionalized or Auto Transfer Source- Decentralized network reconfiguration with self helling applications- Reduce outage time and network losses

H- Improve Volt var management- Improve fault management- Improve power quality- Cut down maintenance costs- Optimize investments

I- Compliance with latest polices and standards such as cyber security and IEC 61850.

Learn more about
PowerLogic
T300

J

Scan orclick onQR code
Offer

Technical brochure

If you need more details about product references and availability, please check your local Schneider Electric contact
https://www.se.com/ww/en/work/support/country-selector/contact-us.jsp

402

PNBCONTR0223EN_CHAP-J

Schneider Electric Industries SAS
35, rue Joseph Monier
CS 30323
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
FranceRCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776 €www.se.com

04-2024PNBCONTR0223EN© 2024 - Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved.
All trademarks are owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.